Rituximab Maintenance Approved in Follicular Lymphoma

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 01/04/2019 - 11:36
Display Headline
Rituximab Maintenance Approved in Follicular Lymphoma

The Food and Drug Administration has approved a first-line maintenance indication for rituximab in advanced follicular lymphoma, according to an announcement by Genentech and Biogen Idec.

The indication specifies that maintenance rituximab (Rituxan) may be used in patients with advanced follicular lymphoma who responded to induction treatment with rituximab plus chemotherapy. The European Commission approved the same indication in October 2010, according to the January 28 announcement.

The application for a maintenance rituximab treatment was supported by results of the phase III PRIMA study, a randomized international trial conducted by the Groupe d’Etude des Lymphomes de l’Adulte (GELA). The trial in 1,217 patients with advanced follicular lymphoma not previously treated showed that two years of maintenance therapy cut their risk of relapse in half compared with observation

GELA, the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer (EORTC)’s adult lymphoma study group, had reported the progression-free survival rate among 505 patients randomized to maintenance with rituximab (Rituxan in the United States, MabThera in Europe) was 82% at 2 years vs. 66% for 513 patients randomized to observation only (hazard ratio 0.50, stratified log-rank, P less than .0001). Rituximab maintenance reduced by 39% the need for patients to be started on new antilymphoma therapies (HR 0.61, P less than .0003), according to GELA’s presentation at the American Society for Clinical Oncology’s 2010 annual meeting.

All patients in the trial received rituximab in their induction regimens: 75% had R-CHOP (rituximab, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisone); 22% R-CVP (rituximab plus cyclophosphamide, vincristine, and prednisone), and 3% R-FCM (rituximab plus fludarabine, cyclophosphamide, and mitoxantrone). Patients randomized to maintenance rituximab received it for 2 years as a single agent.

Investigators said rituximab maintenance was generally well tolerated, with grade 3 or 4 adverse events occurring in 22% of patients. The most common were infections in 37% of patients on maintenance and 22% of those on observation. Grade 3 or 4 neutropenia and low white blood cell count each occurred in about 4% of patients on maintenance rituximab.

The trial was sponsored by Roche, which markets rituximab outside the United States and is the parent company of Genentech.

Author and Disclosure Information

Publications
Topics
Legacy Keywords
Food and Drug Administration, FDA, rituximab, follicular lymphoma, Genentech, Biogen Idec., Rituxan, chemotherapy, European Commission
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

The Food and Drug Administration has approved a first-line maintenance indication for rituximab in advanced follicular lymphoma, according to an announcement by Genentech and Biogen Idec.

The indication specifies that maintenance rituximab (Rituxan) may be used in patients with advanced follicular lymphoma who responded to induction treatment with rituximab plus chemotherapy. The European Commission approved the same indication in October 2010, according to the January 28 announcement.

The application for a maintenance rituximab treatment was supported by results of the phase III PRIMA study, a randomized international trial conducted by the Groupe d’Etude des Lymphomes de l’Adulte (GELA). The trial in 1,217 patients with advanced follicular lymphoma not previously treated showed that two years of maintenance therapy cut their risk of relapse in half compared with observation

GELA, the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer (EORTC)’s adult lymphoma study group, had reported the progression-free survival rate among 505 patients randomized to maintenance with rituximab (Rituxan in the United States, MabThera in Europe) was 82% at 2 years vs. 66% for 513 patients randomized to observation only (hazard ratio 0.50, stratified log-rank, P less than .0001). Rituximab maintenance reduced by 39% the need for patients to be started on new antilymphoma therapies (HR 0.61, P less than .0003), according to GELA’s presentation at the American Society for Clinical Oncology’s 2010 annual meeting.

All patients in the trial received rituximab in their induction regimens: 75% had R-CHOP (rituximab, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisone); 22% R-CVP (rituximab plus cyclophosphamide, vincristine, and prednisone), and 3% R-FCM (rituximab plus fludarabine, cyclophosphamide, and mitoxantrone). Patients randomized to maintenance rituximab received it for 2 years as a single agent.

Investigators said rituximab maintenance was generally well tolerated, with grade 3 or 4 adverse events occurring in 22% of patients. The most common were infections in 37% of patients on maintenance and 22% of those on observation. Grade 3 or 4 neutropenia and low white blood cell count each occurred in about 4% of patients on maintenance rituximab.

The trial was sponsored by Roche, which markets rituximab outside the United States and is the parent company of Genentech.

The Food and Drug Administration has approved a first-line maintenance indication for rituximab in advanced follicular lymphoma, according to an announcement by Genentech and Biogen Idec.

The indication specifies that maintenance rituximab (Rituxan) may be used in patients with advanced follicular lymphoma who responded to induction treatment with rituximab plus chemotherapy. The European Commission approved the same indication in October 2010, according to the January 28 announcement.

The application for a maintenance rituximab treatment was supported by results of the phase III PRIMA study, a randomized international trial conducted by the Groupe d’Etude des Lymphomes de l’Adulte (GELA). The trial in 1,217 patients with advanced follicular lymphoma not previously treated showed that two years of maintenance therapy cut their risk of relapse in half compared with observation

GELA, the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer (EORTC)’s adult lymphoma study group, had reported the progression-free survival rate among 505 patients randomized to maintenance with rituximab (Rituxan in the United States, MabThera in Europe) was 82% at 2 years vs. 66% for 513 patients randomized to observation only (hazard ratio 0.50, stratified log-rank, P less than .0001). Rituximab maintenance reduced by 39% the need for patients to be started on new antilymphoma therapies (HR 0.61, P less than .0003), according to GELA’s presentation at the American Society for Clinical Oncology’s 2010 annual meeting.

All patients in the trial received rituximab in their induction regimens: 75% had R-CHOP (rituximab, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisone); 22% R-CVP (rituximab plus cyclophosphamide, vincristine, and prednisone), and 3% R-FCM (rituximab plus fludarabine, cyclophosphamide, and mitoxantrone). Patients randomized to maintenance rituximab received it for 2 years as a single agent.

Investigators said rituximab maintenance was generally well tolerated, with grade 3 or 4 adverse events occurring in 22% of patients. The most common were infections in 37% of patients on maintenance and 22% of those on observation. Grade 3 or 4 neutropenia and low white blood cell count each occurred in about 4% of patients on maintenance rituximab.

The trial was sponsored by Roche, which markets rituximab outside the United States and is the parent company of Genentech.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Rituximab Maintenance Approved in Follicular Lymphoma
Display Headline
Rituximab Maintenance Approved in Follicular Lymphoma
Legacy Keywords
Food and Drug Administration, FDA, rituximab, follicular lymphoma, Genentech, Biogen Idec., Rituxan, chemotherapy, European Commission
Legacy Keywords
Food and Drug Administration, FDA, rituximab, follicular lymphoma, Genentech, Biogen Idec., Rituxan, chemotherapy, European Commission
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Rituximab Maintenance Approved in Follicular Lymphoma

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 01/04/2019 - 11:36
Display Headline
Rituximab Maintenance Approved in Follicular Lymphoma

The Food and Drug Administration has approved a first-line maintenance indication for rituximab in advanced follicular lymphoma, according to an announcement by Genentech and Biogen Idec.

The indication specifies that maintenance rituximab (Rituxan) may be used in patients with advanced follicular lymphoma who responded to induction treatment with rituximab plus chemotherapy. The European Commission approved the same indication in October 2010, according to the January 28 announcement.

The application for a maintenance rituximab treatment was supported by results of the phase III PRIMA study, a randomized international trial conducted by the Groupe d’Etude des Lymphomes de l’Adulte (GELA). The trial in 1,217 patients with advanced follicular lymphoma not previously treated showed that two years of maintenance therapy cut their risk of relapse in half compared with observation

GELA, the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer (EORTC)’s adult lymphoma study group, had reported the progression-free survival rate among 505 patients randomized to maintenance with rituximab (Rituxan in the United States, MabThera in Europe) was 82% at 2 years vs. 66% for 513 patients randomized to observation only (hazard ratio 0.50, stratified log-rank, P less than .0001). Rituximab maintenance reduced by 39% the need for patients to be started on new antilymphoma therapies (HR 0.61, P less than .0003), according to GELA’s presentation at the American Society for Clinical Oncology’s 2010 annual meeting.

All patients in the trial received rituximab in their induction regimens: 75% had R-CHOP (rituximab, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisone); 22% R-CVP (rituximab plus cyclophosphamide, vincristine, and prednisone), and 3% R-FCM (rituximab plus fludarabine, cyclophosphamide, and mitoxantrone). Patients randomized to maintenance rituximab received it for 2 years as a single agent.

Investigators said rituximab maintenance was generally well tolerated, with grade 3 or 4 adverse events occurring in 22% of patients. The most common were infections in 37% of patients on maintenance and 22% of those on observation. Grade 3 or 4 neutropenia and low white blood cell count each occurred in about 4% of patients on maintenance rituximab.

The trial was sponsored by Roche, which markets rituximab outside the United States and is the parent company of Genentech.

Author and Disclosure Information

Publications
Topics
Legacy Keywords
Food and Drug Administration, FDA, rituximab, follicular lymphoma, Genentech, Biogen Idec., Rituxan, chemotherapy, European Commission
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

The Food and Drug Administration has approved a first-line maintenance indication for rituximab in advanced follicular lymphoma, according to an announcement by Genentech and Biogen Idec.

The indication specifies that maintenance rituximab (Rituxan) may be used in patients with advanced follicular lymphoma who responded to induction treatment with rituximab plus chemotherapy. The European Commission approved the same indication in October 2010, according to the January 28 announcement.

The application for a maintenance rituximab treatment was supported by results of the phase III PRIMA study, a randomized international trial conducted by the Groupe d’Etude des Lymphomes de l’Adulte (GELA). The trial in 1,217 patients with advanced follicular lymphoma not previously treated showed that two years of maintenance therapy cut their risk of relapse in half compared with observation

GELA, the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer (EORTC)’s adult lymphoma study group, had reported the progression-free survival rate among 505 patients randomized to maintenance with rituximab (Rituxan in the United States, MabThera in Europe) was 82% at 2 years vs. 66% for 513 patients randomized to observation only (hazard ratio 0.50, stratified log-rank, P less than .0001). Rituximab maintenance reduced by 39% the need for patients to be started on new antilymphoma therapies (HR 0.61, P less than .0003), according to GELA’s presentation at the American Society for Clinical Oncology’s 2010 annual meeting.

All patients in the trial received rituximab in their induction regimens: 75% had R-CHOP (rituximab, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisone); 22% R-CVP (rituximab plus cyclophosphamide, vincristine, and prednisone), and 3% R-FCM (rituximab plus fludarabine, cyclophosphamide, and mitoxantrone). Patients randomized to maintenance rituximab received it for 2 years as a single agent.

Investigators said rituximab maintenance was generally well tolerated, with grade 3 or 4 adverse events occurring in 22% of patients. The most common were infections in 37% of patients on maintenance and 22% of those on observation. Grade 3 or 4 neutropenia and low white blood cell count each occurred in about 4% of patients on maintenance rituximab.

The trial was sponsored by Roche, which markets rituximab outside the United States and is the parent company of Genentech.

The Food and Drug Administration has approved a first-line maintenance indication for rituximab in advanced follicular lymphoma, according to an announcement by Genentech and Biogen Idec.

The indication specifies that maintenance rituximab (Rituxan) may be used in patients with advanced follicular lymphoma who responded to induction treatment with rituximab plus chemotherapy. The European Commission approved the same indication in October 2010, according to the January 28 announcement.

The application for a maintenance rituximab treatment was supported by results of the phase III PRIMA study, a randomized international trial conducted by the Groupe d’Etude des Lymphomes de l’Adulte (GELA). The trial in 1,217 patients with advanced follicular lymphoma not previously treated showed that two years of maintenance therapy cut their risk of relapse in half compared with observation

GELA, the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer (EORTC)’s adult lymphoma study group, had reported the progression-free survival rate among 505 patients randomized to maintenance with rituximab (Rituxan in the United States, MabThera in Europe) was 82% at 2 years vs. 66% for 513 patients randomized to observation only (hazard ratio 0.50, stratified log-rank, P less than .0001). Rituximab maintenance reduced by 39% the need for patients to be started on new antilymphoma therapies (HR 0.61, P less than .0003), according to GELA’s presentation at the American Society for Clinical Oncology’s 2010 annual meeting.

All patients in the trial received rituximab in their induction regimens: 75% had R-CHOP (rituximab, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisone); 22% R-CVP (rituximab plus cyclophosphamide, vincristine, and prednisone), and 3% R-FCM (rituximab plus fludarabine, cyclophosphamide, and mitoxantrone). Patients randomized to maintenance rituximab received it for 2 years as a single agent.

Investigators said rituximab maintenance was generally well tolerated, with grade 3 or 4 adverse events occurring in 22% of patients. The most common were infections in 37% of patients on maintenance and 22% of those on observation. Grade 3 or 4 neutropenia and low white blood cell count each occurred in about 4% of patients on maintenance rituximab.

The trial was sponsored by Roche, which markets rituximab outside the United States and is the parent company of Genentech.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Rituximab Maintenance Approved in Follicular Lymphoma
Display Headline
Rituximab Maintenance Approved in Follicular Lymphoma
Legacy Keywords
Food and Drug Administration, FDA, rituximab, follicular lymphoma, Genentech, Biogen Idec., Rituxan, chemotherapy, European Commission
Legacy Keywords
Food and Drug Administration, FDA, rituximab, follicular lymphoma, Genentech, Biogen Idec., Rituxan, chemotherapy, European Commission
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

What to look for when evaluating mood swings in children and adolescents

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 09/26/2018 - 10:53
Display Headline
What to look for when evaluating mood swings in children and adolescents

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Publications
Topics
Sections

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 10(02)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
What to look for when evaluating mood swings in children and adolescents
Display Headline
What to look for when evaluating mood swings in children and adolescents
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica

Hypertension: Don’t worry about the J curve—treat the patient

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 10/19/2017 - 10:05
Display Headline
Hypertension: Don’t worry about the J curve—treat the patient

In treating cardiovascular risk factors, we keep making our targets more aggressive. Epidemiologic data have established a link between high blood pressure (and high blood sugar) and a variety of bad outcomes. Since we now have many drugs to lower blood pressure and blood glucose, it would seem that aggressive treatment goals should be both achievable and beneficial.

But some have long suspected too-aggressive treatment would have an adverse effect—the so called “J curve” seen when drug effect is plotted against adverse outcome. The validity of this concept at the extreme is obvious: excessive hypotension or hypoglycemia is not clinically tolerated. So where is the cutoff between benefit and complications, where treatment becomes too aggressive and causes complications that outweigh the benefits?

In this issue of the Journal, Dr. Edward J. Filippone and colleagues discuss the treatment of hypertension with proposed aggressive but seemingly reasonable blood pressure targets. Surprisingly, interventional trials have not jibed with observational data that suggest a beneficial continuous relationship between blood-pressure-lowering within the physiologic range and cardiac outcomes. Potential explanations for this are many. Organs differ in their response to blood-pressure-lowering. The brain, despite considerable autoregulatory circulatory control, benefits from lowered blood pressure with reduced stroke frequency. The heart, uniquely dependent on diastolic flow for perfusion, can be compromised with aggressive lowering of the diastolic pressure, ie, to below 85 mm Hg, although lowering the systolic pressure may be beneficial. Specific drugs may have beneficial or detrimental effects, particularly in combinations needed to control blood pressure in patients with stiff arteries and multiple comorbidities.

In the clinic, attention to the individual’s physiology and clinical response to therapy needs to be paramount in our mind as we determine treatment targets—possibly a source of dissonance, as we are held accountable to external agencies for our practice performance in a depersonalized manner.

Proposed aggressive blood pressure targets remain contentious, but a far greater problem is that we are still not successfully treating hypertension to even a conservative target. In a recent analysis of the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey database from 2003 to 2006, only about 44% of treated hypertensive patients were appropriately controlled.1 As a community of physicians, we have a way to go before we hit the J point.

References
  1. Lloyd-Jones D, Adams RJ, Brown TM, et al; American Heart Association Statistics Committee and Stroke Statistics Subcommittee. Heart disease and stroke statistics—2010 update: a report from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2010; 121:e46e215; erratum in Circulation 2010; 121:e260.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
74
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

In treating cardiovascular risk factors, we keep making our targets more aggressive. Epidemiologic data have established a link between high blood pressure (and high blood sugar) and a variety of bad outcomes. Since we now have many drugs to lower blood pressure and blood glucose, it would seem that aggressive treatment goals should be both achievable and beneficial.

But some have long suspected too-aggressive treatment would have an adverse effect—the so called “J curve” seen when drug effect is plotted against adverse outcome. The validity of this concept at the extreme is obvious: excessive hypotension or hypoglycemia is not clinically tolerated. So where is the cutoff between benefit and complications, where treatment becomes too aggressive and causes complications that outweigh the benefits?

In this issue of the Journal, Dr. Edward J. Filippone and colleagues discuss the treatment of hypertension with proposed aggressive but seemingly reasonable blood pressure targets. Surprisingly, interventional trials have not jibed with observational data that suggest a beneficial continuous relationship between blood-pressure-lowering within the physiologic range and cardiac outcomes. Potential explanations for this are many. Organs differ in their response to blood-pressure-lowering. The brain, despite considerable autoregulatory circulatory control, benefits from lowered blood pressure with reduced stroke frequency. The heart, uniquely dependent on diastolic flow for perfusion, can be compromised with aggressive lowering of the diastolic pressure, ie, to below 85 mm Hg, although lowering the systolic pressure may be beneficial. Specific drugs may have beneficial or detrimental effects, particularly in combinations needed to control blood pressure in patients with stiff arteries and multiple comorbidities.

In the clinic, attention to the individual’s physiology and clinical response to therapy needs to be paramount in our mind as we determine treatment targets—possibly a source of dissonance, as we are held accountable to external agencies for our practice performance in a depersonalized manner.

Proposed aggressive blood pressure targets remain contentious, but a far greater problem is that we are still not successfully treating hypertension to even a conservative target. In a recent analysis of the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey database from 2003 to 2006, only about 44% of treated hypertensive patients were appropriately controlled.1 As a community of physicians, we have a way to go before we hit the J point.

In treating cardiovascular risk factors, we keep making our targets more aggressive. Epidemiologic data have established a link between high blood pressure (and high blood sugar) and a variety of bad outcomes. Since we now have many drugs to lower blood pressure and blood glucose, it would seem that aggressive treatment goals should be both achievable and beneficial.

But some have long suspected too-aggressive treatment would have an adverse effect—the so called “J curve” seen when drug effect is plotted against adverse outcome. The validity of this concept at the extreme is obvious: excessive hypotension or hypoglycemia is not clinically tolerated. So where is the cutoff between benefit and complications, where treatment becomes too aggressive and causes complications that outweigh the benefits?

In this issue of the Journal, Dr. Edward J. Filippone and colleagues discuss the treatment of hypertension with proposed aggressive but seemingly reasonable blood pressure targets. Surprisingly, interventional trials have not jibed with observational data that suggest a beneficial continuous relationship between blood-pressure-lowering within the physiologic range and cardiac outcomes. Potential explanations for this are many. Organs differ in their response to blood-pressure-lowering. The brain, despite considerable autoregulatory circulatory control, benefits from lowered blood pressure with reduced stroke frequency. The heart, uniquely dependent on diastolic flow for perfusion, can be compromised with aggressive lowering of the diastolic pressure, ie, to below 85 mm Hg, although lowering the systolic pressure may be beneficial. Specific drugs may have beneficial or detrimental effects, particularly in combinations needed to control blood pressure in patients with stiff arteries and multiple comorbidities.

In the clinic, attention to the individual’s physiology and clinical response to therapy needs to be paramount in our mind as we determine treatment targets—possibly a source of dissonance, as we are held accountable to external agencies for our practice performance in a depersonalized manner.

Proposed aggressive blood pressure targets remain contentious, but a far greater problem is that we are still not successfully treating hypertension to even a conservative target. In a recent analysis of the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey database from 2003 to 2006, only about 44% of treated hypertensive patients were appropriately controlled.1 As a community of physicians, we have a way to go before we hit the J point.

References
  1. Lloyd-Jones D, Adams RJ, Brown TM, et al; American Heart Association Statistics Committee and Stroke Statistics Subcommittee. Heart disease and stroke statistics—2010 update: a report from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2010; 121:e46e215; erratum in Circulation 2010; 121:e260.
References
  1. Lloyd-Jones D, Adams RJ, Brown TM, et al; American Heart Association Statistics Committee and Stroke Statistics Subcommittee. Heart disease and stroke statistics—2010 update: a report from the American Heart Association. Circulation 2010; 121:e46e215; erratum in Circulation 2010; 121:e260.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Page Number
74
Page Number
74
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Hypertension: Don’t worry about the J curve—treat the patient
Display Headline
Hypertension: Don’t worry about the J curve—treat the patient
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Caring for VIPs: Nine principles

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 10/19/2017 - 10:05
Display Headline
Caring for VIPs: Nine principles

Medical tourism is on the rise,1 and since medical tourists are often very important persons (VIPs), hospital-based physicians may be more likely to care for celebrities, royalty, and political leaders. But even in hospitals that do not see medical tourists, physicians will often care for VIP patients such as hospital trustees and board members, prominent physicians, and community leaders.2–4

However, caring for VIPs raises special issues and challenges. In a situation often referred to as the “VIP syndrome,”5–9 a patient’s special social or political status—or our perceptions of it—induces changes in behaviors and clinical practice that create a “vicious circle of VIP pressure and staff withdrawal”9 that can lead to poor outcomes.

Based on their experience caring for three American presidents, Mariano and McLeod7 offered three directives for caring for VIPs:

  • Vow to value your medical skills and judgment
  • Intend to command the medical aspects of the situation
  • Practice medicine the same way for all your patients.7

In this paper, we hope to extend the sparse literature on the VIP syndrome by proposing nine principles of caring for VIPs, with recommendations specific to the type of VIP where applicable.

PRINCIPLE 1: DON’T BEND THE RULES

Caring for VIPs creates pressures to change usual clinical wisdom and practices. But it is essential to resist changing time-honored, effective clinical judgment and practices.

To preserve usual clinical practice, clinicians must be constantly vigilant as to whether their judgment is being clouded by the circumstances. As Smith and Shesser noted in 1988, “Since the standard operating procedures […] are designed for the efficient delivery of high-quality care, any deviation from these procedures increases the possibility that care may be compromised.”5 In other words, suspending usual practice when caring for a VIP patient can imperil the patient.2–5,10,11 When caring for VIP physicians, for example, circumventing usual medical and administrative routines and the difficulties that caring for colleagues poses for nurses and physicians have led to poor medical care and outcomes, as well as to hostility.2–4

A striking example of the potential effects of VIP syndrome is the death of Eleanor Roosevelt from miliary tuberculosis acutissima: she was misdiagnosed with aplastic anemia on the basis of only the results of a bone marrow aspirate study, and she was treated with steroids. The desire to spare this VIP patient the discomfort of a bone marrow biopsy, on which tuberculous granulomata were more likely to have been seen, caused the true diagnosis to be missed and resulted in the administration of a hazardous medication.11 The hard lesson here is that we must resist the pressure to simplify or change customary medical care to avoid causing a VIP patient discomfort or putting the patient through a complex procedure.

We recommend discussing these issues explicitly with the VIP patient and family at the outset so that everyone can appreciate the importance of usual care. An early conversation can communicate the clinician’s experience in the care of such patients and can be reassuring. As Smith and Shesser noted, “Usually, the VIP is relieved if the physician states explicitly, ‘I am going to treat you as I would any other patient.’ ”5

PRINCIPLE 2: WORK AS A TEAM, NOT IN ‘SILOS’

Teamwork is essential for good clinical outcomes, 12–14 especially when the clinical problem is complex, as is often the case when people travel long distances to receive care. All consultants involved in the patient’s care must not only attend to their own clinical issues but also communicate amply with their colleagues.

At the same time, we must recognize that medical practice “is not a committee process; it must be clear at all times which physician is responsible for directing clinical care.”5 One physician must be in charge of the overall care. Seeking the input of other physicians must not be allowed to diffuse responsibility. The primary attending physician must speak with the consultants, summarize their views, and then communicate the findings and the plan of care to the patient and family.

Paradoxically, teamwork can be challenged when circumstances lead consultants to defer communicating directly with the family in favor of the primary physician’s doing so. Similarly, consultants must avoid any temptation to simply “do their thing” and not communicate with one another, thereby potentially offering “siloed,” discoordinated care.

We propose designating a primary physician to take charge of the care and the communication. This physician must have the time to talk with each team member about how best to communicate the individual findings to the patient and family. At times, the primary physician may also ask the consultants to communicate directly with the patient and family when needed.

PRINCIPLE 3: COMMUNICATE, COMMUNICATE, COMMUNICATE

As a corollary of principle 2, heightened communication is essential when caring for VIP patients. Communication should include the patient, the family, visiting physicians who accompany the patient, and the physicians providing care. Communicating with the media and with other uninvolved individuals is addressed in principle 4.

The logistic and security challenges of transporting VIP patients through the hospital for tests or therapy demand increased communication. Scheduling a computed tomographic scan may involve arranging an off-hours appointment in the radiology department (to minimize security risks and disruption to other patients’ schedules), assuring the off-hours availability of allied health providers to accompany the patient, alerting hospital security, and discussing the appointment with the patient and the patient’s entourage.

PRINCIPLE 4: CAREFULLY MANAGE COMMUNICATION WITH THE MEDIA

Although the news media and the public may demand medical information about patients who are celebrities, political luminaries, or royalty, the confidentiality of the physician-patient relationship must be protected. The release of health information is at the sole discretion of the patient or a designated surrogate.

The care of President Ronald Reagan after the 1981 assassination attempt is a benchmark of how to release information to the public.10 A single physician held regularly scheduled press conferences, and these were intentionally held away from the site of the President’s care.

Designating a senior hospital physician to communicate with the media is desirable, and the physician-spokesperson can call on specialists from the patient care team (eg, a critical care physician), when appropriate, to provide further information.

Early implementation of an explicit and structured media communication plan is advisable, especially when the VIP patient is a political or royal figure for whom public clamor for information will be vigorous. A successful communication strategy balances the public’s demand for information with the need to protect the patient’s confidentiality.

 

 

PRINCIPLE 5: RESIST ‘CHAIRPERSON’S SYNDROME’

“Chairperson’s syndrome”5 is pressure for the VIP patient to be cared for by the department chairperson. The pressure may come from the patient, family, or attendants, who may assume that the chairperson is the best doctor for the clinical circumstance. The pressure may also come from the chairperson, who feels the need to “take command” in a situation with high visibility. Nevertheless, designation of a chairperson to care for a VIP patient is appropriate only when the chairperson is indeed the clinician who has the most expertise in the patient’s clinical issues.

As in principle 1, in academic medical centers, we encourage the participation of trainees in the care of VIP patients because excluding them could disrupt the usual flow of care, and because trainees offer a currency and facility with the nuances of hospital practice and routine that are advantageous to the patient’s care.

PRINCIPLE 6: CARE SHOULD OCCUR WHERE IT IS MOST APPROPRIATE

Decisions about where to place the VIP patient during the medical visit can fall victim to the VIP syndrome if the expectations of the patient or family conflict with usual clinical practice and judgment about the optimal care venue.

For example, caring for the patient in a setting away from the mainstream clinical environment may offer the appeal of privacy or enhanced security but can under some circumstances impede optimal care, including prolonging the response time during emergencies and disrupting the optimal care routine and teamwork of allied health providers.

Critical care services and monitoring are best provided in the intensive care unit, and attempts to relocate the patient away from the intensive care unit should be resisted. We recommend a candid discussion of the importance of keeping the patient in the intensive care unit to ensure optimal care by a seasoned clinical team with short response times if urgencies should arise.

At the same time, a request to transfer a VIP patient to a special setting designed for private care with special amenities (eg, appealing room decor, adjacent sleeping rooms for family members, enhanced security) available in some hospitals15–16 can be honored as soon as the patient’s condition permits. The benefits of such amenities are often greatly appreciated and can reduce stress and thereby promote recovery. The benefits of enhanced security in sequestered venues may especially drive the decision to move when clinically prudent (see principle 7).

PRINCIPLE 7: PROTECT THE PATIENT’S SECURITY

Providing security is another essential part of caring for VIPs, especially celebrities, political figures, and royalty. Protecting the patient from bodily harm requires special attention to the patient’s location, caregiver access, and other logistic matters.

As indicated in principle 6, the patient’s clinical needs are paramount in determining where the patient receives care. If the patient requires care in a mainstream hospital location such as the intensive care unit, modifications of the unit may be needed to alter access, to accommodate security personnel, and to restrict caregivers’ access to the patient. Modifications include structural changes to windows, special credentials (eg, badges) for essential providers, arranging transports within the hospital for elective procedures during off-hours, and providing around-the-clock security personnel near the patient.

As important as it is to protect VIP patients from bodily harm during the visit, it is equally important to protect them from attacks on confidentiality via unauthorized access to the electronic medical record, and this is perhaps the more difficult challenge, as examples of breaches abound.10,17–19 Although the duty to protect against these breaches rests with the hospital, the use of “pop-ups” in the electronic medical record can flash a warning that only employees with legitimate clinical reasons should access the record. These warnings should also cite the penalties for unauthorized review of the record, which is supported by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA). Access to celebrities’ health records could be restricted to a few predetermined health care providers.

PRINCIPLE 8: BE CAREFUL ABOUT ACCEPTING OR DECLINING GIFTS

VIP patients often present gifts to physicians, and giving gifts to doctors is a common and long-standing practice.20,21 Patients offer gifts out of gratitude, affection, desperation, or the desire to garner special treatment or indebtedness. VIP patients from gifting cultures may be especially likely to offer gifts to their providers, and the gifts can be lavish.

The “ethical calculus”21 of whether to accept or decline a gift depends on the circumstances and on what motivates the offer, and the physician needs to consider the patient’s reasons for giving the gift.

In general, gifts should be accepted only with caution during the acute episode of care. The acceptance of a gift from a VIP patient or family member may be interpreted by the gift-giver as a sort of unspoken promise, and this misunderstanding may strain the physician-patient relationship, especially if the clinical course deteriorates.

Rather than accept a gift during an episode of acute care, we suggest that the physician graciously decline the gift and offer to accept the gift at the end of the episode of acute care—that is, if the offerer still feels so inclined and remembers. Explaining the reason for deferring the gift can decrease the risk of misunderstandings or of unmet expectations by the gift-giver. Also, deferring the acceptance of a gift allows the caregiver to affirm the commitment to excellent care that is free of gifts, thereby ensuring that the patient will be confident of a similar level of care by providers who have not been offered gifts.

On the other hand, declining a gift may cause more damage than accepting it, particularly if the VIP patient is from a culture in which refusing a gift is impolite.22 A sensible compromise may be to adopt the recommendations of the American Academy of Pediatrics23—ie, attempt to appreciate appropriate gifts and graciously refuse those that are not.

PRINCIPLE 9: WORKING WITH THE PATIENT’S PERSONAL PHYSICIANS

VIP patients, perhaps especially royalty, may be accompanied by their own physicians and may also wish to bring in consultants from other institutions. Though this outside involvement poses challenges (eg, providing access to medical records, arranging briefings, attending bedside rounds), we believe it should be encouraged when the issue is raised. Furthermore, institutions and caregivers should anticipate these requests and identify potential outside consultants whose names can be volunteered if the issue arises.

Again, if VIP patients wish to involve physicians from outside the institution where they are receiving care, this should not be viewed as an expression of doubt about the care being received. Rather, we prefer to view it as an opportunity to validate current management or to entertain alternative approaches. Most often, when an outside consultant confirms the current medical care, this can have the beneficial effect of increasing confidence and facilitating management.

In a similar way, when VIP patients bring their own physician, whose judgment and care they trust, this represents an opportunity to engage the patient’s trusted physician-advisor in clinical decision-making and thus optimize communication with the patient. Collegial interactions with these physician-colleagues can facilitate communication and decision-making for the patient.

References
  1. Ehrbeck T, Guevara C, Mango PD. Mapping the market for medical travel. Health Care: Strategy & Analysis. McKinsey Quarterly 2008 May;111.
  2. Stoudemire A, Rhoads JM. When the doctor needs a doctor: special considerations for the physician-patient. Ann Intern Med 1983; 98:654659.
  3. Schneck SA. “Doctoring” doctors and their families. JAMA 1998; 280:20392042.
  4. Adshead G. Healing ourselves: ethical issues in the care of sick doctors. Adv Psychiatr Treat 2005; 11:330337.
  5. Smith MS, Shesser RF. The emergency care of the VIP patient. N Engl J Med 1988; 319:14211423.
  6. Block AJ. Beware of the VIP syndrome. Chest 1993; 104:989.
  7. Mariano EC, McLeod JA. Emergency care for the VIP patient. Intensive Care Medicine 2007. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-49518-7_88. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  8. Schenkenberg T, Kochenour NK, Botkin JR. Ethical considerations in clinical care of the “VIP”. J Clin Ethics 2007; 18:5663.
  9. Weintraub W. “The VIP syndrome”: a clinical study in hospital psychiatry. J Nerv Ment Dis 1964; 138:181193.
  10. Weiss YG, Mor-Yosef S, Sprung CL, Weissman C, Weiss Y. Caring for a major government official: challenges and lessons learned. Crit Care Med 2007; 35:17691772.
  11. Lerner BH. Revisiting the death of Eleanor Roosevelt: was the diagnosis of tuberculosis missed? Int J Tuberc Lung Dis 2001; 5:10801085.
  12. Lee TH. Turning doctors into leaders. Harv Bus Rev 2010; 88:5058.
  13. Clemmer TP, Spuhler VJ, Berwick DM, Nolan TW. Cooperation: the foundation of improvement. Ann Intern Med 1998; 128:10041009.
  14. Morey JC, Simon R, Jay GD, et al. Error reduction and performance improvement in the emergency department through formal teamwork training: evaluation results of the MedTeams project. Health Serv Res 2002; 37:15531581.
  15. VIP ward at Walter Reed gets scrutiny. USA Today. http://www.usatoday.com/news/washington/2007-03-15-walter-reed-vip_N.htm. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  16. Robins RS, Post JM. When Illness Strikes the Leader. The Dilemma of the Captive King. New Haven: Yale University Press; 1995.
  17. Carr J. Breach of Britney Spears patient data reported. SC Magazine, March 19, 2008. http://www.scmagazineus.com/breach-of-britney-spears-patient-data-reported/article/108141/. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  18. Collins T. Sir Bobby Robson’s electronic health records viewed illicitly by NHS staff. ComputerWeekly.com, September 24, 2007. http://www.computerweekly.com/blogs/tony_collins/2007/09/bobby-robsons-medical-records-1.html. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  19. Ornstein C. Kaiser hospital fined $250,000 for privacy breach in octuplet case. Propublica.org, May 15, 2009. http://www.propublica.org/article/kaiser-hospital-fined-250000-for-privacy-breach-in-octuplet-case-515. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  20. Levene MI, Sireling L. Gift giving to hospital doctors—in the mouth of the gift horse. Br Med J 1980; 281:1685.
  21. Lyckholm LJ. Should physicians accept gifts from patients? JAMA 1998; 280:19441946.
  22. Takayama JI. Giving and receiving gifts: one perspective. West J Med 2001; 175:138139.
  23. Committee on Bioethics. From the American Academy of Pediatrics: policy statements—pediatrician-family-patient relationships: managing the boundaries. Pediatrics 2009; 124:16851688.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Jorge A. Guzman, MD
Director, Medical Intensive Care Unit, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Madhu Sasidhar, MD
Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

James K. Stoller, MD, MS
Chairman, Education Institute; Executive Director, Leadership Development, Professional Staff Affairs Office; and Head, Cleveland Clinic Respiratory Therapy, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Jorge A. Guzman, MD, Respiratory Institute, G62, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
90-94
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jorge A. Guzman, MD
Director, Medical Intensive Care Unit, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Madhu Sasidhar, MD
Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

James K. Stoller, MD, MS
Chairman, Education Institute; Executive Director, Leadership Development, Professional Staff Affairs Office; and Head, Cleveland Clinic Respiratory Therapy, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Jorge A. Guzman, MD, Respiratory Institute, G62, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Jorge A. Guzman, MD
Director, Medical Intensive Care Unit, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Madhu Sasidhar, MD
Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

James K. Stoller, MD, MS
Chairman, Education Institute; Executive Director, Leadership Development, Professional Staff Affairs Office; and Head, Cleveland Clinic Respiratory Therapy, Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Jorge A. Guzman, MD, Respiratory Institute, G62, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

Medical tourism is on the rise,1 and since medical tourists are often very important persons (VIPs), hospital-based physicians may be more likely to care for celebrities, royalty, and political leaders. But even in hospitals that do not see medical tourists, physicians will often care for VIP patients such as hospital trustees and board members, prominent physicians, and community leaders.2–4

However, caring for VIPs raises special issues and challenges. In a situation often referred to as the “VIP syndrome,”5–9 a patient’s special social or political status—or our perceptions of it—induces changes in behaviors and clinical practice that create a “vicious circle of VIP pressure and staff withdrawal”9 that can lead to poor outcomes.

Based on their experience caring for three American presidents, Mariano and McLeod7 offered three directives for caring for VIPs:

  • Vow to value your medical skills and judgment
  • Intend to command the medical aspects of the situation
  • Practice medicine the same way for all your patients.7

In this paper, we hope to extend the sparse literature on the VIP syndrome by proposing nine principles of caring for VIPs, with recommendations specific to the type of VIP where applicable.

PRINCIPLE 1: DON’T BEND THE RULES

Caring for VIPs creates pressures to change usual clinical wisdom and practices. But it is essential to resist changing time-honored, effective clinical judgment and practices.

To preserve usual clinical practice, clinicians must be constantly vigilant as to whether their judgment is being clouded by the circumstances. As Smith and Shesser noted in 1988, “Since the standard operating procedures […] are designed for the efficient delivery of high-quality care, any deviation from these procedures increases the possibility that care may be compromised.”5 In other words, suspending usual practice when caring for a VIP patient can imperil the patient.2–5,10,11 When caring for VIP physicians, for example, circumventing usual medical and administrative routines and the difficulties that caring for colleagues poses for nurses and physicians have led to poor medical care and outcomes, as well as to hostility.2–4

A striking example of the potential effects of VIP syndrome is the death of Eleanor Roosevelt from miliary tuberculosis acutissima: she was misdiagnosed with aplastic anemia on the basis of only the results of a bone marrow aspirate study, and she was treated with steroids. The desire to spare this VIP patient the discomfort of a bone marrow biopsy, on which tuberculous granulomata were more likely to have been seen, caused the true diagnosis to be missed and resulted in the administration of a hazardous medication.11 The hard lesson here is that we must resist the pressure to simplify or change customary medical care to avoid causing a VIP patient discomfort or putting the patient through a complex procedure.

We recommend discussing these issues explicitly with the VIP patient and family at the outset so that everyone can appreciate the importance of usual care. An early conversation can communicate the clinician’s experience in the care of such patients and can be reassuring. As Smith and Shesser noted, “Usually, the VIP is relieved if the physician states explicitly, ‘I am going to treat you as I would any other patient.’ ”5

PRINCIPLE 2: WORK AS A TEAM, NOT IN ‘SILOS’

Teamwork is essential for good clinical outcomes, 12–14 especially when the clinical problem is complex, as is often the case when people travel long distances to receive care. All consultants involved in the patient’s care must not only attend to their own clinical issues but also communicate amply with their colleagues.

At the same time, we must recognize that medical practice “is not a committee process; it must be clear at all times which physician is responsible for directing clinical care.”5 One physician must be in charge of the overall care. Seeking the input of other physicians must not be allowed to diffuse responsibility. The primary attending physician must speak with the consultants, summarize their views, and then communicate the findings and the plan of care to the patient and family.

Paradoxically, teamwork can be challenged when circumstances lead consultants to defer communicating directly with the family in favor of the primary physician’s doing so. Similarly, consultants must avoid any temptation to simply “do their thing” and not communicate with one another, thereby potentially offering “siloed,” discoordinated care.

We propose designating a primary physician to take charge of the care and the communication. This physician must have the time to talk with each team member about how best to communicate the individual findings to the patient and family. At times, the primary physician may also ask the consultants to communicate directly with the patient and family when needed.

PRINCIPLE 3: COMMUNICATE, COMMUNICATE, COMMUNICATE

As a corollary of principle 2, heightened communication is essential when caring for VIP patients. Communication should include the patient, the family, visiting physicians who accompany the patient, and the physicians providing care. Communicating with the media and with other uninvolved individuals is addressed in principle 4.

The logistic and security challenges of transporting VIP patients through the hospital for tests or therapy demand increased communication. Scheduling a computed tomographic scan may involve arranging an off-hours appointment in the radiology department (to minimize security risks and disruption to other patients’ schedules), assuring the off-hours availability of allied health providers to accompany the patient, alerting hospital security, and discussing the appointment with the patient and the patient’s entourage.

PRINCIPLE 4: CAREFULLY MANAGE COMMUNICATION WITH THE MEDIA

Although the news media and the public may demand medical information about patients who are celebrities, political luminaries, or royalty, the confidentiality of the physician-patient relationship must be protected. The release of health information is at the sole discretion of the patient or a designated surrogate.

The care of President Ronald Reagan after the 1981 assassination attempt is a benchmark of how to release information to the public.10 A single physician held regularly scheduled press conferences, and these were intentionally held away from the site of the President’s care.

Designating a senior hospital physician to communicate with the media is desirable, and the physician-spokesperson can call on specialists from the patient care team (eg, a critical care physician), when appropriate, to provide further information.

Early implementation of an explicit and structured media communication plan is advisable, especially when the VIP patient is a political or royal figure for whom public clamor for information will be vigorous. A successful communication strategy balances the public’s demand for information with the need to protect the patient’s confidentiality.

 

 

PRINCIPLE 5: RESIST ‘CHAIRPERSON’S SYNDROME’

“Chairperson’s syndrome”5 is pressure for the VIP patient to be cared for by the department chairperson. The pressure may come from the patient, family, or attendants, who may assume that the chairperson is the best doctor for the clinical circumstance. The pressure may also come from the chairperson, who feels the need to “take command” in a situation with high visibility. Nevertheless, designation of a chairperson to care for a VIP patient is appropriate only when the chairperson is indeed the clinician who has the most expertise in the patient’s clinical issues.

As in principle 1, in academic medical centers, we encourage the participation of trainees in the care of VIP patients because excluding them could disrupt the usual flow of care, and because trainees offer a currency and facility with the nuances of hospital practice and routine that are advantageous to the patient’s care.

PRINCIPLE 6: CARE SHOULD OCCUR WHERE IT IS MOST APPROPRIATE

Decisions about where to place the VIP patient during the medical visit can fall victim to the VIP syndrome if the expectations of the patient or family conflict with usual clinical practice and judgment about the optimal care venue.

For example, caring for the patient in a setting away from the mainstream clinical environment may offer the appeal of privacy or enhanced security but can under some circumstances impede optimal care, including prolonging the response time during emergencies and disrupting the optimal care routine and teamwork of allied health providers.

Critical care services and monitoring are best provided in the intensive care unit, and attempts to relocate the patient away from the intensive care unit should be resisted. We recommend a candid discussion of the importance of keeping the patient in the intensive care unit to ensure optimal care by a seasoned clinical team with short response times if urgencies should arise.

At the same time, a request to transfer a VIP patient to a special setting designed for private care with special amenities (eg, appealing room decor, adjacent sleeping rooms for family members, enhanced security) available in some hospitals15–16 can be honored as soon as the patient’s condition permits. The benefits of such amenities are often greatly appreciated and can reduce stress and thereby promote recovery. The benefits of enhanced security in sequestered venues may especially drive the decision to move when clinically prudent (see principle 7).

PRINCIPLE 7: PROTECT THE PATIENT’S SECURITY

Providing security is another essential part of caring for VIPs, especially celebrities, political figures, and royalty. Protecting the patient from bodily harm requires special attention to the patient’s location, caregiver access, and other logistic matters.

As indicated in principle 6, the patient’s clinical needs are paramount in determining where the patient receives care. If the patient requires care in a mainstream hospital location such as the intensive care unit, modifications of the unit may be needed to alter access, to accommodate security personnel, and to restrict caregivers’ access to the patient. Modifications include structural changes to windows, special credentials (eg, badges) for essential providers, arranging transports within the hospital for elective procedures during off-hours, and providing around-the-clock security personnel near the patient.

As important as it is to protect VIP patients from bodily harm during the visit, it is equally important to protect them from attacks on confidentiality via unauthorized access to the electronic medical record, and this is perhaps the more difficult challenge, as examples of breaches abound.10,17–19 Although the duty to protect against these breaches rests with the hospital, the use of “pop-ups” in the electronic medical record can flash a warning that only employees with legitimate clinical reasons should access the record. These warnings should also cite the penalties for unauthorized review of the record, which is supported by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA). Access to celebrities’ health records could be restricted to a few predetermined health care providers.

PRINCIPLE 8: BE CAREFUL ABOUT ACCEPTING OR DECLINING GIFTS

VIP patients often present gifts to physicians, and giving gifts to doctors is a common and long-standing practice.20,21 Patients offer gifts out of gratitude, affection, desperation, or the desire to garner special treatment or indebtedness. VIP patients from gifting cultures may be especially likely to offer gifts to their providers, and the gifts can be lavish.

The “ethical calculus”21 of whether to accept or decline a gift depends on the circumstances and on what motivates the offer, and the physician needs to consider the patient’s reasons for giving the gift.

In general, gifts should be accepted only with caution during the acute episode of care. The acceptance of a gift from a VIP patient or family member may be interpreted by the gift-giver as a sort of unspoken promise, and this misunderstanding may strain the physician-patient relationship, especially if the clinical course deteriorates.

Rather than accept a gift during an episode of acute care, we suggest that the physician graciously decline the gift and offer to accept the gift at the end of the episode of acute care—that is, if the offerer still feels so inclined and remembers. Explaining the reason for deferring the gift can decrease the risk of misunderstandings or of unmet expectations by the gift-giver. Also, deferring the acceptance of a gift allows the caregiver to affirm the commitment to excellent care that is free of gifts, thereby ensuring that the patient will be confident of a similar level of care by providers who have not been offered gifts.

On the other hand, declining a gift may cause more damage than accepting it, particularly if the VIP patient is from a culture in which refusing a gift is impolite.22 A sensible compromise may be to adopt the recommendations of the American Academy of Pediatrics23—ie, attempt to appreciate appropriate gifts and graciously refuse those that are not.

PRINCIPLE 9: WORKING WITH THE PATIENT’S PERSONAL PHYSICIANS

VIP patients, perhaps especially royalty, may be accompanied by their own physicians and may also wish to bring in consultants from other institutions. Though this outside involvement poses challenges (eg, providing access to medical records, arranging briefings, attending bedside rounds), we believe it should be encouraged when the issue is raised. Furthermore, institutions and caregivers should anticipate these requests and identify potential outside consultants whose names can be volunteered if the issue arises.

Again, if VIP patients wish to involve physicians from outside the institution where they are receiving care, this should not be viewed as an expression of doubt about the care being received. Rather, we prefer to view it as an opportunity to validate current management or to entertain alternative approaches. Most often, when an outside consultant confirms the current medical care, this can have the beneficial effect of increasing confidence and facilitating management.

In a similar way, when VIP patients bring their own physician, whose judgment and care they trust, this represents an opportunity to engage the patient’s trusted physician-advisor in clinical decision-making and thus optimize communication with the patient. Collegial interactions with these physician-colleagues can facilitate communication and decision-making for the patient.

Medical tourism is on the rise,1 and since medical tourists are often very important persons (VIPs), hospital-based physicians may be more likely to care for celebrities, royalty, and political leaders. But even in hospitals that do not see medical tourists, physicians will often care for VIP patients such as hospital trustees and board members, prominent physicians, and community leaders.2–4

However, caring for VIPs raises special issues and challenges. In a situation often referred to as the “VIP syndrome,”5–9 a patient’s special social or political status—or our perceptions of it—induces changes in behaviors and clinical practice that create a “vicious circle of VIP pressure and staff withdrawal”9 that can lead to poor outcomes.

Based on their experience caring for three American presidents, Mariano and McLeod7 offered three directives for caring for VIPs:

  • Vow to value your medical skills and judgment
  • Intend to command the medical aspects of the situation
  • Practice medicine the same way for all your patients.7

In this paper, we hope to extend the sparse literature on the VIP syndrome by proposing nine principles of caring for VIPs, with recommendations specific to the type of VIP where applicable.

PRINCIPLE 1: DON’T BEND THE RULES

Caring for VIPs creates pressures to change usual clinical wisdom and practices. But it is essential to resist changing time-honored, effective clinical judgment and practices.

To preserve usual clinical practice, clinicians must be constantly vigilant as to whether their judgment is being clouded by the circumstances. As Smith and Shesser noted in 1988, “Since the standard operating procedures […] are designed for the efficient delivery of high-quality care, any deviation from these procedures increases the possibility that care may be compromised.”5 In other words, suspending usual practice when caring for a VIP patient can imperil the patient.2–5,10,11 When caring for VIP physicians, for example, circumventing usual medical and administrative routines and the difficulties that caring for colleagues poses for nurses and physicians have led to poor medical care and outcomes, as well as to hostility.2–4

A striking example of the potential effects of VIP syndrome is the death of Eleanor Roosevelt from miliary tuberculosis acutissima: she was misdiagnosed with aplastic anemia on the basis of only the results of a bone marrow aspirate study, and she was treated with steroids. The desire to spare this VIP patient the discomfort of a bone marrow biopsy, on which tuberculous granulomata were more likely to have been seen, caused the true diagnosis to be missed and resulted in the administration of a hazardous medication.11 The hard lesson here is that we must resist the pressure to simplify or change customary medical care to avoid causing a VIP patient discomfort or putting the patient through a complex procedure.

We recommend discussing these issues explicitly with the VIP patient and family at the outset so that everyone can appreciate the importance of usual care. An early conversation can communicate the clinician’s experience in the care of such patients and can be reassuring. As Smith and Shesser noted, “Usually, the VIP is relieved if the physician states explicitly, ‘I am going to treat you as I would any other patient.’ ”5

PRINCIPLE 2: WORK AS A TEAM, NOT IN ‘SILOS’

Teamwork is essential for good clinical outcomes, 12–14 especially when the clinical problem is complex, as is often the case when people travel long distances to receive care. All consultants involved in the patient’s care must not only attend to their own clinical issues but also communicate amply with their colleagues.

At the same time, we must recognize that medical practice “is not a committee process; it must be clear at all times which physician is responsible for directing clinical care.”5 One physician must be in charge of the overall care. Seeking the input of other physicians must not be allowed to diffuse responsibility. The primary attending physician must speak with the consultants, summarize their views, and then communicate the findings and the plan of care to the patient and family.

Paradoxically, teamwork can be challenged when circumstances lead consultants to defer communicating directly with the family in favor of the primary physician’s doing so. Similarly, consultants must avoid any temptation to simply “do their thing” and not communicate with one another, thereby potentially offering “siloed,” discoordinated care.

We propose designating a primary physician to take charge of the care and the communication. This physician must have the time to talk with each team member about how best to communicate the individual findings to the patient and family. At times, the primary physician may also ask the consultants to communicate directly with the patient and family when needed.

PRINCIPLE 3: COMMUNICATE, COMMUNICATE, COMMUNICATE

As a corollary of principle 2, heightened communication is essential when caring for VIP patients. Communication should include the patient, the family, visiting physicians who accompany the patient, and the physicians providing care. Communicating with the media and with other uninvolved individuals is addressed in principle 4.

The logistic and security challenges of transporting VIP patients through the hospital for tests or therapy demand increased communication. Scheduling a computed tomographic scan may involve arranging an off-hours appointment in the radiology department (to minimize security risks and disruption to other patients’ schedules), assuring the off-hours availability of allied health providers to accompany the patient, alerting hospital security, and discussing the appointment with the patient and the patient’s entourage.

PRINCIPLE 4: CAREFULLY MANAGE COMMUNICATION WITH THE MEDIA

Although the news media and the public may demand medical information about patients who are celebrities, political luminaries, or royalty, the confidentiality of the physician-patient relationship must be protected. The release of health information is at the sole discretion of the patient or a designated surrogate.

The care of President Ronald Reagan after the 1981 assassination attempt is a benchmark of how to release information to the public.10 A single physician held regularly scheduled press conferences, and these were intentionally held away from the site of the President’s care.

Designating a senior hospital physician to communicate with the media is desirable, and the physician-spokesperson can call on specialists from the patient care team (eg, a critical care physician), when appropriate, to provide further information.

Early implementation of an explicit and structured media communication plan is advisable, especially when the VIP patient is a political or royal figure for whom public clamor for information will be vigorous. A successful communication strategy balances the public’s demand for information with the need to protect the patient’s confidentiality.

 

 

PRINCIPLE 5: RESIST ‘CHAIRPERSON’S SYNDROME’

“Chairperson’s syndrome”5 is pressure for the VIP patient to be cared for by the department chairperson. The pressure may come from the patient, family, or attendants, who may assume that the chairperson is the best doctor for the clinical circumstance. The pressure may also come from the chairperson, who feels the need to “take command” in a situation with high visibility. Nevertheless, designation of a chairperson to care for a VIP patient is appropriate only when the chairperson is indeed the clinician who has the most expertise in the patient’s clinical issues.

As in principle 1, in academic medical centers, we encourage the participation of trainees in the care of VIP patients because excluding them could disrupt the usual flow of care, and because trainees offer a currency and facility with the nuances of hospital practice and routine that are advantageous to the patient’s care.

PRINCIPLE 6: CARE SHOULD OCCUR WHERE IT IS MOST APPROPRIATE

Decisions about where to place the VIP patient during the medical visit can fall victim to the VIP syndrome if the expectations of the patient or family conflict with usual clinical practice and judgment about the optimal care venue.

For example, caring for the patient in a setting away from the mainstream clinical environment may offer the appeal of privacy or enhanced security but can under some circumstances impede optimal care, including prolonging the response time during emergencies and disrupting the optimal care routine and teamwork of allied health providers.

Critical care services and monitoring are best provided in the intensive care unit, and attempts to relocate the patient away from the intensive care unit should be resisted. We recommend a candid discussion of the importance of keeping the patient in the intensive care unit to ensure optimal care by a seasoned clinical team with short response times if urgencies should arise.

At the same time, a request to transfer a VIP patient to a special setting designed for private care with special amenities (eg, appealing room decor, adjacent sleeping rooms for family members, enhanced security) available in some hospitals15–16 can be honored as soon as the patient’s condition permits. The benefits of such amenities are often greatly appreciated and can reduce stress and thereby promote recovery. The benefits of enhanced security in sequestered venues may especially drive the decision to move when clinically prudent (see principle 7).

PRINCIPLE 7: PROTECT THE PATIENT’S SECURITY

Providing security is another essential part of caring for VIPs, especially celebrities, political figures, and royalty. Protecting the patient from bodily harm requires special attention to the patient’s location, caregiver access, and other logistic matters.

As indicated in principle 6, the patient’s clinical needs are paramount in determining where the patient receives care. If the patient requires care in a mainstream hospital location such as the intensive care unit, modifications of the unit may be needed to alter access, to accommodate security personnel, and to restrict caregivers’ access to the patient. Modifications include structural changes to windows, special credentials (eg, badges) for essential providers, arranging transports within the hospital for elective procedures during off-hours, and providing around-the-clock security personnel near the patient.

As important as it is to protect VIP patients from bodily harm during the visit, it is equally important to protect them from attacks on confidentiality via unauthorized access to the electronic medical record, and this is perhaps the more difficult challenge, as examples of breaches abound.10,17–19 Although the duty to protect against these breaches rests with the hospital, the use of “pop-ups” in the electronic medical record can flash a warning that only employees with legitimate clinical reasons should access the record. These warnings should also cite the penalties for unauthorized review of the record, which is supported by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA). Access to celebrities’ health records could be restricted to a few predetermined health care providers.

PRINCIPLE 8: BE CAREFUL ABOUT ACCEPTING OR DECLINING GIFTS

VIP patients often present gifts to physicians, and giving gifts to doctors is a common and long-standing practice.20,21 Patients offer gifts out of gratitude, affection, desperation, or the desire to garner special treatment or indebtedness. VIP patients from gifting cultures may be especially likely to offer gifts to their providers, and the gifts can be lavish.

The “ethical calculus”21 of whether to accept or decline a gift depends on the circumstances and on what motivates the offer, and the physician needs to consider the patient’s reasons for giving the gift.

In general, gifts should be accepted only with caution during the acute episode of care. The acceptance of a gift from a VIP patient or family member may be interpreted by the gift-giver as a sort of unspoken promise, and this misunderstanding may strain the physician-patient relationship, especially if the clinical course deteriorates.

Rather than accept a gift during an episode of acute care, we suggest that the physician graciously decline the gift and offer to accept the gift at the end of the episode of acute care—that is, if the offerer still feels so inclined and remembers. Explaining the reason for deferring the gift can decrease the risk of misunderstandings or of unmet expectations by the gift-giver. Also, deferring the acceptance of a gift allows the caregiver to affirm the commitment to excellent care that is free of gifts, thereby ensuring that the patient will be confident of a similar level of care by providers who have not been offered gifts.

On the other hand, declining a gift may cause more damage than accepting it, particularly if the VIP patient is from a culture in which refusing a gift is impolite.22 A sensible compromise may be to adopt the recommendations of the American Academy of Pediatrics23—ie, attempt to appreciate appropriate gifts and graciously refuse those that are not.

PRINCIPLE 9: WORKING WITH THE PATIENT’S PERSONAL PHYSICIANS

VIP patients, perhaps especially royalty, may be accompanied by their own physicians and may also wish to bring in consultants from other institutions. Though this outside involvement poses challenges (eg, providing access to medical records, arranging briefings, attending bedside rounds), we believe it should be encouraged when the issue is raised. Furthermore, institutions and caregivers should anticipate these requests and identify potential outside consultants whose names can be volunteered if the issue arises.

Again, if VIP patients wish to involve physicians from outside the institution where they are receiving care, this should not be viewed as an expression of doubt about the care being received. Rather, we prefer to view it as an opportunity to validate current management or to entertain alternative approaches. Most often, when an outside consultant confirms the current medical care, this can have the beneficial effect of increasing confidence and facilitating management.

In a similar way, when VIP patients bring their own physician, whose judgment and care they trust, this represents an opportunity to engage the patient’s trusted physician-advisor in clinical decision-making and thus optimize communication with the patient. Collegial interactions with these physician-colleagues can facilitate communication and decision-making for the patient.

References
  1. Ehrbeck T, Guevara C, Mango PD. Mapping the market for medical travel. Health Care: Strategy & Analysis. McKinsey Quarterly 2008 May;111.
  2. Stoudemire A, Rhoads JM. When the doctor needs a doctor: special considerations for the physician-patient. Ann Intern Med 1983; 98:654659.
  3. Schneck SA. “Doctoring” doctors and their families. JAMA 1998; 280:20392042.
  4. Adshead G. Healing ourselves: ethical issues in the care of sick doctors. Adv Psychiatr Treat 2005; 11:330337.
  5. Smith MS, Shesser RF. The emergency care of the VIP patient. N Engl J Med 1988; 319:14211423.
  6. Block AJ. Beware of the VIP syndrome. Chest 1993; 104:989.
  7. Mariano EC, McLeod JA. Emergency care for the VIP patient. Intensive Care Medicine 2007. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-49518-7_88. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  8. Schenkenberg T, Kochenour NK, Botkin JR. Ethical considerations in clinical care of the “VIP”. J Clin Ethics 2007; 18:5663.
  9. Weintraub W. “The VIP syndrome”: a clinical study in hospital psychiatry. J Nerv Ment Dis 1964; 138:181193.
  10. Weiss YG, Mor-Yosef S, Sprung CL, Weissman C, Weiss Y. Caring for a major government official: challenges and lessons learned. Crit Care Med 2007; 35:17691772.
  11. Lerner BH. Revisiting the death of Eleanor Roosevelt: was the diagnosis of tuberculosis missed? Int J Tuberc Lung Dis 2001; 5:10801085.
  12. Lee TH. Turning doctors into leaders. Harv Bus Rev 2010; 88:5058.
  13. Clemmer TP, Spuhler VJ, Berwick DM, Nolan TW. Cooperation: the foundation of improvement. Ann Intern Med 1998; 128:10041009.
  14. Morey JC, Simon R, Jay GD, et al. Error reduction and performance improvement in the emergency department through formal teamwork training: evaluation results of the MedTeams project. Health Serv Res 2002; 37:15531581.
  15. VIP ward at Walter Reed gets scrutiny. USA Today. http://www.usatoday.com/news/washington/2007-03-15-walter-reed-vip_N.htm. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  16. Robins RS, Post JM. When Illness Strikes the Leader. The Dilemma of the Captive King. New Haven: Yale University Press; 1995.
  17. Carr J. Breach of Britney Spears patient data reported. SC Magazine, March 19, 2008. http://www.scmagazineus.com/breach-of-britney-spears-patient-data-reported/article/108141/. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  18. Collins T. Sir Bobby Robson’s electronic health records viewed illicitly by NHS staff. ComputerWeekly.com, September 24, 2007. http://www.computerweekly.com/blogs/tony_collins/2007/09/bobby-robsons-medical-records-1.html. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  19. Ornstein C. Kaiser hospital fined $250,000 for privacy breach in octuplet case. Propublica.org, May 15, 2009. http://www.propublica.org/article/kaiser-hospital-fined-250000-for-privacy-breach-in-octuplet-case-515. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  20. Levene MI, Sireling L. Gift giving to hospital doctors—in the mouth of the gift horse. Br Med J 1980; 281:1685.
  21. Lyckholm LJ. Should physicians accept gifts from patients? JAMA 1998; 280:19441946.
  22. Takayama JI. Giving and receiving gifts: one perspective. West J Med 2001; 175:138139.
  23. Committee on Bioethics. From the American Academy of Pediatrics: policy statements—pediatrician-family-patient relationships: managing the boundaries. Pediatrics 2009; 124:16851688.
References
  1. Ehrbeck T, Guevara C, Mango PD. Mapping the market for medical travel. Health Care: Strategy & Analysis. McKinsey Quarterly 2008 May;111.
  2. Stoudemire A, Rhoads JM. When the doctor needs a doctor: special considerations for the physician-patient. Ann Intern Med 1983; 98:654659.
  3. Schneck SA. “Doctoring” doctors and their families. JAMA 1998; 280:20392042.
  4. Adshead G. Healing ourselves: ethical issues in the care of sick doctors. Adv Psychiatr Treat 2005; 11:330337.
  5. Smith MS, Shesser RF. The emergency care of the VIP patient. N Engl J Med 1988; 319:14211423.
  6. Block AJ. Beware of the VIP syndrome. Chest 1993; 104:989.
  7. Mariano EC, McLeod JA. Emergency care for the VIP patient. Intensive Care Medicine 2007. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-49518-7_88. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  8. Schenkenberg T, Kochenour NK, Botkin JR. Ethical considerations in clinical care of the “VIP”. J Clin Ethics 2007; 18:5663.
  9. Weintraub W. “The VIP syndrome”: a clinical study in hospital psychiatry. J Nerv Ment Dis 1964; 138:181193.
  10. Weiss YG, Mor-Yosef S, Sprung CL, Weissman C, Weiss Y. Caring for a major government official: challenges and lessons learned. Crit Care Med 2007; 35:17691772.
  11. Lerner BH. Revisiting the death of Eleanor Roosevelt: was the diagnosis of tuberculosis missed? Int J Tuberc Lung Dis 2001; 5:10801085.
  12. Lee TH. Turning doctors into leaders. Harv Bus Rev 2010; 88:5058.
  13. Clemmer TP, Spuhler VJ, Berwick DM, Nolan TW. Cooperation: the foundation of improvement. Ann Intern Med 1998; 128:10041009.
  14. Morey JC, Simon R, Jay GD, et al. Error reduction and performance improvement in the emergency department through formal teamwork training: evaluation results of the MedTeams project. Health Serv Res 2002; 37:15531581.
  15. VIP ward at Walter Reed gets scrutiny. USA Today. http://www.usatoday.com/news/washington/2007-03-15-walter-reed-vip_N.htm. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  16. Robins RS, Post JM. When Illness Strikes the Leader. The Dilemma of the Captive King. New Haven: Yale University Press; 1995.
  17. Carr J. Breach of Britney Spears patient data reported. SC Magazine, March 19, 2008. http://www.scmagazineus.com/breach-of-britney-spears-patient-data-reported/article/108141/. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  18. Collins T. Sir Bobby Robson’s electronic health records viewed illicitly by NHS staff. ComputerWeekly.com, September 24, 2007. http://www.computerweekly.com/blogs/tony_collins/2007/09/bobby-robsons-medical-records-1.html. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  19. Ornstein C. Kaiser hospital fined $250,000 for privacy breach in octuplet case. Propublica.org, May 15, 2009. http://www.propublica.org/article/kaiser-hospital-fined-250000-for-privacy-breach-in-octuplet-case-515. Accessed December 27, 2010.
  20. Levene MI, Sireling L. Gift giving to hospital doctors—in the mouth of the gift horse. Br Med J 1980; 281:1685.
  21. Lyckholm LJ. Should physicians accept gifts from patients? JAMA 1998; 280:19441946.
  22. Takayama JI. Giving and receiving gifts: one perspective. West J Med 2001; 175:138139.
  23. Committee on Bioethics. From the American Academy of Pediatrics: policy statements—pediatrician-family-patient relationships: managing the boundaries. Pediatrics 2009; 124:16851688.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Page Number
90-94
Page Number
90-94
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Caring for VIPs: Nine principles
Display Headline
Caring for VIPs: Nine principles
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Caring for VIPs creates pressures to change usual clinical wisdom and practices. But it is essential to resist changing time-honored, effective clinical practices and overriding one’s clinical judgment.
  • Designating a chairperson to head the care of a VIP patient is appropriate only if the chairperson is the best clinician for the case.
  • Although in some cases placing a VIP patient in a more private and remote setting may be appropriate, the patient is generally best served by receiving critical care services in the intensive care unit.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

How should one investigate a chronic cough?

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 10/19/2017 - 10:06
Display Headline
How should one investigate a chronic cough?

Figure 1.
A chronic cough (ie, a cough lasting more than 8 weeks1) has many possible causes. Physicians should use a structured diagnostic approach based on observing the clinical picture, trying therapy for the likely cause, obtaining targeted investigations, and referring to a specialist when needed (Figure 1).

To begin, obtain a clinical history, perform a physical examination, and order a chest radiograph.

In the history, look for exposure to environmental irritants such as tobacco smoke, allergens, or dust, or medications such as angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors or oxymetazoline (Afrin). If a potential irritant is present, it should be avoided or stopped immediately.1–3 If the cough improves partially or fully when exposure to the irritant is stopped, this supports a diagnosis of chronic bronchitis or, in the case of ACE inhibitors, ACE-inhibitor-induced cough. The character of the cough (eg, paroxysmal, loose, dry, or productive1) has not been shown to be diagnostically useful or specific.

If the chest radiograph is abnormal, then the diagnostic inquiry should be guided by the abnormality. Abnormalities that cause cough include bronchogenic carcinoma, sarcoidosis, and bronchiectasis. If the radiograph is normal, then upper airway cough syndrome, asthma, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), chronic bronchitis, or nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis is more likely.

COMMON CAUSES OF CHRONIC COUGH

The most common causes of chronic cough, accounting for 95% of cases, are chronic bronchitis due to environmental irritants, upper airway cough syndrome, GERD, asthma, nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis, and bronchiectasis (Table 1).1–8

Chronic bronchitis

As noted above, a history of exposure to an irritant suggests this diagnosis.

Upper airway cough syndrome

Upper airway cough syndrome (formerly known as postnasal drip) is due to chronic upper respiratory tract irritation and hypersensitivity of cough receptors.3,4 Sources of irritation vary and include sinusitis and any form of rhinitis: allergic and nonallergic, postinfectious, environmental irritant-induced, vasomotor, and drug-induced.

Patients complain of postnasal drip or frequent clearing of the throat. On physical examination one can see mucus in the oropharnyx or a cobblestone appearance. However, these symptoms and signs are not specific and may be absent.

A therapeutic trial is warranted, but be aware that different rhinitides respond to specific treatments:

  • Histamine-mediated or allergic rhinitis will respond to allergen avoidance, new-generation antihistamines such as loratadine (Claritin), mast cell stabilizers such as cromolyn (Intal), and intranasal glucocorticoids such as fluticasone (Flovent).4,5
  • Nonhistamine-mediated rhinitides (the common cold and perennial nonallergic rhinitis) respond to older-generation antihistamines such as diphenhydramine (Benadryl) and decongestant combinations. If these cannot be used, intranasal glucocorticoids and ipratropium (Atrovent) are alternatives.
  • Vasomotor rhinitis will respond to intranasal ipratropium 0.3% for 3 weeks and then as required.
  • Postinfective rhinitis, ie, a cough that began as severe bronchitis, would warrant an antihistamine-decongestant combination.

With adequate treatment, the cough should improve after 1 to 2 weeks; if rhinosinus symptoms persist, consider bacterial sinusitis and obtain radiographs of the sinuses. If imaging shows mucosal thickening (> 5 mm) or an air-fluid level, treat with decongestants and antibiotics for 3 weeks.1,4,5

 

 

Gastroesophageal reflux disease

GERD is another common cause of cough, and the most difficult to exclude.5 Look for a history of reflux or heartburn and positional coughing, and have a low threshold for beginning empiric therapy. Indeed, according to the 2006 American College of Chest Physicians Cough Guideline Committee,5,6 should a patient arrive in your clinic with a chronic cough and a normal chest radiograph who does not smoke and is not on an ACE inhibitor, then you should start empiric reflux therapy. Begin with lifestyle changes, acid suppression, and prokinetics. The cough may take 1 to 2 months before it begins to improve, and even longer to resolve.

The gold standard for diagnosis is 24-hour pH and impedance monitoring with patient self-reporting of symptoms. However, this test is not available everywhere, and there is no consensus on how to interpret the results.1,5,6 If you strongly suspect the patient has GERD-related cough but it fails to improve with intense medical management, then refer to a specialist, as antireflux surgery may be required.

Cough-variant asthma

Cough is the only symptom of asthma in cough-variant asthma, in which the usual features of dyspnea and wheezing are absent.7 A methacholine challenge shows bronchial hyperresponsiveness, and asthma therapy resolves the cough.

Nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis

It is important to distinguish asthma from nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis,7,8 an underdiagnosed condition. Both conditions respond equally well to treatment with inhaled or oral steroids. However, patients who have nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis have normal results on spirometry and the methacholine challenge test. The diagnosis of nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis is made if more than 3% of the nonsquamous cells in an induced sputum sample are eosinophils.

UNCOMMON CAUSES OF COUGH

The remaining 5% of cases of cough are caused by conditions that include bronchogenic carcinoma, chronic interstitial pneumonia, sarcoidosis, left ventricular dysfunction, use of ACE inhibitors, neurosensory cough, dynamic airway collapse, aspiration due to pharyngeal dysfunction, and psychogenic causes.1

MULTIPLE CAUSES

Therapeutic trials will support the diagnosis. If more than one cause is suggested, start treatment in the order in which the abnormalities are discovered. If treatment is only partially successful, then pursue further causes and add to the existing treatment without stopping it.

Cough may have more than one cause, but in up to 98% of patients it can be successfully treated.

IMPORTANT POINTS

  • Multiple causes of chronic cough can coexist.
  • Therapeutic trials are part of the workup.
  • Do not stop therapy if it is only partially successful: add to existing therapies
  • Start the investigation with the most likely cause.
  • Treatment is 84% to 98% successful.
References
  1. Irwin RS, Madison JM. The diagnosis and treatment of cough. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:17151721.
  2. Vegter S, de Jong-van den Berg LT. Misdiagnosis and mistreatment of a common side-effect—angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-induced cough. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2010; 69:200203.
  3. Irwin RS, Baumann MH, Bolser DC, et al; American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP). Diagnosis and management of cough executive summary: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):1S23S.
  4. Pratter MR. Chronic upper airway cough syndrome secondary to rhinosinus diseases (previously referred to as postnasal drip syndrome): ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):63S71S.
  5. Irwin RS. Chronic cough due to gastroesophageal reflux disease: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):80S94S.
  6. Kahrilas PJ. Clinical practice. Gastroesophageal reflux disease. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:17001707.
  7. Dicpinigaitis PV. Chronic cough due to asthma: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):75S79S.
  8. Brightling CE. Chronic cough due to nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):116S121S.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Ryu P.H. Tofts, MBChB
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Weston

Gustavo Ferrer, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Weston

Eduardo Oliveira, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Weston

Address: Ryu P.H. Tofts, MBChB, Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, 2950 Cleveland Clinic Boulevard, Weston, FL 33331; e-mail: [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
84-89
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Ryu P.H. Tofts, MBChB
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Weston

Gustavo Ferrer, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Weston

Eduardo Oliveira, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Weston

Address: Ryu P.H. Tofts, MBChB, Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, 2950 Cleveland Clinic Boulevard, Weston, FL 33331; e-mail: [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Ryu P.H. Tofts, MBChB
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Weston

Gustavo Ferrer, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Weston

Eduardo Oliveira, MD
Department of Pulmonary, Allergy, and Critical Care Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Weston

Address: Ryu P.H. Tofts, MBChB, Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Florida, 2950 Cleveland Clinic Boulevard, Weston, FL 33331; e-mail: [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

Figure 1.
A chronic cough (ie, a cough lasting more than 8 weeks1) has many possible causes. Physicians should use a structured diagnostic approach based on observing the clinical picture, trying therapy for the likely cause, obtaining targeted investigations, and referring to a specialist when needed (Figure 1).

To begin, obtain a clinical history, perform a physical examination, and order a chest radiograph.

In the history, look for exposure to environmental irritants such as tobacco smoke, allergens, or dust, or medications such as angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors or oxymetazoline (Afrin). If a potential irritant is present, it should be avoided or stopped immediately.1–3 If the cough improves partially or fully when exposure to the irritant is stopped, this supports a diagnosis of chronic bronchitis or, in the case of ACE inhibitors, ACE-inhibitor-induced cough. The character of the cough (eg, paroxysmal, loose, dry, or productive1) has not been shown to be diagnostically useful or specific.

If the chest radiograph is abnormal, then the diagnostic inquiry should be guided by the abnormality. Abnormalities that cause cough include bronchogenic carcinoma, sarcoidosis, and bronchiectasis. If the radiograph is normal, then upper airway cough syndrome, asthma, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), chronic bronchitis, or nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis is more likely.

COMMON CAUSES OF CHRONIC COUGH

The most common causes of chronic cough, accounting for 95% of cases, are chronic bronchitis due to environmental irritants, upper airway cough syndrome, GERD, asthma, nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis, and bronchiectasis (Table 1).1–8

Chronic bronchitis

As noted above, a history of exposure to an irritant suggests this diagnosis.

Upper airway cough syndrome

Upper airway cough syndrome (formerly known as postnasal drip) is due to chronic upper respiratory tract irritation and hypersensitivity of cough receptors.3,4 Sources of irritation vary and include sinusitis and any form of rhinitis: allergic and nonallergic, postinfectious, environmental irritant-induced, vasomotor, and drug-induced.

Patients complain of postnasal drip or frequent clearing of the throat. On physical examination one can see mucus in the oropharnyx or a cobblestone appearance. However, these symptoms and signs are not specific and may be absent.

A therapeutic trial is warranted, but be aware that different rhinitides respond to specific treatments:

  • Histamine-mediated or allergic rhinitis will respond to allergen avoidance, new-generation antihistamines such as loratadine (Claritin), mast cell stabilizers such as cromolyn (Intal), and intranasal glucocorticoids such as fluticasone (Flovent).4,5
  • Nonhistamine-mediated rhinitides (the common cold and perennial nonallergic rhinitis) respond to older-generation antihistamines such as diphenhydramine (Benadryl) and decongestant combinations. If these cannot be used, intranasal glucocorticoids and ipratropium (Atrovent) are alternatives.
  • Vasomotor rhinitis will respond to intranasal ipratropium 0.3% for 3 weeks and then as required.
  • Postinfective rhinitis, ie, a cough that began as severe bronchitis, would warrant an antihistamine-decongestant combination.

With adequate treatment, the cough should improve after 1 to 2 weeks; if rhinosinus symptoms persist, consider bacterial sinusitis and obtain radiographs of the sinuses. If imaging shows mucosal thickening (> 5 mm) or an air-fluid level, treat with decongestants and antibiotics for 3 weeks.1,4,5

 

 

Gastroesophageal reflux disease

GERD is another common cause of cough, and the most difficult to exclude.5 Look for a history of reflux or heartburn and positional coughing, and have a low threshold for beginning empiric therapy. Indeed, according to the 2006 American College of Chest Physicians Cough Guideline Committee,5,6 should a patient arrive in your clinic with a chronic cough and a normal chest radiograph who does not smoke and is not on an ACE inhibitor, then you should start empiric reflux therapy. Begin with lifestyle changes, acid suppression, and prokinetics. The cough may take 1 to 2 months before it begins to improve, and even longer to resolve.

The gold standard for diagnosis is 24-hour pH and impedance monitoring with patient self-reporting of symptoms. However, this test is not available everywhere, and there is no consensus on how to interpret the results.1,5,6 If you strongly suspect the patient has GERD-related cough but it fails to improve with intense medical management, then refer to a specialist, as antireflux surgery may be required.

Cough-variant asthma

Cough is the only symptom of asthma in cough-variant asthma, in which the usual features of dyspnea and wheezing are absent.7 A methacholine challenge shows bronchial hyperresponsiveness, and asthma therapy resolves the cough.

Nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis

It is important to distinguish asthma from nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis,7,8 an underdiagnosed condition. Both conditions respond equally well to treatment with inhaled or oral steroids. However, patients who have nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis have normal results on spirometry and the methacholine challenge test. The diagnosis of nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis is made if more than 3% of the nonsquamous cells in an induced sputum sample are eosinophils.

UNCOMMON CAUSES OF COUGH

The remaining 5% of cases of cough are caused by conditions that include bronchogenic carcinoma, chronic interstitial pneumonia, sarcoidosis, left ventricular dysfunction, use of ACE inhibitors, neurosensory cough, dynamic airway collapse, aspiration due to pharyngeal dysfunction, and psychogenic causes.1

MULTIPLE CAUSES

Therapeutic trials will support the diagnosis. If more than one cause is suggested, start treatment in the order in which the abnormalities are discovered. If treatment is only partially successful, then pursue further causes and add to the existing treatment without stopping it.

Cough may have more than one cause, but in up to 98% of patients it can be successfully treated.

IMPORTANT POINTS

  • Multiple causes of chronic cough can coexist.
  • Therapeutic trials are part of the workup.
  • Do not stop therapy if it is only partially successful: add to existing therapies
  • Start the investigation with the most likely cause.
  • Treatment is 84% to 98% successful.

Figure 1.
A chronic cough (ie, a cough lasting more than 8 weeks1) has many possible causes. Physicians should use a structured diagnostic approach based on observing the clinical picture, trying therapy for the likely cause, obtaining targeted investigations, and referring to a specialist when needed (Figure 1).

To begin, obtain a clinical history, perform a physical examination, and order a chest radiograph.

In the history, look for exposure to environmental irritants such as tobacco smoke, allergens, or dust, or medications such as angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors or oxymetazoline (Afrin). If a potential irritant is present, it should be avoided or stopped immediately.1–3 If the cough improves partially or fully when exposure to the irritant is stopped, this supports a diagnosis of chronic bronchitis or, in the case of ACE inhibitors, ACE-inhibitor-induced cough. The character of the cough (eg, paroxysmal, loose, dry, or productive1) has not been shown to be diagnostically useful or specific.

If the chest radiograph is abnormal, then the diagnostic inquiry should be guided by the abnormality. Abnormalities that cause cough include bronchogenic carcinoma, sarcoidosis, and bronchiectasis. If the radiograph is normal, then upper airway cough syndrome, asthma, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), chronic bronchitis, or nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis is more likely.

COMMON CAUSES OF CHRONIC COUGH

The most common causes of chronic cough, accounting for 95% of cases, are chronic bronchitis due to environmental irritants, upper airway cough syndrome, GERD, asthma, nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis, and bronchiectasis (Table 1).1–8

Chronic bronchitis

As noted above, a history of exposure to an irritant suggests this diagnosis.

Upper airway cough syndrome

Upper airway cough syndrome (formerly known as postnasal drip) is due to chronic upper respiratory tract irritation and hypersensitivity of cough receptors.3,4 Sources of irritation vary and include sinusitis and any form of rhinitis: allergic and nonallergic, postinfectious, environmental irritant-induced, vasomotor, and drug-induced.

Patients complain of postnasal drip or frequent clearing of the throat. On physical examination one can see mucus in the oropharnyx or a cobblestone appearance. However, these symptoms and signs are not specific and may be absent.

A therapeutic trial is warranted, but be aware that different rhinitides respond to specific treatments:

  • Histamine-mediated or allergic rhinitis will respond to allergen avoidance, new-generation antihistamines such as loratadine (Claritin), mast cell stabilizers such as cromolyn (Intal), and intranasal glucocorticoids such as fluticasone (Flovent).4,5
  • Nonhistamine-mediated rhinitides (the common cold and perennial nonallergic rhinitis) respond to older-generation antihistamines such as diphenhydramine (Benadryl) and decongestant combinations. If these cannot be used, intranasal glucocorticoids and ipratropium (Atrovent) are alternatives.
  • Vasomotor rhinitis will respond to intranasal ipratropium 0.3% for 3 weeks and then as required.
  • Postinfective rhinitis, ie, a cough that began as severe bronchitis, would warrant an antihistamine-decongestant combination.

With adequate treatment, the cough should improve after 1 to 2 weeks; if rhinosinus symptoms persist, consider bacterial sinusitis and obtain radiographs of the sinuses. If imaging shows mucosal thickening (> 5 mm) or an air-fluid level, treat with decongestants and antibiotics for 3 weeks.1,4,5

 

 

Gastroesophageal reflux disease

GERD is another common cause of cough, and the most difficult to exclude.5 Look for a history of reflux or heartburn and positional coughing, and have a low threshold for beginning empiric therapy. Indeed, according to the 2006 American College of Chest Physicians Cough Guideline Committee,5,6 should a patient arrive in your clinic with a chronic cough and a normal chest radiograph who does not smoke and is not on an ACE inhibitor, then you should start empiric reflux therapy. Begin with lifestyle changes, acid suppression, and prokinetics. The cough may take 1 to 2 months before it begins to improve, and even longer to resolve.

The gold standard for diagnosis is 24-hour pH and impedance monitoring with patient self-reporting of symptoms. However, this test is not available everywhere, and there is no consensus on how to interpret the results.1,5,6 If you strongly suspect the patient has GERD-related cough but it fails to improve with intense medical management, then refer to a specialist, as antireflux surgery may be required.

Cough-variant asthma

Cough is the only symptom of asthma in cough-variant asthma, in which the usual features of dyspnea and wheezing are absent.7 A methacholine challenge shows bronchial hyperresponsiveness, and asthma therapy resolves the cough.

Nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis

It is important to distinguish asthma from nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis,7,8 an underdiagnosed condition. Both conditions respond equally well to treatment with inhaled or oral steroids. However, patients who have nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis have normal results on spirometry and the methacholine challenge test. The diagnosis of nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis is made if more than 3% of the nonsquamous cells in an induced sputum sample are eosinophils.

UNCOMMON CAUSES OF COUGH

The remaining 5% of cases of cough are caused by conditions that include bronchogenic carcinoma, chronic interstitial pneumonia, sarcoidosis, left ventricular dysfunction, use of ACE inhibitors, neurosensory cough, dynamic airway collapse, aspiration due to pharyngeal dysfunction, and psychogenic causes.1

MULTIPLE CAUSES

Therapeutic trials will support the diagnosis. If more than one cause is suggested, start treatment in the order in which the abnormalities are discovered. If treatment is only partially successful, then pursue further causes and add to the existing treatment without stopping it.

Cough may have more than one cause, but in up to 98% of patients it can be successfully treated.

IMPORTANT POINTS

  • Multiple causes of chronic cough can coexist.
  • Therapeutic trials are part of the workup.
  • Do not stop therapy if it is only partially successful: add to existing therapies
  • Start the investigation with the most likely cause.
  • Treatment is 84% to 98% successful.
References
  1. Irwin RS, Madison JM. The diagnosis and treatment of cough. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:17151721.
  2. Vegter S, de Jong-van den Berg LT. Misdiagnosis and mistreatment of a common side-effect—angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-induced cough. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2010; 69:200203.
  3. Irwin RS, Baumann MH, Bolser DC, et al; American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP). Diagnosis and management of cough executive summary: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):1S23S.
  4. Pratter MR. Chronic upper airway cough syndrome secondary to rhinosinus diseases (previously referred to as postnasal drip syndrome): ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):63S71S.
  5. Irwin RS. Chronic cough due to gastroesophageal reflux disease: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):80S94S.
  6. Kahrilas PJ. Clinical practice. Gastroesophageal reflux disease. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:17001707.
  7. Dicpinigaitis PV. Chronic cough due to asthma: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):75S79S.
  8. Brightling CE. Chronic cough due to nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):116S121S.
References
  1. Irwin RS, Madison JM. The diagnosis and treatment of cough. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:17151721.
  2. Vegter S, de Jong-van den Berg LT. Misdiagnosis and mistreatment of a common side-effect—angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor-induced cough. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2010; 69:200203.
  3. Irwin RS, Baumann MH, Bolser DC, et al; American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP). Diagnosis and management of cough executive summary: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):1S23S.
  4. Pratter MR. Chronic upper airway cough syndrome secondary to rhinosinus diseases (previously referred to as postnasal drip syndrome): ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):63S71S.
  5. Irwin RS. Chronic cough due to gastroesophageal reflux disease: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):80S94S.
  6. Kahrilas PJ. Clinical practice. Gastroesophageal reflux disease. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:17001707.
  7. Dicpinigaitis PV. Chronic cough due to asthma: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):75S79S.
  8. Brightling CE. Chronic cough due to nonasthmatic eosinophilic bronchitis: ACCP evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2006; 129(suppl):116S121S.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Page Number
84-89
Page Number
84-89
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
How should one investigate a chronic cough?
Display Headline
How should one investigate a chronic cough?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Airway pressure release ventilation: An alternative mode of mechanical ventilation in acute respiratory distress syndrome

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 10/19/2017 - 10:06
Display Headline
Airway pressure release ventilation: An alternative mode of mechanical ventilation in acute respiratory distress syndrome

In the early stages of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), multiple areas of the lung collapse, most often in the dependent regions. A factor involved in this process is the loss of functional surfactant, creating a condition in which alveolar units are unstable and prone to collapse due to unopposed surface tension. This situation, similar to that in premature infants, results in a reduced volume of aerated lung, intrapulmonary shunting, and, therefore, poor oxygenation.

The treatment of this alveolar collapse is lung reinflation (or “recruitment,” a term first used by Lachmann).1 Gattinoni et al2 showed that the percentage of recruitable lung could range from a negligible fraction to 50% or more.

There are various means of reopening injured lungs and keeping them open. The choice of recruitment maneuver is based on the individual patient and the ventilatory mode.3

In this article, we review airway pressure release ventilation (APRV), a mode of mechanical ventilation that may be useful in situations in which, due to ARDS, the lungs need to be recruited and held open. APRV was developed as a lung-protective mode, allowing recruitment while minimizing ventilator-induced lung injury.

BASIC PRINCIPLES OF PROTECTIVE VENTILATION

Figure 1.
If we draw a graph with the pressure in the lung on the horizontal axis and the volume on the vertical axis, the result is called the compliance curve (Figure 1).

This curve has two inflection points between which its slope is steep, indicating greater compliance or elasticity. Below the lower inflection point, the alveoli may collapse; above the upper inflection point, the lung loses its elastic properties and the alveoli are overdistended. To protect the lungs, the challenge in mechanical ventilation is to keep the lungs between these two points throughout the respiratory cycle.

Avoiding lung collapse by using PEEP

During mechanical ventilation, the pressure in the lungs is lowest, and thus the alveoli are most prone to collapse, at the end of expiration.

We want to prevent the alveoli from collapsing with each expiration and reopening with each inspiration, as this cycle of opening and closing damages them (causing atelectrauma, ie, cyclical atelectasis).4 Preventing it prevents the release of inflammatory mediators and the perpetuation of lung injury (biotrauma).5

The solution is to apply positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP), taking into account the value of the lower inflection point when setting the PEEP level.

Villar et al6 compared outcomes in an intervention group that received a PEEP level 2 cm H2O above the lower inflection point plus low tidal volumes, and in a control group that received higher tidal volumes and low PEEP (5 cm H2O). The study was stopped early, after significantly more patients had died in the control group than in the intervention group (53% vs 32%, P = .04).

Avoiding overdistention by keeping the tidal volume low

Tidal volumes that exceed the upper inflection point overstretch the lung and induce volutrauma, which can manifest as pneumothorax or pneumomediastinum, or both—the lungs rupture like a balloon. Also, overdistention produces liberation of inflammatory mediators in the blood (biotrauma). High tidal volumes should therefore be avoided or limited as much as possible.

The ARDS Network,7 in a multicenter, randomized, controlled trial, showed that fewer patients die if they receive mechanical ventilation with low tidal volumes rather than higher, “conventional” tidal volumes. Patients were randomized to receive either a tidal volume of 6 mL/kg and a plateau pressure lower than 30 cm H2O or a tidal volume of 12 mL/kg and a plateau pressure lower than 50 cm H2O. They were followed for 180 days or until discharged home, breathing without assistance. A total of 861 patients were enrolled. The mortality rate was significantly lower in the low tidal volume group than in the group with conventional tidal volumes, 31% vs 40%.

Lower tidal volumes were also associated with faster attenuation of the inflammatory response.8

Amato et al9 randomized 58 patients to receive mechanical ventilation with tidal volumes of either 6 mL/kg or 12 mL/kg. The PEEP level was maintained above the lower inflection point. At 28 days, 62% of the patients in the intervention group were still alive, compared with only 29% in the control group. However, many concerns were expressed over the high mortality rate in the control group.

Based on these studies, the use of low tidal volumes with appropriate levels of PEEP to ensure lung recruitment is the current standard of care in mechanical ventilation of patients with ARDS.10

 

 

APRV: A PRESSURE-CONTROLLED MODE THAT ALLOWS SPONTANEOUS BREATHS

Reprinted from Frawley PM, Habashi NM. Airway pressure release ventilation: theory and practice. AACN Clinical Issues 2001; 12:234–246, with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins.
Figure 2.
Airway pressure release ventilation (APRV), first described by Stock et al in 1987,11 is essentially a pressure-control mode—ie, the clinician sets a high and a low pressure. However, it also allows spontaneous breathing through the entire breathing cycle (Figure 2).12,13

A baseline high pressure (P high) is set first. Mandatory breaths are achieved by releasing the high baseline pressure in the circuit very briefly, usually to 0 cm H2O (P low), which allows the lungs to partially deflate, and then quickly resuming the high pressure before the unstable alveoli can collapse.

In theory, the optimal release time (the very short time in low pressure, or T low) in APRV should be determined by the time constant of the expiratory flow. The time constant (t) is the time it takes to empty 63% of the lung volume. It is calculated as:

t = C × R

where C is the combined compliance of the lung and chest wall, and R is the combined resistance of the endotracheal tube and the natural airways. In diseases that lead to lower lung compliance (such as ARDS), the time constant is shorter. A practical equilibrium time—or the time it takes for the lung volume in expiration to reach steady state (no expiratory flow)—is about 4 time constants.14

Since the release time in APRV is much shorter than the equilibrium time, a residual volume of air remains in the lung, creating intentional auto-PEEP. Ideally, this intentional auto-PEEP should be high enough to avoid derecruitment (optimally above the lower inflection point). In APRV the auto-PEEP is controlled by the settings, and this intentional restriction of the expiratory flow is critical to avoid derecruitment of unstable alveolar units.

The amount of time spent at the higher pressure (T high) is generally 80% to 95% of the cycle (ie, the lungs are “inflated” 80% to 95% of the time), and the amount of time at the lower pressure (T low) is 0.6 to 0.8 seconds.

Thus, APRV settings provide a relatively high mean airway pressure, which prevents collapse of unstable alveoli and over time recruits additional alveolar units in the injured lung. The major difference between this mode and more conventional modes is that in APRV the mean inspiratory pressure is maximized and end-expiratory pressure is due to intentional auto-PEEP. In addition, spontaneous breathing is allowed throughout the entire cycle (Figure 2).13

Although APRV does not approximate the physiology of spontaneous breathing with healthy lungs, it is nonetheless relatively comfortable and well tolerated. Its theoretical advantage in patients with lung injury is its ability to maximize alveoli recruitment by maintaining a higher mean inspiratory pressure, while the peak alveolar pressure remains lower than with conventional ventilation (Figure 1).

Other modes that are similar to APRV

Other modes of mechanical ventilation very similar to APRV are biphasic positive airway pressure (BiPAP) and bilevel ventilation.

BiPAP differs from APRV only in the timing of the upper and lower pressure levels. In BiPAP, T high is usually shorter than T low. Therefore, in order to avoid derecruitment, P low has to be set above zero with both a high and a low PEEP level.13

No studies have demonstrated one mode to be more beneficial than the other, although BiPAP might be more predictable, as both pressures are known.

Bilevel ventilation works like APRV but incorporates pressure support to spontaneous breathing. The use of pressure support may affect the positive physiologic effects (see section below) of unsupported spontaneous breathing. Nevertheless, this strategy might be useful to address severe hypercapnia in the context of APRV.

INITIAL VENTILATOR SETTINGS IN APRV

As we described in the previous section, P high and T high are set to increase end-inspiratory lung volume, recruitment, and oxygenation. P low and T low regulate end-expiratory lung volume, and their settings should prevent derecruitment but ensure adequate alveolar ventilation (Table 1).

P high. In selecting an initial P high, we measure the plateau pressure in a conventional mode using an accepted protective strategy, such as volume-control mode. If the plateau pressure is lower than 30 cm H2O, we use this pressure as our initial P high. If the plateau pressure is higher than 30 cm H2O, we select 30 cm H2O as an initial P high to minimize peak alveolar pressure and reduce the risk of lung overdistention.

P low is set at 0 cm H2O.

T high is set at 4 seconds and is then adjusted if necessary.

T low is probably the most difficult variable to set because it needs to be short enough to avoid derecruitment but still long enough to allow alveolar ventilation. We usually start with a T low of 0.6 to 0.8 seconds.

ADJUSTING THE VENTILATOR SETTINGS

For hypoxemia. Physician-controlled variables that affect oxygenation in APRV are:

  • Mean airway pressure (dependent primarily on P high and T high)
  • Fraction of inspired oxygen (Fio2).

Inadequate oxygenation usually requires increasing one or both of these settings.

Physician-controlled variables that affect alveolar ventilation in the APRV mode are:

  • Pressure gradient (P high minus P low)
  • Airway pressure release time (T low)
  • Airway pressure release frequency.14 Frequency is related to total cycle time of mandatory breaths by the following equation3:

frequency = 60/cycle time = 60/(T high + T low).

Note that if T low remains constant, adjusting T high will adjust frequency (the more time the lung remains inflated, the lower the respiratory frequency). Conversely, some ventilators allow adjustment of frequency, making T high the dependent variable. The goal of this mode is to recruit alveoli and improve oxygenation, so we usually do not modify the pressure gradient to improve ventilation.

Reprinted from Frawley PM, Habashi NM. Airway pressure release ventilation: theory and practice. AACN Clinical Issues 2001; 12:234–246, with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins.
Figure 3.
In practice, physicians rarely calculate the time constant for each patient to set T low. Hence, T low is usually adjusted according to the flow-time curve on the ventilator, so that the pressure release ends when expiratory flow reaches approximately 40% of the peak expiratory flow, ie, approximately 1 time constant (Figure 3).13

For hypercapnia. A frequent and expected consequence of lung-protective ventilation strategies is hypercapnia, termed “permissive” hypercapnia because it is allowed to some extent. In APRV, some degree of CO2 retention is not unusual. When the measured Paco2 becomes extreme, we usually increase the frequency of releases by shortening T high, recognizing that this adjustment may affect recruitment by lowering the mean airway pressure.

Spontaneous breaths. A positive aspect of APRV that contributes to its tolerability for patients is that it allows for spontaneous respiration. In some studies of patients with ARDS ventilated with APRV, spontaneous breathing accounted for 10% to 30% of the total minute ventilation and was responsible for an improvement in ventilation-perfusion matching and oxygenation.15,16 We titrate our patients’ sedation to a goal of spontaneous breathing of at least 10% of total minute ventilation.

 

 

WEANING FROM APRV

Weaning from APRV is done carefully to avoid derecruitment. Some authors recommend lowering P high by 2 to 3 cm H2O at a time and lengthening T high by increments of 0.5 to 2.0 seconds.13,17

Once P high is about 16 cm H2O, T high is at 12 to 15 seconds, and spontaneous respiration accounts for most or all of the minute volume, the mode can be changed to continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) and titrated downwards. Usually, when CPAP is at 5 to 10 cm H2O, the patient is extubated, provided that mental status or concerns about airway protection or secretions are not contraindications.

PHYSIOLOGIC EFFECTS OF APRV WITH SPONTANEOUS BREATHING

Effects on the respiratory system

During spontaneous breathing, the greatest displacement of the diaphragm is in dependent regions. These regions are the best ventilated.18 Compared with spontaneously breathing patients, mechanically ventilated patients have a smaller inspiratory displacement of the dependent part of the lung.19

A study using computed tomography demonstrated that the reduction of lung volume observed in patients with acute lung injury (ALI) predominantly affects the lower lobes (dependent areas).20 Causative mechanisms could be an increase in lung weight related to ALI and a passive collapse of the lower lobes associated with an upward shift of the diaphragm.

In a preliminary study, the topographic distribution of lung collapse was different in spontaneously breathing ARDS patients than in patients who were paralyzed. In particular, lung densities were not concentrated in the dependent regions in the former group.21

Oxygenation is better with APRV with spontaneous breathing than with mechanical ventilation alone. This effect is at least partly attributable to recruitment of collapsed lung tissue and increased aeration of the dependent areas of the lung.22

Putensen et al15 compared ventilation-perfusion distribution in 24 patients with ARDS who were randomized to APRV with spontaneous breathing (more than 10% of the total minute ventilation), APRV without spontaneous breathing, or pressure-support ventilation. Spontaneous breathing during APRV improved ventilation-perfusion matching and increased systemic blood flow.

Neumann et al23 recently compared the effect of APRV with spontaneous breathing vs APRV without spontaneous breathing in terms of ventilation perfusion in an animal model of lung injury. APRV with spontaneous breathing increased ventilation in juxta-diaphragmatic regions, predominantly in dependent areas. Spontaneous breathing had a significant effect on the spatial distribution of ventilation and pulmonary perfusion.

Based on these studies, we generally use APRV with no pressure support. This strategy permits recruitment and expansion of dependent lung areas.

Effects on the cardiovascular system and hemodynamics

Räsänen et al,24 in an animal model, compared cardiovascular performance during APRV, spontaneous breathing, and continuous positive pressure ventilation. No significant differences in cardiovascular function were detected between APRV and spontaneous breathing. In contrast, continuous positive pressure ventilation decreased blood pressure, stroke volume, cardiac output, and oxygen delivery.

Falkenhain et al,25 in a subsequent case report, found that a change in mode from intermittent mandatory ventilation with PEEP to APRV resulted in improvement in the cardiac output of a patient requiring mechanical ventilation.

The lack of deleterious effect of APRV on cardiovascular function is probably a result of its spontaneous breathing component. The reduction in mean intrathoracic pressure during spontaneous breathing (compared to paralysis) improves venous return and biventricular filling, boosting cardiac output and oxygen delivery.26

Hering et al27 compared APRV with spontaneous breathing (at least 30% of the total minute ventilation) vs APRV with no spontaneous breathing in 12 patients with ALI. This study showed higher renal blood flow, glomerular filtration, and osmolar clearance in the APRV-with-spontaneous-breathing group.

The same investigators evaluated the effects of spontaneous breathing with APRV on intestinal blood flow in an animal model of lung injury.28 Spontaneous breathing with APRV improved arterial oxygenation, the systemic hemodynamic profile, and regional perfusion to the stomach and small bowel compared with full ventilatory support.

ANIMAL STUDIES OF APRV

Stock et al,11 in their original description of APRV in 1987, reported experimental results in dogs. In that study, 10 dogs with and without ARDS were randomized to APRV with a custom-built device vs volume-control mode with a Harvard pump ventilator plus PEEP. APRV delivered adequate alveolar ventilation, had lower peak airway pressures, and promoted better arterial oxygenation (at the same tidal volume and mean airway pressure) compared with volume control.

Martin et al (1991)29 studied seven neonatal lambs with ALI with four ventilatory modes: pressure-support ventilation, APRV, volume control, and spontaneous breathing. APRV maintained oxygenation while augmenting alveolar ventilation compared with pressure-support ventilation. APRV also provided ventilation at a lower peak pressure in contrast to volume control. The authors concluded that APRV was an effective mode to maintain oxygenation and assist alveolar ventilation with minimal cardiovascular impact in their animal model of ALI.

 

 

HUMAN STUDIES OF APRV

Garner et al (1988)30 studied 14 patients after operative coronary revascularization, giving them volume control mode (12 mL/kg) and then, when they were hemodynamically stable, APRV. While APRV and volume control supported ventilation and arterial oxygenation equally in all cases, peak airway pressure was greater with volume control.

Räsänen et al (1991)31 designed a prospective, multicenter, crossover trial in which 50 patients with ALI were ventilated with conventional ventilation and subsequently with APRV. Patients in both groups were adequately ventilated and oxygenated. However, as described in the aforementioned study,24 the peak airway pressure was lower in the APRV group.

Davis et al (1993)32 studied 15 patients with ARDS requiring ventilatory support who received intermittent mandatory ventilation plus PEEP and then were placed on APRV. Peak airway pressure was lower, but mean airway pressure was higher with APRV. There were no statistically significant differences in gas exchange or hemodynamic variables.

Putensen et al,33 in a study designed on the basis of prior publications,15 randomized 30 patients with multiple trauma to either APRV with spontaneous breathing (n = 15) or pressure-control ventilation (n = 15) for 72 hours. Weaning was performed with APRV in both groups. APRV was associated with increases in lung compliance and oxygenation and reduction of shunting. Interestingly, the use of APRV was associated with shorter duration of ventilatory support (15 vs 21 days), shorter length of intensive care unit stay (23 vs 30 days), and shorter duration of sedation and use of vasopressors.

An important confounder in this trial was that all patients on pressure-control ventilation were initially paralyzed, favoring the APRV group.

Varpula and colleagues34 performed a prospective randomized intervention study to determine whether the response of oxygenation to the prone position differed between APRV vs pressure-controlled synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation with pressure support. Forty-five patients with ALI were randomized within 72 hours of initiation of mechanical ventilation to receive one of these two modes; 33 ultimately received the assigned treatment. All patients were positioned on their stomachs for 6 hours once or twice a day. The response in terms of oxygenation to the first pronation was similar in both groups, whereas there was a significant improvement after the second pronation in the APRV group. The authors concluded that prone positioning and allowance of spontaneous breathing during APRV had advantageous effects on gas exchange.

In 2004, the same investigators35 randomized 58 patients with ALI after stabilization to either APRV or pressure-controlled synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation. There were no significant differences in the clinically important outcomes such as ventilator-free days, sedation days, need of hemodialysis, or intensive care unit-free days.

Dart et al,36 in a retrospective study of 46 trauma patients who were ventilated with APRV for 72 hours, found an improvement in the Pao2/Fio2 ratio and a decrement in peak airway pressure after APRV was started.

In conclusion, most studies show physiologic benefits and improvement in some clinical outcomes, such as oxygenation, use of sedation, hemodynamic variables, and respiratory mechanics. However, no studies report that APRV decreases the mortality rate compared with conventional protective ventilation.

Table 2 summarizes the randomized clinical trials of APRV.33–35,37

CONCERNS ABOUT APRV

Overstretching. One of the major concerns when applying APRV is overstretching the lung parenchyma.26,38 It is important to recognize that, when choosing a P high setting, this variable is not the only determinant of the tidal volume. Spontaneous breathing causes the pleural pressure to become less positive. As a result, there is an increase in the transpulmonary pressure (pressure in alveoli minus pressure in the pleura). This augmentation of transpulmonary pressure will result in a higher tidal volume and the risk of overdistention and volume-induced lung injury.

Atelectrauma. As mentioned earlier, damage may occur when airways open and close with each tidal cycle. This is particularly worrisome when the end-expiratory pressure is below the lower inflection point, as some diseased alveolar units may collapse. In APRV, the airway pressure is released to zero. Even though the intentional auto-PEEP might maintain a certain end-expiratory pressure, this parameter is truly uncontrolled.39

If the patient cannot breath spontaneously. Another consideration is that many of the benefits of APRV are based on the spontaneous breathing component. Unfortunately, patients who need heavy sedation or neuromuscular paralysis with lack of spontaneous breathing efforts may lose the physiologic advantages of this mode.

Possible contraindications to APRV include conditions that may worsen with the elevation of the mean airway pressure, such as unmanaged increases of intracranial pressure and large bronchopleural fistulas.

Despite these limitations, APRV presents many attractive benefits as an alternative mode of mechanical ventilation in patients who do not respond to conventional modes.

Table 3 summarizes the advantages and disadvantages of each component of APRV.

References
  1. Lachmann B. Open up the lung and keep the lung open. Intensive Care Med 1992; 18:319321.
  2. Gattinoni L, Caironi P, Cressoni M, et al. Lung recruitment in patients with the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:17751786.
  3. Papadakos PJ, Lachmann B. The open lung concept of mechanical ventilation: the role of recruitment and stabilization. Crit Care Clin 2007; 23:241250,
  4. Ware LB, Matthay MA. The acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:13341349.
  5. Dreyfuss D, Saumon G, Hubmayr RD, editors. Ventilator-induced Lung Injury. New York: Taylor & Francis, 2006.
  6. Villar J, Kacmarek RM, Pérez-Méndez L, Aguirre-Jaime A. A high positive end-expiratory pressure, low tidal volume ventilatory strategy improves outcome in persistent acute respiratory distress syndrome: a randomized, controlled trial. Crit Care Med 2006; 34:13111318.
  7. The Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Network. Ventilation with lower tidal volumes as compared with traditional tidal volumes for acute lung injury and the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:13011308.
  8. Parsons PE, Eisner MD, Thompson BT, et al; NHLBI Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Clinical Trials Network. Lower tidal volume ventilation and plasma cytokine markers of inflammation in patients with acute lung injury. Crit Care Med 2005; 33:16.
  9. Amato MB, Barbas CS, Medeiros DM, et al. Effect of a protective-ventilation strategy on mortality in the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 1998; 338:347354.
  10. Hemmila MR, Napolitano LM. Severe respiratory failure: advanced treatment options. Crit Care Med 2006; 34( suppl 9):S278S290.
  11. Stock MC, Downs JB, Frolicher DA. Airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care Med 1987; 15:462466.
  12. Chatburn RL. Classification of ventilator modes: update and proposal for implementation. Respir Care 2007; 52:301323.
  13. Martin LD, Wetzel RC. Optimal release time during airway pressure release ventilation in neonatal sheep. Crit Care Med 1994; 22:486493.
  14. Frawley PM, Habashi NM. Airway pressure release ventilation: theory and practice. AACN Clin Issues 2001; 12:234246.
  15. Putensen C, Mutz NJ, Putensen-Himmer G, Zinserling J. Spontaneous breathing during ventilatory support improves ventilation-perfusion distributions in patients with acute respiratory distress syndrome. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1999; 159:12411248.
  16. Putensen C, Wrigge H. Clinical review: biphasic positive airway pressure and airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care 2004; 8:492497.
  17. Habashi NM. Other approaches to open-lung ventilation: airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care Med 2005; 33( suppl 3):S228S240.
  18. Froese AB, Bryan AC. Effects of anesthesia and paralysis on diaphragmatic mechanics in man. Anesthesiology 1974; 41:242255.
  19. Reber A, Nylund U, Hedenstierna G. Position and shape of the diaphragm: implications for atelectasis formation. Anaesthesia 1998; 53:10541061.
  20. Puybasset L, Cluzel P, Chao N, Slutsky AS, Coriat P, Rouby JJ. A computed tomography scan assessment of regional lung volume in acute lung injury. The CT Scan ARDS Study Group. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1998; 158:16441655.
  21. Gattinoni L, Presenti A, Torresin A, et al. Adult respiratory distress syndrome profiles by computed tomography. J Thorac Imaging 1986; 1:2530.
  22. Hedenstierna G, Lichtwarck-Aschoff M. Interfacing spontaneous breathing and mechanical ventilation. New insights. Minerva Anestesiol 2006; 72:183198.
  23. Neumann P, Wrigge H, Zinserling J, et al. Spontaneous breathing affects the spatial ventilation and perfusion distribution during mechanical ventilatory support. Crit Care Med 2005; 33:10901095.
  24. Räsänen J, Downs JB, Stock MC. Cardiovascular effects of conventional positive pressure ventilation and airway pressure release ventilation. Chest 1988; 93:911915.
  25. Falkenhain SK, Reilley TE, Gregory JS. Improvement in cardiac output during airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care Med 1992; 20:13581360.
  26. Siau C, Stewart TE. Current role of high frequency oscillatory ventilation and airway pressure release ventilation in acute lung injury and acute respiratory distress syndrome. Clin Chest Med 2008; 29:265275.
  27. Hering R, Peters D, Zinserling J, Wrigge H, von Spiegel T, Putensen C. Effects of spontaneous breathing during airway pressure release ventilation on renal perfusion and function in patients with acute lung injury. Intensive Care Med 2002; 28:14261433.
  28. Hering R, Viehöfer A, Zinserling J, et al. Effects of spontaneous breathing during airway pressure release ventilation on intestinal blood flow in experimental lung injury. Anesthesiology 2003; 99:11371144.
  29. Martin LD, Wetzel RC, Bilenki AL. Airway pressure release ventilation in a neonatal lamb model of acute lung injury. Crit Care Med 1991; 19:373378.
  30. Garner W, Downs JB, Stock MC, Räsänen J. Airway pressure release ventilation (APRV). A human trial. Chest 1988; 94:779781.
  31. Räsänen J, Cane RD, Downs JB, et al. Airway pressure release ventilation during acute lung injury: a prospective multicenter trial. Crit Care Med 1991; 19:12341241.
  32. Davis K, Johnson DJ, Branson RD, Campbell RS, Johannigman JA, Porembka D. Airway pressure release ventilation. Arch Surg 1993; 128:13481352.
  33. Putensen C, Zech S, Wrigge H, et al. Long-term effects of spontaneous breathing during ventilatory support in patients with acute lung injury. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 164:4349.
  34. Varpula T, Jousela I, Niemi R, Takkunen O, Pettilä V. Combined effects of prone positioning and airway pressure release ventilation on gas exchange in patients with acute lung injury. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2003; 47:516524.
  35. Varpula T, Valta P, Niemi R, Takkunen O, Hynynen M, Pettilä VV. Airway pressure release ventilation as a primary ventilatory mode in acute respiratory distress syndrome. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2004; 48:722731.
  36. Dart BW, Maxwell RA, Richart CM, et al. Preliminary experience with airway pressure release ventilation in a trauma/surgical intensive care unit. J Trauma 2005; 59:7176.
  37. Sydow M, Burchardi H, Ephraim E, Zielmann S, Crozier TA. Long-term effects of two different ventilatory modes on oxygenation in acute lung injury. Comparison of airway pressure release ventilation and volume-controlled inverse ratio ventilation. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1994; 149:15501556.
  38. Neumann P, Golisch W, Strohmeyer A, Buscher H, Burchardi H, Sydow M. Influence of different release times on spontaneous breathing pattern during airway pressure release ventilation. Intensive Care Med 2002; 28:17421749.
  39. Dries DJ, Marini JJ. Airway pressure release ventilation. J Burn Care Res 2009; 30:929936.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Ariel Modrykamien, MD, FCCP, FACP
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Pulmonary, Sleep and Critical Care Medicine Division, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE

Robert L. Chatburn, MHHS, RRT-NPS, FAARC
Clinical Research Manager, Department of Respiratory Therapy, Cleveland Clinic

Rendell W. Ashton, MD
Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Ariel Modrykamien, MD, FCCP, FACP, Respiratory Institute, A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue. Cleveland OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
101-110
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Ariel Modrykamien, MD, FCCP, FACP
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Pulmonary, Sleep and Critical Care Medicine Division, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE

Robert L. Chatburn, MHHS, RRT-NPS, FAARC
Clinical Research Manager, Department of Respiratory Therapy, Cleveland Clinic

Rendell W. Ashton, MD
Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Ariel Modrykamien, MD, FCCP, FACP, Respiratory Institute, A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue. Cleveland OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Ariel Modrykamien, MD, FCCP, FACP
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Pulmonary, Sleep and Critical Care Medicine Division, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE

Robert L. Chatburn, MHHS, RRT-NPS, FAARC
Clinical Research Manager, Department of Respiratory Therapy, Cleveland Clinic

Rendell W. Ashton, MD
Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Ariel Modrykamien, MD, FCCP, FACP, Respiratory Institute, A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue. Cleveland OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

In the early stages of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), multiple areas of the lung collapse, most often in the dependent regions. A factor involved in this process is the loss of functional surfactant, creating a condition in which alveolar units are unstable and prone to collapse due to unopposed surface tension. This situation, similar to that in premature infants, results in a reduced volume of aerated lung, intrapulmonary shunting, and, therefore, poor oxygenation.

The treatment of this alveolar collapse is lung reinflation (or “recruitment,” a term first used by Lachmann).1 Gattinoni et al2 showed that the percentage of recruitable lung could range from a negligible fraction to 50% or more.

There are various means of reopening injured lungs and keeping them open. The choice of recruitment maneuver is based on the individual patient and the ventilatory mode.3

In this article, we review airway pressure release ventilation (APRV), a mode of mechanical ventilation that may be useful in situations in which, due to ARDS, the lungs need to be recruited and held open. APRV was developed as a lung-protective mode, allowing recruitment while minimizing ventilator-induced lung injury.

BASIC PRINCIPLES OF PROTECTIVE VENTILATION

Figure 1.
If we draw a graph with the pressure in the lung on the horizontal axis and the volume on the vertical axis, the result is called the compliance curve (Figure 1).

This curve has two inflection points between which its slope is steep, indicating greater compliance or elasticity. Below the lower inflection point, the alveoli may collapse; above the upper inflection point, the lung loses its elastic properties and the alveoli are overdistended. To protect the lungs, the challenge in mechanical ventilation is to keep the lungs between these two points throughout the respiratory cycle.

Avoiding lung collapse by using PEEP

During mechanical ventilation, the pressure in the lungs is lowest, and thus the alveoli are most prone to collapse, at the end of expiration.

We want to prevent the alveoli from collapsing with each expiration and reopening with each inspiration, as this cycle of opening and closing damages them (causing atelectrauma, ie, cyclical atelectasis).4 Preventing it prevents the release of inflammatory mediators and the perpetuation of lung injury (biotrauma).5

The solution is to apply positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP), taking into account the value of the lower inflection point when setting the PEEP level.

Villar et al6 compared outcomes in an intervention group that received a PEEP level 2 cm H2O above the lower inflection point plus low tidal volumes, and in a control group that received higher tidal volumes and low PEEP (5 cm H2O). The study was stopped early, after significantly more patients had died in the control group than in the intervention group (53% vs 32%, P = .04).

Avoiding overdistention by keeping the tidal volume low

Tidal volumes that exceed the upper inflection point overstretch the lung and induce volutrauma, which can manifest as pneumothorax or pneumomediastinum, or both—the lungs rupture like a balloon. Also, overdistention produces liberation of inflammatory mediators in the blood (biotrauma). High tidal volumes should therefore be avoided or limited as much as possible.

The ARDS Network,7 in a multicenter, randomized, controlled trial, showed that fewer patients die if they receive mechanical ventilation with low tidal volumes rather than higher, “conventional” tidal volumes. Patients were randomized to receive either a tidal volume of 6 mL/kg and a plateau pressure lower than 30 cm H2O or a tidal volume of 12 mL/kg and a plateau pressure lower than 50 cm H2O. They were followed for 180 days or until discharged home, breathing without assistance. A total of 861 patients were enrolled. The mortality rate was significantly lower in the low tidal volume group than in the group with conventional tidal volumes, 31% vs 40%.

Lower tidal volumes were also associated with faster attenuation of the inflammatory response.8

Amato et al9 randomized 58 patients to receive mechanical ventilation with tidal volumes of either 6 mL/kg or 12 mL/kg. The PEEP level was maintained above the lower inflection point. At 28 days, 62% of the patients in the intervention group were still alive, compared with only 29% in the control group. However, many concerns were expressed over the high mortality rate in the control group.

Based on these studies, the use of low tidal volumes with appropriate levels of PEEP to ensure lung recruitment is the current standard of care in mechanical ventilation of patients with ARDS.10

 

 

APRV: A PRESSURE-CONTROLLED MODE THAT ALLOWS SPONTANEOUS BREATHS

Reprinted from Frawley PM, Habashi NM. Airway pressure release ventilation: theory and practice. AACN Clinical Issues 2001; 12:234–246, with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins.
Figure 2.
Airway pressure release ventilation (APRV), first described by Stock et al in 1987,11 is essentially a pressure-control mode—ie, the clinician sets a high and a low pressure. However, it also allows spontaneous breathing through the entire breathing cycle (Figure 2).12,13

A baseline high pressure (P high) is set first. Mandatory breaths are achieved by releasing the high baseline pressure in the circuit very briefly, usually to 0 cm H2O (P low), which allows the lungs to partially deflate, and then quickly resuming the high pressure before the unstable alveoli can collapse.

In theory, the optimal release time (the very short time in low pressure, or T low) in APRV should be determined by the time constant of the expiratory flow. The time constant (t) is the time it takes to empty 63% of the lung volume. It is calculated as:

t = C × R

where C is the combined compliance of the lung and chest wall, and R is the combined resistance of the endotracheal tube and the natural airways. In diseases that lead to lower lung compliance (such as ARDS), the time constant is shorter. A practical equilibrium time—or the time it takes for the lung volume in expiration to reach steady state (no expiratory flow)—is about 4 time constants.14

Since the release time in APRV is much shorter than the equilibrium time, a residual volume of air remains in the lung, creating intentional auto-PEEP. Ideally, this intentional auto-PEEP should be high enough to avoid derecruitment (optimally above the lower inflection point). In APRV the auto-PEEP is controlled by the settings, and this intentional restriction of the expiratory flow is critical to avoid derecruitment of unstable alveolar units.

The amount of time spent at the higher pressure (T high) is generally 80% to 95% of the cycle (ie, the lungs are “inflated” 80% to 95% of the time), and the amount of time at the lower pressure (T low) is 0.6 to 0.8 seconds.

Thus, APRV settings provide a relatively high mean airway pressure, which prevents collapse of unstable alveoli and over time recruits additional alveolar units in the injured lung. The major difference between this mode and more conventional modes is that in APRV the mean inspiratory pressure is maximized and end-expiratory pressure is due to intentional auto-PEEP. In addition, spontaneous breathing is allowed throughout the entire cycle (Figure 2).13

Although APRV does not approximate the physiology of spontaneous breathing with healthy lungs, it is nonetheless relatively comfortable and well tolerated. Its theoretical advantage in patients with lung injury is its ability to maximize alveoli recruitment by maintaining a higher mean inspiratory pressure, while the peak alveolar pressure remains lower than with conventional ventilation (Figure 1).

Other modes that are similar to APRV

Other modes of mechanical ventilation very similar to APRV are biphasic positive airway pressure (BiPAP) and bilevel ventilation.

BiPAP differs from APRV only in the timing of the upper and lower pressure levels. In BiPAP, T high is usually shorter than T low. Therefore, in order to avoid derecruitment, P low has to be set above zero with both a high and a low PEEP level.13

No studies have demonstrated one mode to be more beneficial than the other, although BiPAP might be more predictable, as both pressures are known.

Bilevel ventilation works like APRV but incorporates pressure support to spontaneous breathing. The use of pressure support may affect the positive physiologic effects (see section below) of unsupported spontaneous breathing. Nevertheless, this strategy might be useful to address severe hypercapnia in the context of APRV.

INITIAL VENTILATOR SETTINGS IN APRV

As we described in the previous section, P high and T high are set to increase end-inspiratory lung volume, recruitment, and oxygenation. P low and T low regulate end-expiratory lung volume, and their settings should prevent derecruitment but ensure adequate alveolar ventilation (Table 1).

P high. In selecting an initial P high, we measure the plateau pressure in a conventional mode using an accepted protective strategy, such as volume-control mode. If the plateau pressure is lower than 30 cm H2O, we use this pressure as our initial P high. If the plateau pressure is higher than 30 cm H2O, we select 30 cm H2O as an initial P high to minimize peak alveolar pressure and reduce the risk of lung overdistention.

P low is set at 0 cm H2O.

T high is set at 4 seconds and is then adjusted if necessary.

T low is probably the most difficult variable to set because it needs to be short enough to avoid derecruitment but still long enough to allow alveolar ventilation. We usually start with a T low of 0.6 to 0.8 seconds.

ADJUSTING THE VENTILATOR SETTINGS

For hypoxemia. Physician-controlled variables that affect oxygenation in APRV are:

  • Mean airway pressure (dependent primarily on P high and T high)
  • Fraction of inspired oxygen (Fio2).

Inadequate oxygenation usually requires increasing one or both of these settings.

Physician-controlled variables that affect alveolar ventilation in the APRV mode are:

  • Pressure gradient (P high minus P low)
  • Airway pressure release time (T low)
  • Airway pressure release frequency.14 Frequency is related to total cycle time of mandatory breaths by the following equation3:

frequency = 60/cycle time = 60/(T high + T low).

Note that if T low remains constant, adjusting T high will adjust frequency (the more time the lung remains inflated, the lower the respiratory frequency). Conversely, some ventilators allow adjustment of frequency, making T high the dependent variable. The goal of this mode is to recruit alveoli and improve oxygenation, so we usually do not modify the pressure gradient to improve ventilation.

Reprinted from Frawley PM, Habashi NM. Airway pressure release ventilation: theory and practice. AACN Clinical Issues 2001; 12:234–246, with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins.
Figure 3.
In practice, physicians rarely calculate the time constant for each patient to set T low. Hence, T low is usually adjusted according to the flow-time curve on the ventilator, so that the pressure release ends when expiratory flow reaches approximately 40% of the peak expiratory flow, ie, approximately 1 time constant (Figure 3).13

For hypercapnia. A frequent and expected consequence of lung-protective ventilation strategies is hypercapnia, termed “permissive” hypercapnia because it is allowed to some extent. In APRV, some degree of CO2 retention is not unusual. When the measured Paco2 becomes extreme, we usually increase the frequency of releases by shortening T high, recognizing that this adjustment may affect recruitment by lowering the mean airway pressure.

Spontaneous breaths. A positive aspect of APRV that contributes to its tolerability for patients is that it allows for spontaneous respiration. In some studies of patients with ARDS ventilated with APRV, spontaneous breathing accounted for 10% to 30% of the total minute ventilation and was responsible for an improvement in ventilation-perfusion matching and oxygenation.15,16 We titrate our patients’ sedation to a goal of spontaneous breathing of at least 10% of total minute ventilation.

 

 

WEANING FROM APRV

Weaning from APRV is done carefully to avoid derecruitment. Some authors recommend lowering P high by 2 to 3 cm H2O at a time and lengthening T high by increments of 0.5 to 2.0 seconds.13,17

Once P high is about 16 cm H2O, T high is at 12 to 15 seconds, and spontaneous respiration accounts for most or all of the minute volume, the mode can be changed to continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) and titrated downwards. Usually, when CPAP is at 5 to 10 cm H2O, the patient is extubated, provided that mental status or concerns about airway protection or secretions are not contraindications.

PHYSIOLOGIC EFFECTS OF APRV WITH SPONTANEOUS BREATHING

Effects on the respiratory system

During spontaneous breathing, the greatest displacement of the diaphragm is in dependent regions. These regions are the best ventilated.18 Compared with spontaneously breathing patients, mechanically ventilated patients have a smaller inspiratory displacement of the dependent part of the lung.19

A study using computed tomography demonstrated that the reduction of lung volume observed in patients with acute lung injury (ALI) predominantly affects the lower lobes (dependent areas).20 Causative mechanisms could be an increase in lung weight related to ALI and a passive collapse of the lower lobes associated with an upward shift of the diaphragm.

In a preliminary study, the topographic distribution of lung collapse was different in spontaneously breathing ARDS patients than in patients who were paralyzed. In particular, lung densities were not concentrated in the dependent regions in the former group.21

Oxygenation is better with APRV with spontaneous breathing than with mechanical ventilation alone. This effect is at least partly attributable to recruitment of collapsed lung tissue and increased aeration of the dependent areas of the lung.22

Putensen et al15 compared ventilation-perfusion distribution in 24 patients with ARDS who were randomized to APRV with spontaneous breathing (more than 10% of the total minute ventilation), APRV without spontaneous breathing, or pressure-support ventilation. Spontaneous breathing during APRV improved ventilation-perfusion matching and increased systemic blood flow.

Neumann et al23 recently compared the effect of APRV with spontaneous breathing vs APRV without spontaneous breathing in terms of ventilation perfusion in an animal model of lung injury. APRV with spontaneous breathing increased ventilation in juxta-diaphragmatic regions, predominantly in dependent areas. Spontaneous breathing had a significant effect on the spatial distribution of ventilation and pulmonary perfusion.

Based on these studies, we generally use APRV with no pressure support. This strategy permits recruitment and expansion of dependent lung areas.

Effects on the cardiovascular system and hemodynamics

Räsänen et al,24 in an animal model, compared cardiovascular performance during APRV, spontaneous breathing, and continuous positive pressure ventilation. No significant differences in cardiovascular function were detected between APRV and spontaneous breathing. In contrast, continuous positive pressure ventilation decreased blood pressure, stroke volume, cardiac output, and oxygen delivery.

Falkenhain et al,25 in a subsequent case report, found that a change in mode from intermittent mandatory ventilation with PEEP to APRV resulted in improvement in the cardiac output of a patient requiring mechanical ventilation.

The lack of deleterious effect of APRV on cardiovascular function is probably a result of its spontaneous breathing component. The reduction in mean intrathoracic pressure during spontaneous breathing (compared to paralysis) improves venous return and biventricular filling, boosting cardiac output and oxygen delivery.26

Hering et al27 compared APRV with spontaneous breathing (at least 30% of the total minute ventilation) vs APRV with no spontaneous breathing in 12 patients with ALI. This study showed higher renal blood flow, glomerular filtration, and osmolar clearance in the APRV-with-spontaneous-breathing group.

The same investigators evaluated the effects of spontaneous breathing with APRV on intestinal blood flow in an animal model of lung injury.28 Spontaneous breathing with APRV improved arterial oxygenation, the systemic hemodynamic profile, and regional perfusion to the stomach and small bowel compared with full ventilatory support.

ANIMAL STUDIES OF APRV

Stock et al,11 in their original description of APRV in 1987, reported experimental results in dogs. In that study, 10 dogs with and without ARDS were randomized to APRV with a custom-built device vs volume-control mode with a Harvard pump ventilator plus PEEP. APRV delivered adequate alveolar ventilation, had lower peak airway pressures, and promoted better arterial oxygenation (at the same tidal volume and mean airway pressure) compared with volume control.

Martin et al (1991)29 studied seven neonatal lambs with ALI with four ventilatory modes: pressure-support ventilation, APRV, volume control, and spontaneous breathing. APRV maintained oxygenation while augmenting alveolar ventilation compared with pressure-support ventilation. APRV also provided ventilation at a lower peak pressure in contrast to volume control. The authors concluded that APRV was an effective mode to maintain oxygenation and assist alveolar ventilation with minimal cardiovascular impact in their animal model of ALI.

 

 

HUMAN STUDIES OF APRV

Garner et al (1988)30 studied 14 patients after operative coronary revascularization, giving them volume control mode (12 mL/kg) and then, when they were hemodynamically stable, APRV. While APRV and volume control supported ventilation and arterial oxygenation equally in all cases, peak airway pressure was greater with volume control.

Räsänen et al (1991)31 designed a prospective, multicenter, crossover trial in which 50 patients with ALI were ventilated with conventional ventilation and subsequently with APRV. Patients in both groups were adequately ventilated and oxygenated. However, as described in the aforementioned study,24 the peak airway pressure was lower in the APRV group.

Davis et al (1993)32 studied 15 patients with ARDS requiring ventilatory support who received intermittent mandatory ventilation plus PEEP and then were placed on APRV. Peak airway pressure was lower, but mean airway pressure was higher with APRV. There were no statistically significant differences in gas exchange or hemodynamic variables.

Putensen et al,33 in a study designed on the basis of prior publications,15 randomized 30 patients with multiple trauma to either APRV with spontaneous breathing (n = 15) or pressure-control ventilation (n = 15) for 72 hours. Weaning was performed with APRV in both groups. APRV was associated with increases in lung compliance and oxygenation and reduction of shunting. Interestingly, the use of APRV was associated with shorter duration of ventilatory support (15 vs 21 days), shorter length of intensive care unit stay (23 vs 30 days), and shorter duration of sedation and use of vasopressors.

An important confounder in this trial was that all patients on pressure-control ventilation were initially paralyzed, favoring the APRV group.

Varpula and colleagues34 performed a prospective randomized intervention study to determine whether the response of oxygenation to the prone position differed between APRV vs pressure-controlled synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation with pressure support. Forty-five patients with ALI were randomized within 72 hours of initiation of mechanical ventilation to receive one of these two modes; 33 ultimately received the assigned treatment. All patients were positioned on their stomachs for 6 hours once or twice a day. The response in terms of oxygenation to the first pronation was similar in both groups, whereas there was a significant improvement after the second pronation in the APRV group. The authors concluded that prone positioning and allowance of spontaneous breathing during APRV had advantageous effects on gas exchange.

In 2004, the same investigators35 randomized 58 patients with ALI after stabilization to either APRV or pressure-controlled synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation. There were no significant differences in the clinically important outcomes such as ventilator-free days, sedation days, need of hemodialysis, or intensive care unit-free days.

Dart et al,36 in a retrospective study of 46 trauma patients who were ventilated with APRV for 72 hours, found an improvement in the Pao2/Fio2 ratio and a decrement in peak airway pressure after APRV was started.

In conclusion, most studies show physiologic benefits and improvement in some clinical outcomes, such as oxygenation, use of sedation, hemodynamic variables, and respiratory mechanics. However, no studies report that APRV decreases the mortality rate compared with conventional protective ventilation.

Table 2 summarizes the randomized clinical trials of APRV.33–35,37

CONCERNS ABOUT APRV

Overstretching. One of the major concerns when applying APRV is overstretching the lung parenchyma.26,38 It is important to recognize that, when choosing a P high setting, this variable is not the only determinant of the tidal volume. Spontaneous breathing causes the pleural pressure to become less positive. As a result, there is an increase in the transpulmonary pressure (pressure in alveoli minus pressure in the pleura). This augmentation of transpulmonary pressure will result in a higher tidal volume and the risk of overdistention and volume-induced lung injury.

Atelectrauma. As mentioned earlier, damage may occur when airways open and close with each tidal cycle. This is particularly worrisome when the end-expiratory pressure is below the lower inflection point, as some diseased alveolar units may collapse. In APRV, the airway pressure is released to zero. Even though the intentional auto-PEEP might maintain a certain end-expiratory pressure, this parameter is truly uncontrolled.39

If the patient cannot breath spontaneously. Another consideration is that many of the benefits of APRV are based on the spontaneous breathing component. Unfortunately, patients who need heavy sedation or neuromuscular paralysis with lack of spontaneous breathing efforts may lose the physiologic advantages of this mode.

Possible contraindications to APRV include conditions that may worsen with the elevation of the mean airway pressure, such as unmanaged increases of intracranial pressure and large bronchopleural fistulas.

Despite these limitations, APRV presents many attractive benefits as an alternative mode of mechanical ventilation in patients who do not respond to conventional modes.

Table 3 summarizes the advantages and disadvantages of each component of APRV.

In the early stages of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), multiple areas of the lung collapse, most often in the dependent regions. A factor involved in this process is the loss of functional surfactant, creating a condition in which alveolar units are unstable and prone to collapse due to unopposed surface tension. This situation, similar to that in premature infants, results in a reduced volume of aerated lung, intrapulmonary shunting, and, therefore, poor oxygenation.

The treatment of this alveolar collapse is lung reinflation (or “recruitment,” a term first used by Lachmann).1 Gattinoni et al2 showed that the percentage of recruitable lung could range from a negligible fraction to 50% or more.

There are various means of reopening injured lungs and keeping them open. The choice of recruitment maneuver is based on the individual patient and the ventilatory mode.3

In this article, we review airway pressure release ventilation (APRV), a mode of mechanical ventilation that may be useful in situations in which, due to ARDS, the lungs need to be recruited and held open. APRV was developed as a lung-protective mode, allowing recruitment while minimizing ventilator-induced lung injury.

BASIC PRINCIPLES OF PROTECTIVE VENTILATION

Figure 1.
If we draw a graph with the pressure in the lung on the horizontal axis and the volume on the vertical axis, the result is called the compliance curve (Figure 1).

This curve has two inflection points between which its slope is steep, indicating greater compliance or elasticity. Below the lower inflection point, the alveoli may collapse; above the upper inflection point, the lung loses its elastic properties and the alveoli are overdistended. To protect the lungs, the challenge in mechanical ventilation is to keep the lungs between these two points throughout the respiratory cycle.

Avoiding lung collapse by using PEEP

During mechanical ventilation, the pressure in the lungs is lowest, and thus the alveoli are most prone to collapse, at the end of expiration.

We want to prevent the alveoli from collapsing with each expiration and reopening with each inspiration, as this cycle of opening and closing damages them (causing atelectrauma, ie, cyclical atelectasis).4 Preventing it prevents the release of inflammatory mediators and the perpetuation of lung injury (biotrauma).5

The solution is to apply positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP), taking into account the value of the lower inflection point when setting the PEEP level.

Villar et al6 compared outcomes in an intervention group that received a PEEP level 2 cm H2O above the lower inflection point plus low tidal volumes, and in a control group that received higher tidal volumes and low PEEP (5 cm H2O). The study was stopped early, after significantly more patients had died in the control group than in the intervention group (53% vs 32%, P = .04).

Avoiding overdistention by keeping the tidal volume low

Tidal volumes that exceed the upper inflection point overstretch the lung and induce volutrauma, which can manifest as pneumothorax or pneumomediastinum, or both—the lungs rupture like a balloon. Also, overdistention produces liberation of inflammatory mediators in the blood (biotrauma). High tidal volumes should therefore be avoided or limited as much as possible.

The ARDS Network,7 in a multicenter, randomized, controlled trial, showed that fewer patients die if they receive mechanical ventilation with low tidal volumes rather than higher, “conventional” tidal volumes. Patients were randomized to receive either a tidal volume of 6 mL/kg and a plateau pressure lower than 30 cm H2O or a tidal volume of 12 mL/kg and a plateau pressure lower than 50 cm H2O. They were followed for 180 days or until discharged home, breathing without assistance. A total of 861 patients were enrolled. The mortality rate was significantly lower in the low tidal volume group than in the group with conventional tidal volumes, 31% vs 40%.

Lower tidal volumes were also associated with faster attenuation of the inflammatory response.8

Amato et al9 randomized 58 patients to receive mechanical ventilation with tidal volumes of either 6 mL/kg or 12 mL/kg. The PEEP level was maintained above the lower inflection point. At 28 days, 62% of the patients in the intervention group were still alive, compared with only 29% in the control group. However, many concerns were expressed over the high mortality rate in the control group.

Based on these studies, the use of low tidal volumes with appropriate levels of PEEP to ensure lung recruitment is the current standard of care in mechanical ventilation of patients with ARDS.10

 

 

APRV: A PRESSURE-CONTROLLED MODE THAT ALLOWS SPONTANEOUS BREATHS

Reprinted from Frawley PM, Habashi NM. Airway pressure release ventilation: theory and practice. AACN Clinical Issues 2001; 12:234–246, with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins.
Figure 2.
Airway pressure release ventilation (APRV), first described by Stock et al in 1987,11 is essentially a pressure-control mode—ie, the clinician sets a high and a low pressure. However, it also allows spontaneous breathing through the entire breathing cycle (Figure 2).12,13

A baseline high pressure (P high) is set first. Mandatory breaths are achieved by releasing the high baseline pressure in the circuit very briefly, usually to 0 cm H2O (P low), which allows the lungs to partially deflate, and then quickly resuming the high pressure before the unstable alveoli can collapse.

In theory, the optimal release time (the very short time in low pressure, or T low) in APRV should be determined by the time constant of the expiratory flow. The time constant (t) is the time it takes to empty 63% of the lung volume. It is calculated as:

t = C × R

where C is the combined compliance of the lung and chest wall, and R is the combined resistance of the endotracheal tube and the natural airways. In diseases that lead to lower lung compliance (such as ARDS), the time constant is shorter. A practical equilibrium time—or the time it takes for the lung volume in expiration to reach steady state (no expiratory flow)—is about 4 time constants.14

Since the release time in APRV is much shorter than the equilibrium time, a residual volume of air remains in the lung, creating intentional auto-PEEP. Ideally, this intentional auto-PEEP should be high enough to avoid derecruitment (optimally above the lower inflection point). In APRV the auto-PEEP is controlled by the settings, and this intentional restriction of the expiratory flow is critical to avoid derecruitment of unstable alveolar units.

The amount of time spent at the higher pressure (T high) is generally 80% to 95% of the cycle (ie, the lungs are “inflated” 80% to 95% of the time), and the amount of time at the lower pressure (T low) is 0.6 to 0.8 seconds.

Thus, APRV settings provide a relatively high mean airway pressure, which prevents collapse of unstable alveoli and over time recruits additional alveolar units in the injured lung. The major difference between this mode and more conventional modes is that in APRV the mean inspiratory pressure is maximized and end-expiratory pressure is due to intentional auto-PEEP. In addition, spontaneous breathing is allowed throughout the entire cycle (Figure 2).13

Although APRV does not approximate the physiology of spontaneous breathing with healthy lungs, it is nonetheless relatively comfortable and well tolerated. Its theoretical advantage in patients with lung injury is its ability to maximize alveoli recruitment by maintaining a higher mean inspiratory pressure, while the peak alveolar pressure remains lower than with conventional ventilation (Figure 1).

Other modes that are similar to APRV

Other modes of mechanical ventilation very similar to APRV are biphasic positive airway pressure (BiPAP) and bilevel ventilation.

BiPAP differs from APRV only in the timing of the upper and lower pressure levels. In BiPAP, T high is usually shorter than T low. Therefore, in order to avoid derecruitment, P low has to be set above zero with both a high and a low PEEP level.13

No studies have demonstrated one mode to be more beneficial than the other, although BiPAP might be more predictable, as both pressures are known.

Bilevel ventilation works like APRV but incorporates pressure support to spontaneous breathing. The use of pressure support may affect the positive physiologic effects (see section below) of unsupported spontaneous breathing. Nevertheless, this strategy might be useful to address severe hypercapnia in the context of APRV.

INITIAL VENTILATOR SETTINGS IN APRV

As we described in the previous section, P high and T high are set to increase end-inspiratory lung volume, recruitment, and oxygenation. P low and T low regulate end-expiratory lung volume, and their settings should prevent derecruitment but ensure adequate alveolar ventilation (Table 1).

P high. In selecting an initial P high, we measure the plateau pressure in a conventional mode using an accepted protective strategy, such as volume-control mode. If the plateau pressure is lower than 30 cm H2O, we use this pressure as our initial P high. If the plateau pressure is higher than 30 cm H2O, we select 30 cm H2O as an initial P high to minimize peak alveolar pressure and reduce the risk of lung overdistention.

P low is set at 0 cm H2O.

T high is set at 4 seconds and is then adjusted if necessary.

T low is probably the most difficult variable to set because it needs to be short enough to avoid derecruitment but still long enough to allow alveolar ventilation. We usually start with a T low of 0.6 to 0.8 seconds.

ADJUSTING THE VENTILATOR SETTINGS

For hypoxemia. Physician-controlled variables that affect oxygenation in APRV are:

  • Mean airway pressure (dependent primarily on P high and T high)
  • Fraction of inspired oxygen (Fio2).

Inadequate oxygenation usually requires increasing one or both of these settings.

Physician-controlled variables that affect alveolar ventilation in the APRV mode are:

  • Pressure gradient (P high minus P low)
  • Airway pressure release time (T low)
  • Airway pressure release frequency.14 Frequency is related to total cycle time of mandatory breaths by the following equation3:

frequency = 60/cycle time = 60/(T high + T low).

Note that if T low remains constant, adjusting T high will adjust frequency (the more time the lung remains inflated, the lower the respiratory frequency). Conversely, some ventilators allow adjustment of frequency, making T high the dependent variable. The goal of this mode is to recruit alveoli and improve oxygenation, so we usually do not modify the pressure gradient to improve ventilation.

Reprinted from Frawley PM, Habashi NM. Airway pressure release ventilation: theory and practice. AACN Clinical Issues 2001; 12:234–246, with permission from Wolters Kluwer Health/Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins.
Figure 3.
In practice, physicians rarely calculate the time constant for each patient to set T low. Hence, T low is usually adjusted according to the flow-time curve on the ventilator, so that the pressure release ends when expiratory flow reaches approximately 40% of the peak expiratory flow, ie, approximately 1 time constant (Figure 3).13

For hypercapnia. A frequent and expected consequence of lung-protective ventilation strategies is hypercapnia, termed “permissive” hypercapnia because it is allowed to some extent. In APRV, some degree of CO2 retention is not unusual. When the measured Paco2 becomes extreme, we usually increase the frequency of releases by shortening T high, recognizing that this adjustment may affect recruitment by lowering the mean airway pressure.

Spontaneous breaths. A positive aspect of APRV that contributes to its tolerability for patients is that it allows for spontaneous respiration. In some studies of patients with ARDS ventilated with APRV, spontaneous breathing accounted for 10% to 30% of the total minute ventilation and was responsible for an improvement in ventilation-perfusion matching and oxygenation.15,16 We titrate our patients’ sedation to a goal of spontaneous breathing of at least 10% of total minute ventilation.

 

 

WEANING FROM APRV

Weaning from APRV is done carefully to avoid derecruitment. Some authors recommend lowering P high by 2 to 3 cm H2O at a time and lengthening T high by increments of 0.5 to 2.0 seconds.13,17

Once P high is about 16 cm H2O, T high is at 12 to 15 seconds, and spontaneous respiration accounts for most or all of the minute volume, the mode can be changed to continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) and titrated downwards. Usually, when CPAP is at 5 to 10 cm H2O, the patient is extubated, provided that mental status or concerns about airway protection or secretions are not contraindications.

PHYSIOLOGIC EFFECTS OF APRV WITH SPONTANEOUS BREATHING

Effects on the respiratory system

During spontaneous breathing, the greatest displacement of the diaphragm is in dependent regions. These regions are the best ventilated.18 Compared with spontaneously breathing patients, mechanically ventilated patients have a smaller inspiratory displacement of the dependent part of the lung.19

A study using computed tomography demonstrated that the reduction of lung volume observed in patients with acute lung injury (ALI) predominantly affects the lower lobes (dependent areas).20 Causative mechanisms could be an increase in lung weight related to ALI and a passive collapse of the lower lobes associated with an upward shift of the diaphragm.

In a preliminary study, the topographic distribution of lung collapse was different in spontaneously breathing ARDS patients than in patients who were paralyzed. In particular, lung densities were not concentrated in the dependent regions in the former group.21

Oxygenation is better with APRV with spontaneous breathing than with mechanical ventilation alone. This effect is at least partly attributable to recruitment of collapsed lung tissue and increased aeration of the dependent areas of the lung.22

Putensen et al15 compared ventilation-perfusion distribution in 24 patients with ARDS who were randomized to APRV with spontaneous breathing (more than 10% of the total minute ventilation), APRV without spontaneous breathing, or pressure-support ventilation. Spontaneous breathing during APRV improved ventilation-perfusion matching and increased systemic blood flow.

Neumann et al23 recently compared the effect of APRV with spontaneous breathing vs APRV without spontaneous breathing in terms of ventilation perfusion in an animal model of lung injury. APRV with spontaneous breathing increased ventilation in juxta-diaphragmatic regions, predominantly in dependent areas. Spontaneous breathing had a significant effect on the spatial distribution of ventilation and pulmonary perfusion.

Based on these studies, we generally use APRV with no pressure support. This strategy permits recruitment and expansion of dependent lung areas.

Effects on the cardiovascular system and hemodynamics

Räsänen et al,24 in an animal model, compared cardiovascular performance during APRV, spontaneous breathing, and continuous positive pressure ventilation. No significant differences in cardiovascular function were detected between APRV and spontaneous breathing. In contrast, continuous positive pressure ventilation decreased blood pressure, stroke volume, cardiac output, and oxygen delivery.

Falkenhain et al,25 in a subsequent case report, found that a change in mode from intermittent mandatory ventilation with PEEP to APRV resulted in improvement in the cardiac output of a patient requiring mechanical ventilation.

The lack of deleterious effect of APRV on cardiovascular function is probably a result of its spontaneous breathing component. The reduction in mean intrathoracic pressure during spontaneous breathing (compared to paralysis) improves venous return and biventricular filling, boosting cardiac output and oxygen delivery.26

Hering et al27 compared APRV with spontaneous breathing (at least 30% of the total minute ventilation) vs APRV with no spontaneous breathing in 12 patients with ALI. This study showed higher renal blood flow, glomerular filtration, and osmolar clearance in the APRV-with-spontaneous-breathing group.

The same investigators evaluated the effects of spontaneous breathing with APRV on intestinal blood flow in an animal model of lung injury.28 Spontaneous breathing with APRV improved arterial oxygenation, the systemic hemodynamic profile, and regional perfusion to the stomach and small bowel compared with full ventilatory support.

ANIMAL STUDIES OF APRV

Stock et al,11 in their original description of APRV in 1987, reported experimental results in dogs. In that study, 10 dogs with and without ARDS were randomized to APRV with a custom-built device vs volume-control mode with a Harvard pump ventilator plus PEEP. APRV delivered adequate alveolar ventilation, had lower peak airway pressures, and promoted better arterial oxygenation (at the same tidal volume and mean airway pressure) compared with volume control.

Martin et al (1991)29 studied seven neonatal lambs with ALI with four ventilatory modes: pressure-support ventilation, APRV, volume control, and spontaneous breathing. APRV maintained oxygenation while augmenting alveolar ventilation compared with pressure-support ventilation. APRV also provided ventilation at a lower peak pressure in contrast to volume control. The authors concluded that APRV was an effective mode to maintain oxygenation and assist alveolar ventilation with minimal cardiovascular impact in their animal model of ALI.

 

 

HUMAN STUDIES OF APRV

Garner et al (1988)30 studied 14 patients after operative coronary revascularization, giving them volume control mode (12 mL/kg) and then, when they were hemodynamically stable, APRV. While APRV and volume control supported ventilation and arterial oxygenation equally in all cases, peak airway pressure was greater with volume control.

Räsänen et al (1991)31 designed a prospective, multicenter, crossover trial in which 50 patients with ALI were ventilated with conventional ventilation and subsequently with APRV. Patients in both groups were adequately ventilated and oxygenated. However, as described in the aforementioned study,24 the peak airway pressure was lower in the APRV group.

Davis et al (1993)32 studied 15 patients with ARDS requiring ventilatory support who received intermittent mandatory ventilation plus PEEP and then were placed on APRV. Peak airway pressure was lower, but mean airway pressure was higher with APRV. There were no statistically significant differences in gas exchange or hemodynamic variables.

Putensen et al,33 in a study designed on the basis of prior publications,15 randomized 30 patients with multiple trauma to either APRV with spontaneous breathing (n = 15) or pressure-control ventilation (n = 15) for 72 hours. Weaning was performed with APRV in both groups. APRV was associated with increases in lung compliance and oxygenation and reduction of shunting. Interestingly, the use of APRV was associated with shorter duration of ventilatory support (15 vs 21 days), shorter length of intensive care unit stay (23 vs 30 days), and shorter duration of sedation and use of vasopressors.

An important confounder in this trial was that all patients on pressure-control ventilation were initially paralyzed, favoring the APRV group.

Varpula and colleagues34 performed a prospective randomized intervention study to determine whether the response of oxygenation to the prone position differed between APRV vs pressure-controlled synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation with pressure support. Forty-five patients with ALI were randomized within 72 hours of initiation of mechanical ventilation to receive one of these two modes; 33 ultimately received the assigned treatment. All patients were positioned on their stomachs for 6 hours once or twice a day. The response in terms of oxygenation to the first pronation was similar in both groups, whereas there was a significant improvement after the second pronation in the APRV group. The authors concluded that prone positioning and allowance of spontaneous breathing during APRV had advantageous effects on gas exchange.

In 2004, the same investigators35 randomized 58 patients with ALI after stabilization to either APRV or pressure-controlled synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation. There were no significant differences in the clinically important outcomes such as ventilator-free days, sedation days, need of hemodialysis, or intensive care unit-free days.

Dart et al,36 in a retrospective study of 46 trauma patients who were ventilated with APRV for 72 hours, found an improvement in the Pao2/Fio2 ratio and a decrement in peak airway pressure after APRV was started.

In conclusion, most studies show physiologic benefits and improvement in some clinical outcomes, such as oxygenation, use of sedation, hemodynamic variables, and respiratory mechanics. However, no studies report that APRV decreases the mortality rate compared with conventional protective ventilation.

Table 2 summarizes the randomized clinical trials of APRV.33–35,37

CONCERNS ABOUT APRV

Overstretching. One of the major concerns when applying APRV is overstretching the lung parenchyma.26,38 It is important to recognize that, when choosing a P high setting, this variable is not the only determinant of the tidal volume. Spontaneous breathing causes the pleural pressure to become less positive. As a result, there is an increase in the transpulmonary pressure (pressure in alveoli minus pressure in the pleura). This augmentation of transpulmonary pressure will result in a higher tidal volume and the risk of overdistention and volume-induced lung injury.

Atelectrauma. As mentioned earlier, damage may occur when airways open and close with each tidal cycle. This is particularly worrisome when the end-expiratory pressure is below the lower inflection point, as some diseased alveolar units may collapse. In APRV, the airway pressure is released to zero. Even though the intentional auto-PEEP might maintain a certain end-expiratory pressure, this parameter is truly uncontrolled.39

If the patient cannot breath spontaneously. Another consideration is that many of the benefits of APRV are based on the spontaneous breathing component. Unfortunately, patients who need heavy sedation or neuromuscular paralysis with lack of spontaneous breathing efforts may lose the physiologic advantages of this mode.

Possible contraindications to APRV include conditions that may worsen with the elevation of the mean airway pressure, such as unmanaged increases of intracranial pressure and large bronchopleural fistulas.

Despite these limitations, APRV presents many attractive benefits as an alternative mode of mechanical ventilation in patients who do not respond to conventional modes.

Table 3 summarizes the advantages and disadvantages of each component of APRV.

References
  1. Lachmann B. Open up the lung and keep the lung open. Intensive Care Med 1992; 18:319321.
  2. Gattinoni L, Caironi P, Cressoni M, et al. Lung recruitment in patients with the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:17751786.
  3. Papadakos PJ, Lachmann B. The open lung concept of mechanical ventilation: the role of recruitment and stabilization. Crit Care Clin 2007; 23:241250,
  4. Ware LB, Matthay MA. The acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:13341349.
  5. Dreyfuss D, Saumon G, Hubmayr RD, editors. Ventilator-induced Lung Injury. New York: Taylor & Francis, 2006.
  6. Villar J, Kacmarek RM, Pérez-Méndez L, Aguirre-Jaime A. A high positive end-expiratory pressure, low tidal volume ventilatory strategy improves outcome in persistent acute respiratory distress syndrome: a randomized, controlled trial. Crit Care Med 2006; 34:13111318.
  7. The Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Network. Ventilation with lower tidal volumes as compared with traditional tidal volumes for acute lung injury and the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:13011308.
  8. Parsons PE, Eisner MD, Thompson BT, et al; NHLBI Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Clinical Trials Network. Lower tidal volume ventilation and plasma cytokine markers of inflammation in patients with acute lung injury. Crit Care Med 2005; 33:16.
  9. Amato MB, Barbas CS, Medeiros DM, et al. Effect of a protective-ventilation strategy on mortality in the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 1998; 338:347354.
  10. Hemmila MR, Napolitano LM. Severe respiratory failure: advanced treatment options. Crit Care Med 2006; 34( suppl 9):S278S290.
  11. Stock MC, Downs JB, Frolicher DA. Airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care Med 1987; 15:462466.
  12. Chatburn RL. Classification of ventilator modes: update and proposal for implementation. Respir Care 2007; 52:301323.
  13. Martin LD, Wetzel RC. Optimal release time during airway pressure release ventilation in neonatal sheep. Crit Care Med 1994; 22:486493.
  14. Frawley PM, Habashi NM. Airway pressure release ventilation: theory and practice. AACN Clin Issues 2001; 12:234246.
  15. Putensen C, Mutz NJ, Putensen-Himmer G, Zinserling J. Spontaneous breathing during ventilatory support improves ventilation-perfusion distributions in patients with acute respiratory distress syndrome. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1999; 159:12411248.
  16. Putensen C, Wrigge H. Clinical review: biphasic positive airway pressure and airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care 2004; 8:492497.
  17. Habashi NM. Other approaches to open-lung ventilation: airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care Med 2005; 33( suppl 3):S228S240.
  18. Froese AB, Bryan AC. Effects of anesthesia and paralysis on diaphragmatic mechanics in man. Anesthesiology 1974; 41:242255.
  19. Reber A, Nylund U, Hedenstierna G. Position and shape of the diaphragm: implications for atelectasis formation. Anaesthesia 1998; 53:10541061.
  20. Puybasset L, Cluzel P, Chao N, Slutsky AS, Coriat P, Rouby JJ. A computed tomography scan assessment of regional lung volume in acute lung injury. The CT Scan ARDS Study Group. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1998; 158:16441655.
  21. Gattinoni L, Presenti A, Torresin A, et al. Adult respiratory distress syndrome profiles by computed tomography. J Thorac Imaging 1986; 1:2530.
  22. Hedenstierna G, Lichtwarck-Aschoff M. Interfacing spontaneous breathing and mechanical ventilation. New insights. Minerva Anestesiol 2006; 72:183198.
  23. Neumann P, Wrigge H, Zinserling J, et al. Spontaneous breathing affects the spatial ventilation and perfusion distribution during mechanical ventilatory support. Crit Care Med 2005; 33:10901095.
  24. Räsänen J, Downs JB, Stock MC. Cardiovascular effects of conventional positive pressure ventilation and airway pressure release ventilation. Chest 1988; 93:911915.
  25. Falkenhain SK, Reilley TE, Gregory JS. Improvement in cardiac output during airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care Med 1992; 20:13581360.
  26. Siau C, Stewart TE. Current role of high frequency oscillatory ventilation and airway pressure release ventilation in acute lung injury and acute respiratory distress syndrome. Clin Chest Med 2008; 29:265275.
  27. Hering R, Peters D, Zinserling J, Wrigge H, von Spiegel T, Putensen C. Effects of spontaneous breathing during airway pressure release ventilation on renal perfusion and function in patients with acute lung injury. Intensive Care Med 2002; 28:14261433.
  28. Hering R, Viehöfer A, Zinserling J, et al. Effects of spontaneous breathing during airway pressure release ventilation on intestinal blood flow in experimental lung injury. Anesthesiology 2003; 99:11371144.
  29. Martin LD, Wetzel RC, Bilenki AL. Airway pressure release ventilation in a neonatal lamb model of acute lung injury. Crit Care Med 1991; 19:373378.
  30. Garner W, Downs JB, Stock MC, Räsänen J. Airway pressure release ventilation (APRV). A human trial. Chest 1988; 94:779781.
  31. Räsänen J, Cane RD, Downs JB, et al. Airway pressure release ventilation during acute lung injury: a prospective multicenter trial. Crit Care Med 1991; 19:12341241.
  32. Davis K, Johnson DJ, Branson RD, Campbell RS, Johannigman JA, Porembka D. Airway pressure release ventilation. Arch Surg 1993; 128:13481352.
  33. Putensen C, Zech S, Wrigge H, et al. Long-term effects of spontaneous breathing during ventilatory support in patients with acute lung injury. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 164:4349.
  34. Varpula T, Jousela I, Niemi R, Takkunen O, Pettilä V. Combined effects of prone positioning and airway pressure release ventilation on gas exchange in patients with acute lung injury. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2003; 47:516524.
  35. Varpula T, Valta P, Niemi R, Takkunen O, Hynynen M, Pettilä VV. Airway pressure release ventilation as a primary ventilatory mode in acute respiratory distress syndrome. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2004; 48:722731.
  36. Dart BW, Maxwell RA, Richart CM, et al. Preliminary experience with airway pressure release ventilation in a trauma/surgical intensive care unit. J Trauma 2005; 59:7176.
  37. Sydow M, Burchardi H, Ephraim E, Zielmann S, Crozier TA. Long-term effects of two different ventilatory modes on oxygenation in acute lung injury. Comparison of airway pressure release ventilation and volume-controlled inverse ratio ventilation. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1994; 149:15501556.
  38. Neumann P, Golisch W, Strohmeyer A, Buscher H, Burchardi H, Sydow M. Influence of different release times on spontaneous breathing pattern during airway pressure release ventilation. Intensive Care Med 2002; 28:17421749.
  39. Dries DJ, Marini JJ. Airway pressure release ventilation. J Burn Care Res 2009; 30:929936.
References
  1. Lachmann B. Open up the lung and keep the lung open. Intensive Care Med 1992; 18:319321.
  2. Gattinoni L, Caironi P, Cressoni M, et al. Lung recruitment in patients with the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:17751786.
  3. Papadakos PJ, Lachmann B. The open lung concept of mechanical ventilation: the role of recruitment and stabilization. Crit Care Clin 2007; 23:241250,
  4. Ware LB, Matthay MA. The acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:13341349.
  5. Dreyfuss D, Saumon G, Hubmayr RD, editors. Ventilator-induced Lung Injury. New York: Taylor & Francis, 2006.
  6. Villar J, Kacmarek RM, Pérez-Méndez L, Aguirre-Jaime A. A high positive end-expiratory pressure, low tidal volume ventilatory strategy improves outcome in persistent acute respiratory distress syndrome: a randomized, controlled trial. Crit Care Med 2006; 34:13111318.
  7. The Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Network. Ventilation with lower tidal volumes as compared with traditional tidal volumes for acute lung injury and the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:13011308.
  8. Parsons PE, Eisner MD, Thompson BT, et al; NHLBI Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Clinical Trials Network. Lower tidal volume ventilation and plasma cytokine markers of inflammation in patients with acute lung injury. Crit Care Med 2005; 33:16.
  9. Amato MB, Barbas CS, Medeiros DM, et al. Effect of a protective-ventilation strategy on mortality in the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 1998; 338:347354.
  10. Hemmila MR, Napolitano LM. Severe respiratory failure: advanced treatment options. Crit Care Med 2006; 34( suppl 9):S278S290.
  11. Stock MC, Downs JB, Frolicher DA. Airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care Med 1987; 15:462466.
  12. Chatburn RL. Classification of ventilator modes: update and proposal for implementation. Respir Care 2007; 52:301323.
  13. Martin LD, Wetzel RC. Optimal release time during airway pressure release ventilation in neonatal sheep. Crit Care Med 1994; 22:486493.
  14. Frawley PM, Habashi NM. Airway pressure release ventilation: theory and practice. AACN Clin Issues 2001; 12:234246.
  15. Putensen C, Mutz NJ, Putensen-Himmer G, Zinserling J. Spontaneous breathing during ventilatory support improves ventilation-perfusion distributions in patients with acute respiratory distress syndrome. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1999; 159:12411248.
  16. Putensen C, Wrigge H. Clinical review: biphasic positive airway pressure and airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care 2004; 8:492497.
  17. Habashi NM. Other approaches to open-lung ventilation: airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care Med 2005; 33( suppl 3):S228S240.
  18. Froese AB, Bryan AC. Effects of anesthesia and paralysis on diaphragmatic mechanics in man. Anesthesiology 1974; 41:242255.
  19. Reber A, Nylund U, Hedenstierna G. Position and shape of the diaphragm: implications for atelectasis formation. Anaesthesia 1998; 53:10541061.
  20. Puybasset L, Cluzel P, Chao N, Slutsky AS, Coriat P, Rouby JJ. A computed tomography scan assessment of regional lung volume in acute lung injury. The CT Scan ARDS Study Group. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1998; 158:16441655.
  21. Gattinoni L, Presenti A, Torresin A, et al. Adult respiratory distress syndrome profiles by computed tomography. J Thorac Imaging 1986; 1:2530.
  22. Hedenstierna G, Lichtwarck-Aschoff M. Interfacing spontaneous breathing and mechanical ventilation. New insights. Minerva Anestesiol 2006; 72:183198.
  23. Neumann P, Wrigge H, Zinserling J, et al. Spontaneous breathing affects the spatial ventilation and perfusion distribution during mechanical ventilatory support. Crit Care Med 2005; 33:10901095.
  24. Räsänen J, Downs JB, Stock MC. Cardiovascular effects of conventional positive pressure ventilation and airway pressure release ventilation. Chest 1988; 93:911915.
  25. Falkenhain SK, Reilley TE, Gregory JS. Improvement in cardiac output during airway pressure release ventilation. Crit Care Med 1992; 20:13581360.
  26. Siau C, Stewart TE. Current role of high frequency oscillatory ventilation and airway pressure release ventilation in acute lung injury and acute respiratory distress syndrome. Clin Chest Med 2008; 29:265275.
  27. Hering R, Peters D, Zinserling J, Wrigge H, von Spiegel T, Putensen C. Effects of spontaneous breathing during airway pressure release ventilation on renal perfusion and function in patients with acute lung injury. Intensive Care Med 2002; 28:14261433.
  28. Hering R, Viehöfer A, Zinserling J, et al. Effects of spontaneous breathing during airway pressure release ventilation on intestinal blood flow in experimental lung injury. Anesthesiology 2003; 99:11371144.
  29. Martin LD, Wetzel RC, Bilenki AL. Airway pressure release ventilation in a neonatal lamb model of acute lung injury. Crit Care Med 1991; 19:373378.
  30. Garner W, Downs JB, Stock MC, Räsänen J. Airway pressure release ventilation (APRV). A human trial. Chest 1988; 94:779781.
  31. Räsänen J, Cane RD, Downs JB, et al. Airway pressure release ventilation during acute lung injury: a prospective multicenter trial. Crit Care Med 1991; 19:12341241.
  32. Davis K, Johnson DJ, Branson RD, Campbell RS, Johannigman JA, Porembka D. Airway pressure release ventilation. Arch Surg 1993; 128:13481352.
  33. Putensen C, Zech S, Wrigge H, et al. Long-term effects of spontaneous breathing during ventilatory support in patients with acute lung injury. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 164:4349.
  34. Varpula T, Jousela I, Niemi R, Takkunen O, Pettilä V. Combined effects of prone positioning and airway pressure release ventilation on gas exchange in patients with acute lung injury. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2003; 47:516524.
  35. Varpula T, Valta P, Niemi R, Takkunen O, Hynynen M, Pettilä VV. Airway pressure release ventilation as a primary ventilatory mode in acute respiratory distress syndrome. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 2004; 48:722731.
  36. Dart BW, Maxwell RA, Richart CM, et al. Preliminary experience with airway pressure release ventilation in a trauma/surgical intensive care unit. J Trauma 2005; 59:7176.
  37. Sydow M, Burchardi H, Ephraim E, Zielmann S, Crozier TA. Long-term effects of two different ventilatory modes on oxygenation in acute lung injury. Comparison of airway pressure release ventilation and volume-controlled inverse ratio ventilation. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1994; 149:15501556.
  38. Neumann P, Golisch W, Strohmeyer A, Buscher H, Burchardi H, Sydow M. Influence of different release times on spontaneous breathing pattern during airway pressure release ventilation. Intensive Care Med 2002; 28:17421749.
  39. Dries DJ, Marini JJ. Airway pressure release ventilation. J Burn Care Res 2009; 30:929936.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Page Number
101-110
Page Number
101-110
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Airway pressure release ventilation: An alternative mode of mechanical ventilation in acute respiratory distress syndrome
Display Headline
Airway pressure release ventilation: An alternative mode of mechanical ventilation in acute respiratory distress syndrome
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • The advantages and disadvantages of APRV are related to its two components: high mean airway pressure and spontaneous ventilation.
  • Several studies show APRV to have physiologic benefits and to improve some measures of clinical outcome, such as oxygenation, use of sedation, hemodynamics, and respiratory mechanics.
  • No study has reported that fewer patients die if they receive APRV compared with conventional protective ventilation.
  • APRV is a promising mode, and further research is needed to strengthen support for its more widespread use.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Air travel and venous thromboembolism: Minimizing the risk

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 10/19/2017 - 10:09
Display Headline
Air travel and venous thromboembolism: Minimizing the risk

Editor’s Note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the authors and do not reflect the official policy or position of the Department of State or the United States Government. This version of the article was peer-reviewed.

Venous thromboembolism (VTE) associated with travel has emerged as an important public health concern over the past decade. Numerous epidemiologic and case control studies have reported air travel as a risk factor for the development of VTE and have attempted to determine who is at risk and which precautions need to be taken to prevent this potentially fatal event.1–7 Often referred to as “traveler’s thrombosis” or “flight-related deep vein thrombosis,” VTE can also develop after long trips by automobile, bus, or train.8,9 Although the absolute risk is very low, this threat appears to be about three times higher in travelers and increases with longer trips.3

See related patient information material

This article focuses on defining VTE and recognizing its clinical features, as well as providing recommendations and guidelines to prevent, diagnose, and treat this complication in people who travel.

WHAT IS VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM?

Deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism represent different manifestations of the same clinical entity, ie, VTE. VTE is a common, lethal disease that affects hospitalized and nonhospitalized patients, frequently recurs, is often overlooked, may be asymptomatic, and may result in long-term complications that include pulmonary hypertension and the postthrombotic syndrome.

Figure 1.
The leg veins are the most common site of deep vein thrombosis, accounting for nearly 90% of all cases; other locations include the arm and pelvic veins (Figure 1). Deep vein thrombosis in a proximal lower extremity (ie, involving the popliteal, femoral, common femoral, or external iliac vein) has an estimated 50% risk of migrating and leading to an acute pulmonary embolism if not treated, while approximately 25% of deep vein thromboses in the calf veins will, if not treated, propagate to involve the aforementioned veins.

Deep vein thrombosis of the upper extremities is generally related to an indwelling venous catheter or a central line being used for long-term administration of antibiotics, chemotherapy, or nutrition. A condition known as Paget-Schroetter syndrome or “effort thrombosis” may be seen in younger or athletic people who have a history of strenuous or unusual arm exercise.

RISK FACTORS FOR VTE

Most patients who develop VTE have one or more risk factors for it (Table 1), the presence of which is often referred to as a hypercoagulable state or thrombophilia. These risk factors are generally classified as either genetic (inherited) or acquired (environmental). Most VTE events are in fact associated with a combination of genetic and acquired risk factors.

Common inherited risk factors include:

  • Factor V Leiden mutation
  • Prothrombin gene mutation G20210A
  • Hyperhomocysteinemia
  • Deficiency of the natural anticoagulant proteins C, S, or antithrombin
  • Elevated levels of factor VIII (may be inherited or acquired).

Acquired risk factors include:

  • Older age
  • Immobilization or stasis (such as sitting for long periods of time while traveling)
  • Surgery (most notably orthopedic procedures including hip and knee replacement and repair of a hip fracture)
  • Trauma
  • Stroke
  • Acute medical illness (including congestive heart failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pneumonia)
  • The antiphospholipid syndrome (consisting of a lupus anticoagulant, anticardiolipin antibodies, or both)
  • Pregnancy and the postpartum state
  • Use of oral contraceptives or hormone replacement therapy
  • Cancer (including the myeloproliferative disorders) and certain chemotherapeutic agents
  • Obesity (a body mass index > 30 kg/m2, see www.nhlbisupport.com/bmi/)
  • Inflammatory bowel disease
  • Previous VTE
  • A central venous catheter or pacemaker
  • Nephrotic syndrome.

In addition, emerging risk factors more recently recognized include male sex, persistence of elevated factor VIII levels, and the continued presence of an elevated D-dimer level or deep vein thrombosis on duplex ultrasonography once anticoagulation treatment is completed. There is also evidence of an association between VTE and risk factors for atherosclerotic arterial disease such as smoking, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, and diabetes.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS OF VTE

Patients with deep vein thrombosis may complain of pain, swelling, or both in the leg or arm. Physical examination may reveal increased warmth, tenderness, erythema, edema, or dilated (collateral) veins, most notable on the upper thigh or calf (for deep vein thrombosis in the lower extremity) or the chest wall (for upper-extremity deep vein thrombosis). The examiner may also observe a tender, palpable cord, which represents a superficial vein thrombosis involving the great and small saphenous veins (Figure 1). In extreme situations, the limb may be cyanotic or gangrenous.

A recommended clinical decision algorithm that can help assess a patient’s risk for an acute deep vein thrombosis prior to testing is depicted in Table 2.10 Patients with acute pulmonary embolism are likely to complain of the sudden onset of shortness of breath, pleuritic chest pain (especially with breathing), syncope, cough, or hemoptysis. A clinical decision algorithm that can help assess the risk of acute pulmonary embolism prior to testing is depicted in Table 3.11

 

 

DIAGNOSIS OF VTE

Clinical examination alone is generally insufficient to confirm a diagnosis of deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. Venous duplex ultrasonography is the most dependable investigation for deep vein thrombosis, but other tests include D-dimer and imaging studies such as computed tomographic venography or magnetic resonance venography of the lower extremities. A more invasive approach is venography; formerly considered the gold standard, it is now generally used only when the diagnosis is in doubt after noninvasive testing. The diagnosis of acute pulmonary embolism is best made by spiral computed tomography.

Other studies that may prove helpful include a ventilation-perfusion lung scan for patients who cannot undergo computed tomography due to a contrast allergy or renal insufficiency. Pulmonary angiography, while the gold standard, is less commonly used today, given the specificity and sensitivity of computed tomography.

Echocardiography at the bedside may be useful for patients too sick to move, although the study may not be diagnostic unless thrombi are seen in the heart or pulmonary arteries.

TREATMENT OF VTE

Treatments for VTE are summarized in Table 4. The length of treatment for acute VTE is generally 3 to 6 months. Patients with a known precipitating cause such as recent surgery or oral contraceptive use normally require 3 months of therapy, while those who had an unprovoked (idiopathic) event require longer therapy, sometimes continuing indefinitely.

For acute deep venous thrombosis

Acute deep vein thrombosis is now treated on an outpatient basis under most circumstances.

Unfractionated heparin is given intravenously for patients who need to be hospitalized, or subcutaneously in full dose for inpatient or outpatient treatment.

Low-molecular-weight heparins are available in subcutaneous preparations and can be given on an outpatient basis.

Fondaparinux (Arixtra), a factor Xa inhibitor, can also be given subcutaneously on an outpatient basis. Equivalent products are available outside the United States.

Warfarin (Coumadin), an oral vitamin K inhibitor, is the agent of choice for long-term management of deep vein thrombosis.

Other oral agents are available outside the United States.

For pulmonary embolism

Outpatient treatment of pulmonary embolism is not yet advised: an initial hospitalization is necessary. The same anticoagulants used for deep vein thrombosis are also used for acute pulmonary embolism.

Empiric treatment in underdeveloped countries

VTE may be an even greater concern on an outbound trip to a remote area, where medical care capabilities may be less than ideal and diagnostic and treatment options may be limited.

If there is a high pretest probability of acute VTE (Table 2, Table 3) and no diagnostic methods are available, empiric treatment with any of the parenteral anticoagulant agents listed in Table 4 is an option until the diagnosis can be confirmed. Caveats:

  • Care must be taken to be certain there is not a strong contraindication to the use of anticoagulation, such as bleeding or a drug allergy.
  • Neither unfractionated heparin nor any of the low-molecular-weight heparins should be given to a patient who has a history of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia.
  • In patients who have chronic kidney disease (creatinine clearance less than 30 mL/minute), the dosage of low-molecular-weight heparins must be adjusted and factor Xa inhibitors avoided. Both of these types of anticoagulants should be avoided in patients on hemodialysis.

More aggressive therapy

Under select circumstances a more aggressive approach to the treatment of VTE may be necessary. These options are usually indicated for a patient with a massive deep vein thrombosis of a lower extremity and for certain patients with an upper extremity deep vein thrombosis. Treatments include catheter-directed thrombolytic therapy and endovenous or surgical thrombectomy.

Thrombolytic therapy is recommended for a patient with an acute pulmonary embolism who is clinically unstable (systolic blood pressure lower than 90 mm Hg), if there is no contraindication to its use (bleeding risk or recent stroke or surgery). Thrombolytic therapy is also an option for those at low risk of bleeding with an acute pulmonary embolism who have signs and symptoms of right heart failure proven by echocardiography.

Surgical pulmonary embolectomy for acute massive pulmonary embolism and mechanical thrombectomy for extensive deep vein thrombosis are generally available only at highly sophisticated tertiary care centers.

An inferior vena cava filter is advised in patients with acute deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism who cannot be fully anticoagulated, to prevent the clot from migrating from the lower extremities to the lungs. These filters are available as either permanent or temporary implants. Some temporary versions can remain in place for up to 150 days after insertion.

PREVENTION OF VTE

Prevention is the standard of care for all patients admitted to the hospital and in select individuals as outpatients who are at high risk of VTE.

A number of anticoagulant drugs are available in the United States for prophylaxis, including unfractionated heparin, low-molecular-weight heparin preparations, and fondaparinux (all of these given subcutaneously) and warfarin. In Europe and Canada, additional low-molecular-weight heparin preparations, factor Xa inhibitors, and direct thrombin inhibitors are available that have proven to be equally effective (Table 5).

Mechanical compression (graduated compression stockings, intermittent pneumatic compression devices) has proven effective in reducing the incidence of deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism postoperatively in patients who cannot take anticoagulants. One study has demonstrated that compression stockings may also be effective in preventing VTE during travel.12

ABSOLUTE RISK IS LOW

Over the past decade, special attention has been paid to travel as a risk factor for developing VTE.13 Traveler’s thrombosis has become an important public health concern. Numerous publications and epidemiologic studies have targeted air travel in an attempt to determine who is at risk and what precautions are necessary to prevent this complication.1–7,9

The incidence of VTE following air travel is reported to be 3.2 per 1,000 person-years.4 While this incidence is relatively low, it is still 3.2 times higher than in the healthy population that is not flying.

The more serious complication of VTE, ie, acute pulmonary embolism, occurs less often. In three studies, the reported incidence ranged from 1.65 per million patients in flights longer than 8 hours to a high of 4.8 per million patients in flights longer than 12 hours or distances exceeding 10,000 km (6,200 miles).5,14,15 For the 400 passengers on the average long-haul flight of 12 hours, there is at most a 0.2% chance that somebody on the plane will have a symptomatic VTE).

 

 

RISK FACTORS IN LONG-DISTANCE TRAVELERS

The risk of traveler’s thrombosis has recently attracted the attention of passengers and the airline industry. Airlines are now openly discussing the risk and providing reminders such as exercises that should be undertaken in-flight (see the patient information page that accompanies this article). Some airlines are recommending that all patients consult their doctor to assess their personal risk of deep vein thrombosis before flying.

The most common risk factors for VTE in travelers are well established and are additive (Table 1). The extent of the additive risk, however, is not entirely clear.

What is clear is that when VTE occurs it is a life-altering and life-threatening event. If it occurs on an outbound trip, the local resources and capabilities available at the destination may not be adequate for optimal treatment. If a traveler experiences a VTE event on an outbound trip, an emergency return trip to the continental United States or a regional center of expertise may be required. There is an additive risk with this subsequent travel event if the patient is not given immediate treatment first (Table 4). Hence, treatment prior to evacuation should be strongly considered.

The traveler must also be aware that VTE can be recognized up to 2 months after a long-haul flight, though it is especially a concern within the first 2 weeks after travel.2,4,16,17

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR LONG-DISTANCE AIR TRAVELERS

Each person should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis for his or her need for VTE prophylaxis. Medical guidelines for airline passengers have been published by the Aerospace Medical Association and the American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP).18,19 In general, travelers should:

  • Exercise the legs by flexing and extending the ankles at regular intervals while seated (see the patient information material that accompanies this article) and frequently contracting the calf muscles.
  • Walk about the cabin periodically, 5 minutes for every hour on longer-duration flights (over 4 hours) and when flight conditions permit.
  • Drink adequate amounts of water and fruit juices to maintain good hydration.17
  • Avoid alcohol and caffeinated beverages, which are dehydrating.
  • Be careful about eating too much during the flight.
  • Request an aisle seat if you are at risk
  • Do not place baggage underneath the seat in front of you, because that reduces the ability to move the legs.
  • Do not sleep in a cramped position, and avoid the use of any type of sleep aid.
  • Avoid wearing constrictive clothing around the lower extremities or waist.

If a patient has risk factors in addition to more than 8 to 10 hours of flying (Table 1, Table 6), the physician should consider additional preventive measures including compression stockings or an anticoagulant drug as mentioned above, or both.

We recommend that all airplane passengers take the steps listed above to reduce venous stasis and avoid dehydration, even though these measures have not been proven effective in clinical trials.19

The ACCP further advises that decisions about pharmacologic prophylaxis of VTE for airplane passengers at high risk should be made on an individual basis, considering that there are potential adverse effects of prophylaxis and that these may outweigh the benefits. For long-distance travelers with additional risk factors for VTE, we suggest the following:

  • Use of properly fitted, below-the-knee graduated compression stockings providing 15 to 30 mm Hg of pressure at the ankle (particularly when large varicosities or leg edema is present)
  • For people at very high risk, a single prophylactic dose of a low-molecular-weight heparin or a factor Xa inhibitor injected just before departure (Table 5)
  • Aspirin is not recommended as it is not effective for the prevention of VTE.20

SUMMARY FOR THE AIR TRAVELER

All travelers on long flights should perform standard VTE prophylaxis exercises (see the patient information pages accompanying this article). Although VTE is uncommon, people with additional risk factors who travel frequently either on multiple flights in a short period of time or on very long flights should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis for a more aggressive approach to prevention (compression support hose or prophylactic administration of a low-molecular-weight heparin or a factor Xa inhibitor).

Should a VTE event occur during travel, the patient should seek medical care immediately. The standard evaluation of a patient with a suspected VTE should include an estimation of the pretest probability of disease (Table 2, Table 3), followed by duplex ultrasonography of the upper or lower extremity to detect a deep vein thrombosis. If symptoms dictate, then spiral computed tomography, ventilation-perfusion lung scan, or pulmonary angiography (where available) should be ordered to diagnose acute pulmonary embolism. A positive D-dimer blood test alone is not diagnostic and may not be available in more remote locations. A negative D-dimer test result is most helpful to exclude VTE.

Standard therapy for VTE is immediate treatment with one of the anticoagulants listed in Table 4, unless the patient has a contraindication to treatment, such as bleeding or allergy. Immediate evacuation is recommended if the patient has a life-threatening pulmonary embolism, defined as hemodynamic instability (hypotension with a blood pressure under 90 mm Hg systolic or signs of right heart failure) that cannot be treated at a local facility. An air ambulance should be used to transport these patients. If the patient has an iliofemoral deep vein thrombosis, it is also advisable that he or she be considered for evacuation if severe symptoms are present, such as pain, swelling, or cyanosis. Unless contraindicated, all patients should be given either full-dose intravenous or full-dose subcutaneous heparin or subcutaneous injection of a readily available low-molecular-weight heparin preparations or factor Xa inhibitor at once.21

References
  1. Brenner B. Interventions to prevent venous thrombosis after air travel, are they necessary? Yes. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:23022305.
  2. Cannegieter SC, Doggen CJM, van Houwellingen HC, et al. Travel-related venous thrombosis: results from a large population-based case control study (MEGA Study). PLoS Med 2006; 3:12581265.
  3. Chandra D, Parisini E, Mozaffarian D. Meta-analysis: travel and risk for venous thromboembolism. Ann Intern Med 2009; 151:180190.
  4. Kuipers S, Cannegieter SC, Middeldorp S, et al. The absolute risk of venous thrombosis after air travel: a cohort study of 8,755 employees of international organizations. PLoS Med 2007; 4:15081514.
  5. Kuipers S, Schreijer AJM, Cannegieter SC, et al. Travel and venous thrombosis: a systematic review. J Intern Med 2007; 262:615634.
  6. Lehmann R, Suess C, Leus M, et al. Incidence, clinical characteristics, and long-term prognosis of travel-associated pulmonary embolism. Eur Heart J 2009; 30:233241.
  7. Philbrick JT, Shumate R, Siadaty MS, et al. Air travel and venous thromboembolism: a systematic review. J Gen Intern Med 2007; 22:107114.
  8. Cruickshank JM, Gorlin R, Jennett B. Air travel and thrombotic episodes: the economy class syndrome. Lancet 1988; 2:497498.
  9. Bagshaw M. Traveler’s thrombosis: a review of deep vein thrombosis associated with travel. Air Transport Medicine Committee, Aerospace Medical Association. Aviat Space Environ Med 2001; 72:848851.
  10. Wells PS, Owens C, Doucette S, et al. Does this patient have deep vein thrombosis? JAMA 2006; 295:199207.
  11. Arnason T, Wells PS, Forester AJ. Appropriateness of diagnostic strategies for evaluating suspected venous thromboembolism. Thromb Haemost 2007; 97:195201.
  12. Clarke M, Hopewell S, Juszcak E, Eisinga A, Kjeldstrøm M. Compression stockings in preventing deep vein thrombosis in airline passengers. Cochrane Database of Syst Rev 2006; Apr 19( 2):CD004002. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.
  13. Kuipers S, Cannegieter SC, Middeldorp S, et al. Use of preventive measures for travel-related venous thrombosis in professionals who attend medical conferences. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:23732376.
  14. Perez-Rodriguez E, Jimenez D, Diaz G, et al. Incidence of air travel-related pulmonary embolism in the Madrid-Barajas Airport. Arch Intern Med 2003; 163:27662770.
  15. Lapostolle F, Surget V, Borron SW, et al. Severe pulmonary embolism associated with air travel. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:779783.
  16. Kelman CW, Kortt MA, Becker NG, et al. Deep vein thrombosis and air travel: record linkage study. BMJ 2003; 327:10721076.
  17. Eklof B, Kistner RL, Masuda EM, et al. Venous thromboembolism in association with prolonged air travel. Dermatol Surg 1996; 22:637641.
  18. Moyle J. Medical guidelines for airline travel. Aviat Space Environ Med 2003: 74:1009.
  19. Geerts WH, Bergqvist B, Pineo GF, et al. Prevention of venous thromboembolism: American College of Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2008; 133:381S453S.
  20. Rosendaal FR. Interventions to prevent venous thrombosis after air travel: are they necessary? No. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:23062307.
  21. Kearon C, Ginsberg JS, Julian JA, et al; Fixed-Dose Heparin (FIDO) Investigators. Comparison of fixed-dose weight-adjusted unfractionated heparin and low-molecular-weight heparin for acute treatment of venous thromboembolism. JAMA 2006; 296:935942.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

John R. Bartholomew, MD
Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH; Head, Section of Vascular Medicine, Departments of Cardiovascular Medicine and Hematology/Oncology, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Jonathan L. Schaffer, MD, MBA
Managing Director, eClevelandClinic, Information Technology Division, Cleveland Clinic

Georges F. McCormick, MD
Office of Medical Services, US Department of State, Washington, DC

Address: John R. Bartholomew, MD, Heart and Vascular Institute, J3-5, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
111-120
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

John R. Bartholomew, MD
Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH; Head, Section of Vascular Medicine, Departments of Cardiovascular Medicine and Hematology/Oncology, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Jonathan L. Schaffer, MD, MBA
Managing Director, eClevelandClinic, Information Technology Division, Cleveland Clinic

Georges F. McCormick, MD
Office of Medical Services, US Department of State, Washington, DC

Address: John R. Bartholomew, MD, Heart and Vascular Institute, J3-5, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

John R. Bartholomew, MD
Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH; Head, Section of Vascular Medicine, Departments of Cardiovascular Medicine and Hematology/Oncology, Heart and Vascular Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Jonathan L. Schaffer, MD, MBA
Managing Director, eClevelandClinic, Information Technology Division, Cleveland Clinic

Georges F. McCormick, MD
Office of Medical Services, US Department of State, Washington, DC

Address: John R. Bartholomew, MD, Heart and Vascular Institute, J3-5, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Editor’s Note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the authors and do not reflect the official policy or position of the Department of State or the United States Government. This version of the article was peer-reviewed.

Venous thromboembolism (VTE) associated with travel has emerged as an important public health concern over the past decade. Numerous epidemiologic and case control studies have reported air travel as a risk factor for the development of VTE and have attempted to determine who is at risk and which precautions need to be taken to prevent this potentially fatal event.1–7 Often referred to as “traveler’s thrombosis” or “flight-related deep vein thrombosis,” VTE can also develop after long trips by automobile, bus, or train.8,9 Although the absolute risk is very low, this threat appears to be about three times higher in travelers and increases with longer trips.3

See related patient information material

This article focuses on defining VTE and recognizing its clinical features, as well as providing recommendations and guidelines to prevent, diagnose, and treat this complication in people who travel.

WHAT IS VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM?

Deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism represent different manifestations of the same clinical entity, ie, VTE. VTE is a common, lethal disease that affects hospitalized and nonhospitalized patients, frequently recurs, is often overlooked, may be asymptomatic, and may result in long-term complications that include pulmonary hypertension and the postthrombotic syndrome.

Figure 1.
The leg veins are the most common site of deep vein thrombosis, accounting for nearly 90% of all cases; other locations include the arm and pelvic veins (Figure 1). Deep vein thrombosis in a proximal lower extremity (ie, involving the popliteal, femoral, common femoral, or external iliac vein) has an estimated 50% risk of migrating and leading to an acute pulmonary embolism if not treated, while approximately 25% of deep vein thromboses in the calf veins will, if not treated, propagate to involve the aforementioned veins.

Deep vein thrombosis of the upper extremities is generally related to an indwelling venous catheter or a central line being used for long-term administration of antibiotics, chemotherapy, or nutrition. A condition known as Paget-Schroetter syndrome or “effort thrombosis” may be seen in younger or athletic people who have a history of strenuous or unusual arm exercise.

RISK FACTORS FOR VTE

Most patients who develop VTE have one or more risk factors for it (Table 1), the presence of which is often referred to as a hypercoagulable state or thrombophilia. These risk factors are generally classified as either genetic (inherited) or acquired (environmental). Most VTE events are in fact associated with a combination of genetic and acquired risk factors.

Common inherited risk factors include:

  • Factor V Leiden mutation
  • Prothrombin gene mutation G20210A
  • Hyperhomocysteinemia
  • Deficiency of the natural anticoagulant proteins C, S, or antithrombin
  • Elevated levels of factor VIII (may be inherited or acquired).

Acquired risk factors include:

  • Older age
  • Immobilization or stasis (such as sitting for long periods of time while traveling)
  • Surgery (most notably orthopedic procedures including hip and knee replacement and repair of a hip fracture)
  • Trauma
  • Stroke
  • Acute medical illness (including congestive heart failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pneumonia)
  • The antiphospholipid syndrome (consisting of a lupus anticoagulant, anticardiolipin antibodies, or both)
  • Pregnancy and the postpartum state
  • Use of oral contraceptives or hormone replacement therapy
  • Cancer (including the myeloproliferative disorders) and certain chemotherapeutic agents
  • Obesity (a body mass index > 30 kg/m2, see www.nhlbisupport.com/bmi/)
  • Inflammatory bowel disease
  • Previous VTE
  • A central venous catheter or pacemaker
  • Nephrotic syndrome.

In addition, emerging risk factors more recently recognized include male sex, persistence of elevated factor VIII levels, and the continued presence of an elevated D-dimer level or deep vein thrombosis on duplex ultrasonography once anticoagulation treatment is completed. There is also evidence of an association between VTE and risk factors for atherosclerotic arterial disease such as smoking, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, and diabetes.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS OF VTE

Patients with deep vein thrombosis may complain of pain, swelling, or both in the leg or arm. Physical examination may reveal increased warmth, tenderness, erythema, edema, or dilated (collateral) veins, most notable on the upper thigh or calf (for deep vein thrombosis in the lower extremity) or the chest wall (for upper-extremity deep vein thrombosis). The examiner may also observe a tender, palpable cord, which represents a superficial vein thrombosis involving the great and small saphenous veins (Figure 1). In extreme situations, the limb may be cyanotic or gangrenous.

A recommended clinical decision algorithm that can help assess a patient’s risk for an acute deep vein thrombosis prior to testing is depicted in Table 2.10 Patients with acute pulmonary embolism are likely to complain of the sudden onset of shortness of breath, pleuritic chest pain (especially with breathing), syncope, cough, or hemoptysis. A clinical decision algorithm that can help assess the risk of acute pulmonary embolism prior to testing is depicted in Table 3.11

 

 

DIAGNOSIS OF VTE

Clinical examination alone is generally insufficient to confirm a diagnosis of deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. Venous duplex ultrasonography is the most dependable investigation for deep vein thrombosis, but other tests include D-dimer and imaging studies such as computed tomographic venography or magnetic resonance venography of the lower extremities. A more invasive approach is venography; formerly considered the gold standard, it is now generally used only when the diagnosis is in doubt after noninvasive testing. The diagnosis of acute pulmonary embolism is best made by spiral computed tomography.

Other studies that may prove helpful include a ventilation-perfusion lung scan for patients who cannot undergo computed tomography due to a contrast allergy or renal insufficiency. Pulmonary angiography, while the gold standard, is less commonly used today, given the specificity and sensitivity of computed tomography.

Echocardiography at the bedside may be useful for patients too sick to move, although the study may not be diagnostic unless thrombi are seen in the heart or pulmonary arteries.

TREATMENT OF VTE

Treatments for VTE are summarized in Table 4. The length of treatment for acute VTE is generally 3 to 6 months. Patients with a known precipitating cause such as recent surgery or oral contraceptive use normally require 3 months of therapy, while those who had an unprovoked (idiopathic) event require longer therapy, sometimes continuing indefinitely.

For acute deep venous thrombosis

Acute deep vein thrombosis is now treated on an outpatient basis under most circumstances.

Unfractionated heparin is given intravenously for patients who need to be hospitalized, or subcutaneously in full dose for inpatient or outpatient treatment.

Low-molecular-weight heparins are available in subcutaneous preparations and can be given on an outpatient basis.

Fondaparinux (Arixtra), a factor Xa inhibitor, can also be given subcutaneously on an outpatient basis. Equivalent products are available outside the United States.

Warfarin (Coumadin), an oral vitamin K inhibitor, is the agent of choice for long-term management of deep vein thrombosis.

Other oral agents are available outside the United States.

For pulmonary embolism

Outpatient treatment of pulmonary embolism is not yet advised: an initial hospitalization is necessary. The same anticoagulants used for deep vein thrombosis are also used for acute pulmonary embolism.

Empiric treatment in underdeveloped countries

VTE may be an even greater concern on an outbound trip to a remote area, where medical care capabilities may be less than ideal and diagnostic and treatment options may be limited.

If there is a high pretest probability of acute VTE (Table 2, Table 3) and no diagnostic methods are available, empiric treatment with any of the parenteral anticoagulant agents listed in Table 4 is an option until the diagnosis can be confirmed. Caveats:

  • Care must be taken to be certain there is not a strong contraindication to the use of anticoagulation, such as bleeding or a drug allergy.
  • Neither unfractionated heparin nor any of the low-molecular-weight heparins should be given to a patient who has a history of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia.
  • In patients who have chronic kidney disease (creatinine clearance less than 30 mL/minute), the dosage of low-molecular-weight heparins must be adjusted and factor Xa inhibitors avoided. Both of these types of anticoagulants should be avoided in patients on hemodialysis.

More aggressive therapy

Under select circumstances a more aggressive approach to the treatment of VTE may be necessary. These options are usually indicated for a patient with a massive deep vein thrombosis of a lower extremity and for certain patients with an upper extremity deep vein thrombosis. Treatments include catheter-directed thrombolytic therapy and endovenous or surgical thrombectomy.

Thrombolytic therapy is recommended for a patient with an acute pulmonary embolism who is clinically unstable (systolic blood pressure lower than 90 mm Hg), if there is no contraindication to its use (bleeding risk or recent stroke or surgery). Thrombolytic therapy is also an option for those at low risk of bleeding with an acute pulmonary embolism who have signs and symptoms of right heart failure proven by echocardiography.

Surgical pulmonary embolectomy for acute massive pulmonary embolism and mechanical thrombectomy for extensive deep vein thrombosis are generally available only at highly sophisticated tertiary care centers.

An inferior vena cava filter is advised in patients with acute deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism who cannot be fully anticoagulated, to prevent the clot from migrating from the lower extremities to the lungs. These filters are available as either permanent or temporary implants. Some temporary versions can remain in place for up to 150 days after insertion.

PREVENTION OF VTE

Prevention is the standard of care for all patients admitted to the hospital and in select individuals as outpatients who are at high risk of VTE.

A number of anticoagulant drugs are available in the United States for prophylaxis, including unfractionated heparin, low-molecular-weight heparin preparations, and fondaparinux (all of these given subcutaneously) and warfarin. In Europe and Canada, additional low-molecular-weight heparin preparations, factor Xa inhibitors, and direct thrombin inhibitors are available that have proven to be equally effective (Table 5).

Mechanical compression (graduated compression stockings, intermittent pneumatic compression devices) has proven effective in reducing the incidence of deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism postoperatively in patients who cannot take anticoagulants. One study has demonstrated that compression stockings may also be effective in preventing VTE during travel.12

ABSOLUTE RISK IS LOW

Over the past decade, special attention has been paid to travel as a risk factor for developing VTE.13 Traveler’s thrombosis has become an important public health concern. Numerous publications and epidemiologic studies have targeted air travel in an attempt to determine who is at risk and what precautions are necessary to prevent this complication.1–7,9

The incidence of VTE following air travel is reported to be 3.2 per 1,000 person-years.4 While this incidence is relatively low, it is still 3.2 times higher than in the healthy population that is not flying.

The more serious complication of VTE, ie, acute pulmonary embolism, occurs less often. In three studies, the reported incidence ranged from 1.65 per million patients in flights longer than 8 hours to a high of 4.8 per million patients in flights longer than 12 hours or distances exceeding 10,000 km (6,200 miles).5,14,15 For the 400 passengers on the average long-haul flight of 12 hours, there is at most a 0.2% chance that somebody on the plane will have a symptomatic VTE).

 

 

RISK FACTORS IN LONG-DISTANCE TRAVELERS

The risk of traveler’s thrombosis has recently attracted the attention of passengers and the airline industry. Airlines are now openly discussing the risk and providing reminders such as exercises that should be undertaken in-flight (see the patient information page that accompanies this article). Some airlines are recommending that all patients consult their doctor to assess their personal risk of deep vein thrombosis before flying.

The most common risk factors for VTE in travelers are well established and are additive (Table 1). The extent of the additive risk, however, is not entirely clear.

What is clear is that when VTE occurs it is a life-altering and life-threatening event. If it occurs on an outbound trip, the local resources and capabilities available at the destination may not be adequate for optimal treatment. If a traveler experiences a VTE event on an outbound trip, an emergency return trip to the continental United States or a regional center of expertise may be required. There is an additive risk with this subsequent travel event if the patient is not given immediate treatment first (Table 4). Hence, treatment prior to evacuation should be strongly considered.

The traveler must also be aware that VTE can be recognized up to 2 months after a long-haul flight, though it is especially a concern within the first 2 weeks after travel.2,4,16,17

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR LONG-DISTANCE AIR TRAVELERS

Each person should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis for his or her need for VTE prophylaxis. Medical guidelines for airline passengers have been published by the Aerospace Medical Association and the American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP).18,19 In general, travelers should:

  • Exercise the legs by flexing and extending the ankles at regular intervals while seated (see the patient information material that accompanies this article) and frequently contracting the calf muscles.
  • Walk about the cabin periodically, 5 minutes for every hour on longer-duration flights (over 4 hours) and when flight conditions permit.
  • Drink adequate amounts of water and fruit juices to maintain good hydration.17
  • Avoid alcohol and caffeinated beverages, which are dehydrating.
  • Be careful about eating too much during the flight.
  • Request an aisle seat if you are at risk
  • Do not place baggage underneath the seat in front of you, because that reduces the ability to move the legs.
  • Do not sleep in a cramped position, and avoid the use of any type of sleep aid.
  • Avoid wearing constrictive clothing around the lower extremities or waist.

If a patient has risk factors in addition to more than 8 to 10 hours of flying (Table 1, Table 6), the physician should consider additional preventive measures including compression stockings or an anticoagulant drug as mentioned above, or both.

We recommend that all airplane passengers take the steps listed above to reduce venous stasis and avoid dehydration, even though these measures have not been proven effective in clinical trials.19

The ACCP further advises that decisions about pharmacologic prophylaxis of VTE for airplane passengers at high risk should be made on an individual basis, considering that there are potential adverse effects of prophylaxis and that these may outweigh the benefits. For long-distance travelers with additional risk factors for VTE, we suggest the following:

  • Use of properly fitted, below-the-knee graduated compression stockings providing 15 to 30 mm Hg of pressure at the ankle (particularly when large varicosities or leg edema is present)
  • For people at very high risk, a single prophylactic dose of a low-molecular-weight heparin or a factor Xa inhibitor injected just before departure (Table 5)
  • Aspirin is not recommended as it is not effective for the prevention of VTE.20

SUMMARY FOR THE AIR TRAVELER

All travelers on long flights should perform standard VTE prophylaxis exercises (see the patient information pages accompanying this article). Although VTE is uncommon, people with additional risk factors who travel frequently either on multiple flights in a short period of time or on very long flights should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis for a more aggressive approach to prevention (compression support hose or prophylactic administration of a low-molecular-weight heparin or a factor Xa inhibitor).

Should a VTE event occur during travel, the patient should seek medical care immediately. The standard evaluation of a patient with a suspected VTE should include an estimation of the pretest probability of disease (Table 2, Table 3), followed by duplex ultrasonography of the upper or lower extremity to detect a deep vein thrombosis. If symptoms dictate, then spiral computed tomography, ventilation-perfusion lung scan, or pulmonary angiography (where available) should be ordered to diagnose acute pulmonary embolism. A positive D-dimer blood test alone is not diagnostic and may not be available in more remote locations. A negative D-dimer test result is most helpful to exclude VTE.

Standard therapy for VTE is immediate treatment with one of the anticoagulants listed in Table 4, unless the patient has a contraindication to treatment, such as bleeding or allergy. Immediate evacuation is recommended if the patient has a life-threatening pulmonary embolism, defined as hemodynamic instability (hypotension with a blood pressure under 90 mm Hg systolic or signs of right heart failure) that cannot be treated at a local facility. An air ambulance should be used to transport these patients. If the patient has an iliofemoral deep vein thrombosis, it is also advisable that he or she be considered for evacuation if severe symptoms are present, such as pain, swelling, or cyanosis. Unless contraindicated, all patients should be given either full-dose intravenous or full-dose subcutaneous heparin or subcutaneous injection of a readily available low-molecular-weight heparin preparations or factor Xa inhibitor at once.21

Editor’s Note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the authors and do not reflect the official policy or position of the Department of State or the United States Government. This version of the article was peer-reviewed.

Venous thromboembolism (VTE) associated with travel has emerged as an important public health concern over the past decade. Numerous epidemiologic and case control studies have reported air travel as a risk factor for the development of VTE and have attempted to determine who is at risk and which precautions need to be taken to prevent this potentially fatal event.1–7 Often referred to as “traveler’s thrombosis” or “flight-related deep vein thrombosis,” VTE can also develop after long trips by automobile, bus, or train.8,9 Although the absolute risk is very low, this threat appears to be about three times higher in travelers and increases with longer trips.3

See related patient information material

This article focuses on defining VTE and recognizing its clinical features, as well as providing recommendations and guidelines to prevent, diagnose, and treat this complication in people who travel.

WHAT IS VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM?

Deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism represent different manifestations of the same clinical entity, ie, VTE. VTE is a common, lethal disease that affects hospitalized and nonhospitalized patients, frequently recurs, is often overlooked, may be asymptomatic, and may result in long-term complications that include pulmonary hypertension and the postthrombotic syndrome.

Figure 1.
The leg veins are the most common site of deep vein thrombosis, accounting for nearly 90% of all cases; other locations include the arm and pelvic veins (Figure 1). Deep vein thrombosis in a proximal lower extremity (ie, involving the popliteal, femoral, common femoral, or external iliac vein) has an estimated 50% risk of migrating and leading to an acute pulmonary embolism if not treated, while approximately 25% of deep vein thromboses in the calf veins will, if not treated, propagate to involve the aforementioned veins.

Deep vein thrombosis of the upper extremities is generally related to an indwelling venous catheter or a central line being used for long-term administration of antibiotics, chemotherapy, or nutrition. A condition known as Paget-Schroetter syndrome or “effort thrombosis” may be seen in younger or athletic people who have a history of strenuous or unusual arm exercise.

RISK FACTORS FOR VTE

Most patients who develop VTE have one or more risk factors for it (Table 1), the presence of which is often referred to as a hypercoagulable state or thrombophilia. These risk factors are generally classified as either genetic (inherited) or acquired (environmental). Most VTE events are in fact associated with a combination of genetic and acquired risk factors.

Common inherited risk factors include:

  • Factor V Leiden mutation
  • Prothrombin gene mutation G20210A
  • Hyperhomocysteinemia
  • Deficiency of the natural anticoagulant proteins C, S, or antithrombin
  • Elevated levels of factor VIII (may be inherited or acquired).

Acquired risk factors include:

  • Older age
  • Immobilization or stasis (such as sitting for long periods of time while traveling)
  • Surgery (most notably orthopedic procedures including hip and knee replacement and repair of a hip fracture)
  • Trauma
  • Stroke
  • Acute medical illness (including congestive heart failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pneumonia)
  • The antiphospholipid syndrome (consisting of a lupus anticoagulant, anticardiolipin antibodies, or both)
  • Pregnancy and the postpartum state
  • Use of oral contraceptives or hormone replacement therapy
  • Cancer (including the myeloproliferative disorders) and certain chemotherapeutic agents
  • Obesity (a body mass index > 30 kg/m2, see www.nhlbisupport.com/bmi/)
  • Inflammatory bowel disease
  • Previous VTE
  • A central venous catheter or pacemaker
  • Nephrotic syndrome.

In addition, emerging risk factors more recently recognized include male sex, persistence of elevated factor VIII levels, and the continued presence of an elevated D-dimer level or deep vein thrombosis on duplex ultrasonography once anticoagulation treatment is completed. There is also evidence of an association between VTE and risk factors for atherosclerotic arterial disease such as smoking, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, and diabetes.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS OF VTE

Patients with deep vein thrombosis may complain of pain, swelling, or both in the leg or arm. Physical examination may reveal increased warmth, tenderness, erythema, edema, or dilated (collateral) veins, most notable on the upper thigh or calf (for deep vein thrombosis in the lower extremity) or the chest wall (for upper-extremity deep vein thrombosis). The examiner may also observe a tender, palpable cord, which represents a superficial vein thrombosis involving the great and small saphenous veins (Figure 1). In extreme situations, the limb may be cyanotic or gangrenous.

A recommended clinical decision algorithm that can help assess a patient’s risk for an acute deep vein thrombosis prior to testing is depicted in Table 2.10 Patients with acute pulmonary embolism are likely to complain of the sudden onset of shortness of breath, pleuritic chest pain (especially with breathing), syncope, cough, or hemoptysis. A clinical decision algorithm that can help assess the risk of acute pulmonary embolism prior to testing is depicted in Table 3.11

 

 

DIAGNOSIS OF VTE

Clinical examination alone is generally insufficient to confirm a diagnosis of deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. Venous duplex ultrasonography is the most dependable investigation for deep vein thrombosis, but other tests include D-dimer and imaging studies such as computed tomographic venography or magnetic resonance venography of the lower extremities. A more invasive approach is venography; formerly considered the gold standard, it is now generally used only when the diagnosis is in doubt after noninvasive testing. The diagnosis of acute pulmonary embolism is best made by spiral computed tomography.

Other studies that may prove helpful include a ventilation-perfusion lung scan for patients who cannot undergo computed tomography due to a contrast allergy or renal insufficiency. Pulmonary angiography, while the gold standard, is less commonly used today, given the specificity and sensitivity of computed tomography.

Echocardiography at the bedside may be useful for patients too sick to move, although the study may not be diagnostic unless thrombi are seen in the heart or pulmonary arteries.

TREATMENT OF VTE

Treatments for VTE are summarized in Table 4. The length of treatment for acute VTE is generally 3 to 6 months. Patients with a known precipitating cause such as recent surgery or oral contraceptive use normally require 3 months of therapy, while those who had an unprovoked (idiopathic) event require longer therapy, sometimes continuing indefinitely.

For acute deep venous thrombosis

Acute deep vein thrombosis is now treated on an outpatient basis under most circumstances.

Unfractionated heparin is given intravenously for patients who need to be hospitalized, or subcutaneously in full dose for inpatient or outpatient treatment.

Low-molecular-weight heparins are available in subcutaneous preparations and can be given on an outpatient basis.

Fondaparinux (Arixtra), a factor Xa inhibitor, can also be given subcutaneously on an outpatient basis. Equivalent products are available outside the United States.

Warfarin (Coumadin), an oral vitamin K inhibitor, is the agent of choice for long-term management of deep vein thrombosis.

Other oral agents are available outside the United States.

For pulmonary embolism

Outpatient treatment of pulmonary embolism is not yet advised: an initial hospitalization is necessary. The same anticoagulants used for deep vein thrombosis are also used for acute pulmonary embolism.

Empiric treatment in underdeveloped countries

VTE may be an even greater concern on an outbound trip to a remote area, where medical care capabilities may be less than ideal and diagnostic and treatment options may be limited.

If there is a high pretest probability of acute VTE (Table 2, Table 3) and no diagnostic methods are available, empiric treatment with any of the parenteral anticoagulant agents listed in Table 4 is an option until the diagnosis can be confirmed. Caveats:

  • Care must be taken to be certain there is not a strong contraindication to the use of anticoagulation, such as bleeding or a drug allergy.
  • Neither unfractionated heparin nor any of the low-molecular-weight heparins should be given to a patient who has a history of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia.
  • In patients who have chronic kidney disease (creatinine clearance less than 30 mL/minute), the dosage of low-molecular-weight heparins must be adjusted and factor Xa inhibitors avoided. Both of these types of anticoagulants should be avoided in patients on hemodialysis.

More aggressive therapy

Under select circumstances a more aggressive approach to the treatment of VTE may be necessary. These options are usually indicated for a patient with a massive deep vein thrombosis of a lower extremity and for certain patients with an upper extremity deep vein thrombosis. Treatments include catheter-directed thrombolytic therapy and endovenous or surgical thrombectomy.

Thrombolytic therapy is recommended for a patient with an acute pulmonary embolism who is clinically unstable (systolic blood pressure lower than 90 mm Hg), if there is no contraindication to its use (bleeding risk or recent stroke or surgery). Thrombolytic therapy is also an option for those at low risk of bleeding with an acute pulmonary embolism who have signs and symptoms of right heart failure proven by echocardiography.

Surgical pulmonary embolectomy for acute massive pulmonary embolism and mechanical thrombectomy for extensive deep vein thrombosis are generally available only at highly sophisticated tertiary care centers.

An inferior vena cava filter is advised in patients with acute deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism who cannot be fully anticoagulated, to prevent the clot from migrating from the lower extremities to the lungs. These filters are available as either permanent or temporary implants. Some temporary versions can remain in place for up to 150 days after insertion.

PREVENTION OF VTE

Prevention is the standard of care for all patients admitted to the hospital and in select individuals as outpatients who are at high risk of VTE.

A number of anticoagulant drugs are available in the United States for prophylaxis, including unfractionated heparin, low-molecular-weight heparin preparations, and fondaparinux (all of these given subcutaneously) and warfarin. In Europe and Canada, additional low-molecular-weight heparin preparations, factor Xa inhibitors, and direct thrombin inhibitors are available that have proven to be equally effective (Table 5).

Mechanical compression (graduated compression stockings, intermittent pneumatic compression devices) has proven effective in reducing the incidence of deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism postoperatively in patients who cannot take anticoagulants. One study has demonstrated that compression stockings may also be effective in preventing VTE during travel.12

ABSOLUTE RISK IS LOW

Over the past decade, special attention has been paid to travel as a risk factor for developing VTE.13 Traveler’s thrombosis has become an important public health concern. Numerous publications and epidemiologic studies have targeted air travel in an attempt to determine who is at risk and what precautions are necessary to prevent this complication.1–7,9

The incidence of VTE following air travel is reported to be 3.2 per 1,000 person-years.4 While this incidence is relatively low, it is still 3.2 times higher than in the healthy population that is not flying.

The more serious complication of VTE, ie, acute pulmonary embolism, occurs less often. In three studies, the reported incidence ranged from 1.65 per million patients in flights longer than 8 hours to a high of 4.8 per million patients in flights longer than 12 hours or distances exceeding 10,000 km (6,200 miles).5,14,15 For the 400 passengers on the average long-haul flight of 12 hours, there is at most a 0.2% chance that somebody on the plane will have a symptomatic VTE).

 

 

RISK FACTORS IN LONG-DISTANCE TRAVELERS

The risk of traveler’s thrombosis has recently attracted the attention of passengers and the airline industry. Airlines are now openly discussing the risk and providing reminders such as exercises that should be undertaken in-flight (see the patient information page that accompanies this article). Some airlines are recommending that all patients consult their doctor to assess their personal risk of deep vein thrombosis before flying.

The most common risk factors for VTE in travelers are well established and are additive (Table 1). The extent of the additive risk, however, is not entirely clear.

What is clear is that when VTE occurs it is a life-altering and life-threatening event. If it occurs on an outbound trip, the local resources and capabilities available at the destination may not be adequate for optimal treatment. If a traveler experiences a VTE event on an outbound trip, an emergency return trip to the continental United States or a regional center of expertise may be required. There is an additive risk with this subsequent travel event if the patient is not given immediate treatment first (Table 4). Hence, treatment prior to evacuation should be strongly considered.

The traveler must also be aware that VTE can be recognized up to 2 months after a long-haul flight, though it is especially a concern within the first 2 weeks after travel.2,4,16,17

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR LONG-DISTANCE AIR TRAVELERS

Each person should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis for his or her need for VTE prophylaxis. Medical guidelines for airline passengers have been published by the Aerospace Medical Association and the American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP).18,19 In general, travelers should:

  • Exercise the legs by flexing and extending the ankles at regular intervals while seated (see the patient information material that accompanies this article) and frequently contracting the calf muscles.
  • Walk about the cabin periodically, 5 minutes for every hour on longer-duration flights (over 4 hours) and when flight conditions permit.
  • Drink adequate amounts of water and fruit juices to maintain good hydration.17
  • Avoid alcohol and caffeinated beverages, which are dehydrating.
  • Be careful about eating too much during the flight.
  • Request an aisle seat if you are at risk
  • Do not place baggage underneath the seat in front of you, because that reduces the ability to move the legs.
  • Do not sleep in a cramped position, and avoid the use of any type of sleep aid.
  • Avoid wearing constrictive clothing around the lower extremities or waist.

If a patient has risk factors in addition to more than 8 to 10 hours of flying (Table 1, Table 6), the physician should consider additional preventive measures including compression stockings or an anticoagulant drug as mentioned above, or both.

We recommend that all airplane passengers take the steps listed above to reduce venous stasis and avoid dehydration, even though these measures have not been proven effective in clinical trials.19

The ACCP further advises that decisions about pharmacologic prophylaxis of VTE for airplane passengers at high risk should be made on an individual basis, considering that there are potential adverse effects of prophylaxis and that these may outweigh the benefits. For long-distance travelers with additional risk factors for VTE, we suggest the following:

  • Use of properly fitted, below-the-knee graduated compression stockings providing 15 to 30 mm Hg of pressure at the ankle (particularly when large varicosities or leg edema is present)
  • For people at very high risk, a single prophylactic dose of a low-molecular-weight heparin or a factor Xa inhibitor injected just before departure (Table 5)
  • Aspirin is not recommended as it is not effective for the prevention of VTE.20

SUMMARY FOR THE AIR TRAVELER

All travelers on long flights should perform standard VTE prophylaxis exercises (see the patient information pages accompanying this article). Although VTE is uncommon, people with additional risk factors who travel frequently either on multiple flights in a short period of time or on very long flights should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis for a more aggressive approach to prevention (compression support hose or prophylactic administration of a low-molecular-weight heparin or a factor Xa inhibitor).

Should a VTE event occur during travel, the patient should seek medical care immediately. The standard evaluation of a patient with a suspected VTE should include an estimation of the pretest probability of disease (Table 2, Table 3), followed by duplex ultrasonography of the upper or lower extremity to detect a deep vein thrombosis. If symptoms dictate, then spiral computed tomography, ventilation-perfusion lung scan, or pulmonary angiography (where available) should be ordered to diagnose acute pulmonary embolism. A positive D-dimer blood test alone is not diagnostic and may not be available in more remote locations. A negative D-dimer test result is most helpful to exclude VTE.

Standard therapy for VTE is immediate treatment with one of the anticoagulants listed in Table 4, unless the patient has a contraindication to treatment, such as bleeding or allergy. Immediate evacuation is recommended if the patient has a life-threatening pulmonary embolism, defined as hemodynamic instability (hypotension with a blood pressure under 90 mm Hg systolic or signs of right heart failure) that cannot be treated at a local facility. An air ambulance should be used to transport these patients. If the patient has an iliofemoral deep vein thrombosis, it is also advisable that he or she be considered for evacuation if severe symptoms are present, such as pain, swelling, or cyanosis. Unless contraindicated, all patients should be given either full-dose intravenous or full-dose subcutaneous heparin or subcutaneous injection of a readily available low-molecular-weight heparin preparations or factor Xa inhibitor at once.21

References
  1. Brenner B. Interventions to prevent venous thrombosis after air travel, are they necessary? Yes. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:23022305.
  2. Cannegieter SC, Doggen CJM, van Houwellingen HC, et al. Travel-related venous thrombosis: results from a large population-based case control study (MEGA Study). PLoS Med 2006; 3:12581265.
  3. Chandra D, Parisini E, Mozaffarian D. Meta-analysis: travel and risk for venous thromboembolism. Ann Intern Med 2009; 151:180190.
  4. Kuipers S, Cannegieter SC, Middeldorp S, et al. The absolute risk of venous thrombosis after air travel: a cohort study of 8,755 employees of international organizations. PLoS Med 2007; 4:15081514.
  5. Kuipers S, Schreijer AJM, Cannegieter SC, et al. Travel and venous thrombosis: a systematic review. J Intern Med 2007; 262:615634.
  6. Lehmann R, Suess C, Leus M, et al. Incidence, clinical characteristics, and long-term prognosis of travel-associated pulmonary embolism. Eur Heart J 2009; 30:233241.
  7. Philbrick JT, Shumate R, Siadaty MS, et al. Air travel and venous thromboembolism: a systematic review. J Gen Intern Med 2007; 22:107114.
  8. Cruickshank JM, Gorlin R, Jennett B. Air travel and thrombotic episodes: the economy class syndrome. Lancet 1988; 2:497498.
  9. Bagshaw M. Traveler’s thrombosis: a review of deep vein thrombosis associated with travel. Air Transport Medicine Committee, Aerospace Medical Association. Aviat Space Environ Med 2001; 72:848851.
  10. Wells PS, Owens C, Doucette S, et al. Does this patient have deep vein thrombosis? JAMA 2006; 295:199207.
  11. Arnason T, Wells PS, Forester AJ. Appropriateness of diagnostic strategies for evaluating suspected venous thromboembolism. Thromb Haemost 2007; 97:195201.
  12. Clarke M, Hopewell S, Juszcak E, Eisinga A, Kjeldstrøm M. Compression stockings in preventing deep vein thrombosis in airline passengers. Cochrane Database of Syst Rev 2006; Apr 19( 2):CD004002. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.
  13. Kuipers S, Cannegieter SC, Middeldorp S, et al. Use of preventive measures for travel-related venous thrombosis in professionals who attend medical conferences. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:23732376.
  14. Perez-Rodriguez E, Jimenez D, Diaz G, et al. Incidence of air travel-related pulmonary embolism in the Madrid-Barajas Airport. Arch Intern Med 2003; 163:27662770.
  15. Lapostolle F, Surget V, Borron SW, et al. Severe pulmonary embolism associated with air travel. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:779783.
  16. Kelman CW, Kortt MA, Becker NG, et al. Deep vein thrombosis and air travel: record linkage study. BMJ 2003; 327:10721076.
  17. Eklof B, Kistner RL, Masuda EM, et al. Venous thromboembolism in association with prolonged air travel. Dermatol Surg 1996; 22:637641.
  18. Moyle J. Medical guidelines for airline travel. Aviat Space Environ Med 2003: 74:1009.
  19. Geerts WH, Bergqvist B, Pineo GF, et al. Prevention of venous thromboembolism: American College of Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2008; 133:381S453S.
  20. Rosendaal FR. Interventions to prevent venous thrombosis after air travel: are they necessary? No. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:23062307.
  21. Kearon C, Ginsberg JS, Julian JA, et al; Fixed-Dose Heparin (FIDO) Investigators. Comparison of fixed-dose weight-adjusted unfractionated heparin and low-molecular-weight heparin for acute treatment of venous thromboembolism. JAMA 2006; 296:935942.
References
  1. Brenner B. Interventions to prevent venous thrombosis after air travel, are they necessary? Yes. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:23022305.
  2. Cannegieter SC, Doggen CJM, van Houwellingen HC, et al. Travel-related venous thrombosis: results from a large population-based case control study (MEGA Study). PLoS Med 2006; 3:12581265.
  3. Chandra D, Parisini E, Mozaffarian D. Meta-analysis: travel and risk for venous thromboembolism. Ann Intern Med 2009; 151:180190.
  4. Kuipers S, Cannegieter SC, Middeldorp S, et al. The absolute risk of venous thrombosis after air travel: a cohort study of 8,755 employees of international organizations. PLoS Med 2007; 4:15081514.
  5. Kuipers S, Schreijer AJM, Cannegieter SC, et al. Travel and venous thrombosis: a systematic review. J Intern Med 2007; 262:615634.
  6. Lehmann R, Suess C, Leus M, et al. Incidence, clinical characteristics, and long-term prognosis of travel-associated pulmonary embolism. Eur Heart J 2009; 30:233241.
  7. Philbrick JT, Shumate R, Siadaty MS, et al. Air travel and venous thromboembolism: a systematic review. J Gen Intern Med 2007; 22:107114.
  8. Cruickshank JM, Gorlin R, Jennett B. Air travel and thrombotic episodes: the economy class syndrome. Lancet 1988; 2:497498.
  9. Bagshaw M. Traveler’s thrombosis: a review of deep vein thrombosis associated with travel. Air Transport Medicine Committee, Aerospace Medical Association. Aviat Space Environ Med 2001; 72:848851.
  10. Wells PS, Owens C, Doucette S, et al. Does this patient have deep vein thrombosis? JAMA 2006; 295:199207.
  11. Arnason T, Wells PS, Forester AJ. Appropriateness of diagnostic strategies for evaluating suspected venous thromboembolism. Thromb Haemost 2007; 97:195201.
  12. Clarke M, Hopewell S, Juszcak E, Eisinga A, Kjeldstrøm M. Compression stockings in preventing deep vein thrombosis in airline passengers. Cochrane Database of Syst Rev 2006; Apr 19( 2):CD004002. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.
  13. Kuipers S, Cannegieter SC, Middeldorp S, et al. Use of preventive measures for travel-related venous thrombosis in professionals who attend medical conferences. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:23732376.
  14. Perez-Rodriguez E, Jimenez D, Diaz G, et al. Incidence of air travel-related pulmonary embolism in the Madrid-Barajas Airport. Arch Intern Med 2003; 163:27662770.
  15. Lapostolle F, Surget V, Borron SW, et al. Severe pulmonary embolism associated with air travel. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:779783.
  16. Kelman CW, Kortt MA, Becker NG, et al. Deep vein thrombosis and air travel: record linkage study. BMJ 2003; 327:10721076.
  17. Eklof B, Kistner RL, Masuda EM, et al. Venous thromboembolism in association with prolonged air travel. Dermatol Surg 1996; 22:637641.
  18. Moyle J. Medical guidelines for airline travel. Aviat Space Environ Med 2003: 74:1009.
  19. Geerts WH, Bergqvist B, Pineo GF, et al. Prevention of venous thromboembolism: American College of Chest Physicians evidence-based clinical practice guidelines. Chest 2008; 133:381S453S.
  20. Rosendaal FR. Interventions to prevent venous thrombosis after air travel: are they necessary? No. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:23062307.
  21. Kearon C, Ginsberg JS, Julian JA, et al; Fixed-Dose Heparin (FIDO) Investigators. Comparison of fixed-dose weight-adjusted unfractionated heparin and low-molecular-weight heparin for acute treatment of venous thromboembolism. JAMA 2006; 296:935942.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Page Number
111-120
Page Number
111-120
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Air travel and venous thromboembolism: Minimizing the risk
Display Headline
Air travel and venous thromboembolism: Minimizing the risk
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • The risk of VTE is about three times higher in passengers on long-distance flights than in the general population, although the absolute risk is still low.
  • All long-distance air passengers should perform stretching exercises once an hour while in flight to prevent VTE. They should also stay hydrated.
  • For patients at higher risk due to hypercoagulable conditions, physicians can consider prescribing compression stockings or an anticoagulant drug (a low-molecular-weight heparin or a factor Xa inhibitor) to be taken before the flight, or both.
  • The evaluation of a patient with suspected VTE should include an estimation of the pretest probability of disease. If symptoms dictate, duplex ultrasonography of the upper or lower extremity to detect deep vein thrombosis or spiral computed tomography, ventilation-perfusion lung scan, or pulmonary angiography (where available) to diagnose an acute pulmonary embolism should be ordered.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Goal-directed antihypertensive therapy: Lower may not always be better

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 10/19/2017 - 10:09
Display Headline
Goal-directed antihypertensive therapy: Lower may not always be better

A 50-year-old African American woman with type 2 diabetes mellitus, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, and chronic kidney disease presents for a follow-up visit. The patient had been treated with hydrochlorothiazide 25 mg/day and enalapril (Vasotec) 20 mg twice daily until 6 weeks ago. At that time her blood pressure was 160/85 mm Hg, and amlodipine (Norvasc) 10 mg/day was added to her regimen. Her other medications include glipizide (Glucotrol), metformin (Glucophage), lovastatin (Mevacor), fish oils, aspirin, calcium, and vitamin D. Her current blood pressure is 145/80 mm Hg; her serum creatinine level is 1.5 mg/dL, and her urine albumin-to-creatinine ratio is 180 mg/g.

In hypertensive patients who have diabetes or chronic kidney disease, guidelines1 call for intensification of antihypertensive therapy to reach a goal blood pressure of less than 130/80 mm Hg. What data exist to support these guidelines? And what should the clinician do?

IS MORE-INTENSE THERAPY IN THE PATIENT’S BEST INTEREST?

Often, clinicians are faced with hypertensive patients whose blood pressure, despite treatment, is higher than the accepted goal. Often, these patients are elderly and are already taking multiple medications that are costly and have significant potential adverse effects. The dilemma is whether to try to reach a target blood pressure listed in a guideline (by increasing the dosage of the current drugs or by adding a drug of a different class) or to “do no harm,” accept the patient’s blood pressure, and keep the regimen the same.1,2

The current goal blood pressure is less than 140/90 mm Hg for all but the very elderly, with more intense control recommended for patients at high risk, ie, those with diabetes mellitus, chronic kidney disease, or atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease.1

While it appears to be in the patient’s best interests to follow such guidelines, review of available data indicates that this it not necessarily so, and may even be harmful.

OBSERVATIONAL DATA AND EARLY RANDOMIZED TRIALS

Many observational studies have found that the higher one’s blood pressure, the greater one’s risk of cardiovascular events and death. Indeed, meta-analyses of these trials, which involved more than 1.5 million people, demonstrate a strong, positive, log-linear relationship between blood pressure and the incidence of cardiovascular disease and death.3–5

Further, there is no evidence of a threshold pressure below which the risk is not lower (ie, a “J-point”), starting with 115/75 mm Hg. A J-point may exist for diastolic blood pressure in elderly patients with isolated systolic hypertension6 and in patients with coronary artery disease.7 Otherwise, the observation is clear: the lower the blood pressure the better. For every 20 mm Hg lower systolic blood pressure or 10 mm Hg lower diastolic blood pressure, the risk of a cardiovascular event is about 50% less.4,5

Observational analyses also show a strong, graded relationship between blood pressure and future end-stage renal disease.8,9 Post hoc analyses indicate that chronic kidney disease progresses more slowly with lower achieved blood pressures, especially in those with higher degrees of proteinuria.10–12

However, observational data do not prove cause and effect, nor do they guarantee similar results with treatment. This requires randomized controlled trials.

RANDOMIZED TRIALS OF HYPERTENSION TREATMENT

Initial trials were aimed at determining whether hypertension should even be treated. A 1997 meta-analysis of 18 such trials comparing either low-dose diuretic therapy, high-dose diuretic therapy, or beta-blocker therapy with placebo involved 48,000 patients who were followed for an average of 5 years.13 The rates of stroke and congestive heart failure were consistently reduced, although only low-dose diuretic therapy reduced the risk of coronary heart disease and death from any cause.

More recent trials enrolled people not considered hypertensive who were randomized to receive either active drugs or placebo, or no treatment. Other trials attempted to assess non-pressure-related effects of specific agents, using other antihypertensive agents in the control group. Still other randomized controlled trials compared one agent or agents with other agents while attempting to attain equivalent blood pressure between groups. Frequently, however, there was some blood pressure difference.

Meta-analyses of most of these trials conclude that the major benefit of antihypertensive therapy—reducing rates of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality—comes from a lower attained blood pressure, irrespective of which agent is used.14–18 Exceptions exist, however. For example, specific drug classes are indicated after myocardial infarction, and in congestive heart failure and proteinuric chronic kidney disease.10,19–21

16 TRIALS OF DIFFERENT BLOOD PRESSURE TARGETS

The overriding theme of these observational data is that a lower blood pressure, whether attained naturally or with treatment, is better than a higher one from both the cardiovascular and the renal perspective.

What remains unclear is what blood pressure should be aimed for in a particular patient or group of patients. Is it a specific pressure (eg, 140/90 mm Hg), or does the change from baseline count more? Should other factors such as age or comorbidity alter this number?

Several randomized controlled trials have addressed these questions by targeting different levels of blood pressure. We are aware of at least 16 such trials in adults, including 13 with renal or cardiovascular primary end points and three with surrogate primary end points.

An unavoidable design flaw of all of these trials is their unblinded nature. Consequently, nearly all of them carry a Jadad score (a measure of quality, based on randomization and blinding)22 of 3 on a scale of 5.

 

 

NINE TRIALS WITH RENAL PRIMARY END POINTS

Nine of these trials had renal primary end points (Table 1).23–40

African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension (AASK)23

Patients: 1,094 African Americans with presumed hypertensive renal disease and a measured glomerular filtration rate between 20 and 65 mL/min/1.73 m2.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Mean arterial pressure 92 mm Hg or less vs 102 to 107 mm Hg.

Results. At 4 years, the two groups had average blood pressures of 128/78 and 141/85 mm Hg, respectively. The groups did not differ in the rates of the primary end points—ie, the rate of change in the measured glomerular filtration rate over time or the composite of a 50% reduction in glomerular filtration rate, the onset of end-stage renal disease, or death.

Comments. Several issues have been raised about the internal validity of this trial.

So-called hypertensive kidney disease in African Americans (as opposed to European Americans) may be a genetic disorder related to polymorphisms of one or more genes on chromosome 22q. Initial data implicated the MYH9 gene, which encodes non-muscle myosin heavy chain II.24,25 More recent data implicate the nearby APOL1 gene encoding apolipoprotein L126 as more relevant. These polymorphisms have a much greater prevalence in African Americans and appear responsible for the higher risk of idiopathic focal segmental glomerulosclerosis and HIV-associated nephropathy in this population.24–26 Therefore, in African Americans, hypertension may in fact be the result of the kidney disease and not its primary cause, which may explain why in this and other African American populations stricter control of blood pressure did not produce a renal benefit.27,28

Also, there is the possibility of misclassification bias. A secondary analysis of data obtained by ambulatory monitoring showed that of the 377 participants whose blood pressure appeared to be under control when measured in the clinic, 70% actually had masked hypertension, ie, uncontrolled hypertension outside the clinic.29 The real difference in blood pressure between groups may well have been different than that determined in the clinic.

In addition, a prespecified secondary analysis showed no difference in the rates of cardiovascular events and death between the groups.30 However, the study was not designed to have the statistical power to detect a difference in cardiovascular events. Moreover fewer cardiovascular events occurred than expected, further reducing the study’s power to detect a difference.

Toto et al31

Toto et al reported similar results in an earlier trial in 87 hypertensive patients (77 randomized), predominantly African American, and similar concerns apply.

Lewis et al32

Patients: 129 patients with type 1 diabetes.

Randomized blood pressure goals. A mean arterial pressure of either no higher than 92 mm Hg or 100 to 107 mm Hg.

Results. At 2 years, despite a difference of 6 mm Hg in mean arterial pressure, the glomerular filtration rate (measured) had declined by the same amount in the two groups. The study was underpowered for this end point. Patients in the group with the lower goal pressure were excreting significantly less protein than those in the other group, but they were received higher doses of an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor—in this case, ramipril (Altace).

The Appropriate Blood Pressure Control in Diabetes (ABCD) trials33–35

Patients: 950 patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus and either normal or high blood pressure.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Either intensive or moderate therapy (see Table 1).

Results. At 5 years, creatinine clearance (estimated) had declined by the same amount in the two groups. However, fewer of the hypertensive patients had died in the intensive-therapy group.34 Similarly, normotensive patients had less progression of albuminuria if treated intensively.33

In the ABCD Part 2 with Valsartan (ABCD-2V) trial in normotensive patients,35 therapy with valsartan (Diovan) did not affect creatinine clearance but did reduce albuminuria. However, 75% of the patients in the moderate-treatment group were untreated.

Schrier et al36

Patients. 75 hypertensive patients with autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease and left ventricular hypertrophy.

Randomized blood pressure targets. Less than 120/80 mm Hg vs 135/85 to 140/90 mm Hg.

Results. After 7 years, despite a difference in average mean arterial pressure of 11 mm Hg between the groups (90 vs 101 mm Hg), there was no difference in the rate of decline of creatinine clearance. The left ventricular mass index decreased by 21% in the lower-target group and by 35% in the higher-target group (P < .01).

Modification of Diet in Renal Disease (MDRD) trial37,38

Patients: 840 patients whose measured glomerular filtration rate was between 13 and 55 mL/min/1.73 m2.

Randomized blood pressure targets. A target mean arterial pressure of less than 92 mm Hg vs less than 107 mm Hg.11,37

Results. After 2.2 years, the mean difference in mean arterial pressure was 4.7 mm Hg. There was, however, no difference in the rate of decline in the glomerular filtration rate.

In a 6-year follow-up, significantly fewer patients in the lower-blood-pressure group reached the end point of end-stage renal disease or the combined end point of end-stage renal disease or death.38 The rate of death, however, was nearly twice as high in the lower-blood-pressure group (10% vs 6%). The blood pressure and treatment during follow-up were not reported.

Comments. Internal validity is an issue, since the blood pressure and therapy during follow-up were unknown, and more patients received ACE inhibitors in the lower-blood-pressure group during the trial. Further, the higher death rate in the lower-blood-pressure group is worrisome.

 

 

The Ramipril Efficacy in Nephropathy (REIN)-2 trial39

Patients: 338 nondiabetic patients who had proteinuria and reduced creatinine clearance.

Treatment and blood pressure goals. All were treated with ramipril and randomized to intensive (< 130/80 mm Hg) vs standard control (diastolic blood pressure < 90 mm Hg) with therapy based on felodipine (Plendil).

Results. The study was terminated early because of futility. Despite a mean difference of 4.1 mm Hg systolic and 2.8 mm Hg diastolic, the groups did not differ in the rate of progression to end-stage renal disease (23% with intensive therapy vs 20% with standard therapy) or in the rate of decline of the measured glomerular filtration rate (0.22 vs 0.24 mL/min/1.73 m2/month).

Comment. The internal validity of this study can be questioned because of the low separation of achieved blood pressure and because of its early termination.

No benefit from a lower blood pressure goal in preserving kidney function

To summarize, these trials all showed no significant benefit from either targeting or achieving lower blood pressure in terms of slowing the decline of kidney function. Overall, they do not define a target and offer little support that a lower goal blood pressure is indicated with respect to the rate of loss of glomerular filtration rate in chronic kidney disease.

However, post hoc analysis of the MDRD trial indicates a statistical interaction between targeted blood pressure and degree of baseline proteinuria. At higher levels of proteinuria (≥ 1 g/day), the group with the lower blood pressure target had better outcomes.

In addition, long-term follow-up (mean of 12.2 years) of the AASK trial, including a 7-year cohort phase with nearly similar blood pressures in both groups, also indicated an interaction with targeted blood pressure and baseline proteinuria.40 Although the overall analysis was negative, there was a significant reduction in the primary end point in the group originally assigned the low target when analysis was restricted to those in the highest tertile of proteinuria. These and other data10 suggest that patients with chronic kidney disease and proteinuria may represent a distinct subset of chronic kidney disease patients who benefit from more intensive blood-pressure-lowering. However, patients in the REIN-2 trial34 and the macroalbuminuric patients in the ABCD hypertensive trial35 did not benefit from a lower targeted blood pressure despite significant proteinuria.

FOUR TRIALS WITH CARDIOVASCULAR END POINTS

Four trials have been conducted that had enough power to detect differences in the rates of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality between groups randomized to a lower vs higher blood pressure goal (Table 2).41–45

The Hypertension Optimal Treatment (HOT) trial41

Patients: 18,790 patients with diastolic blood pressure between 100 and 115 mm Hg.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Diastolic pressure of equal to or less than 80, 85, or 90 mm Hg.

Results. At an average of 3.8 years, the average blood pressures in the three groups were approximately 140/81, 141/83, and 144/85 mm Hg, respectively. There was no difference between the groups in the rate of the composite primary end point of all myocardial infarctions, all strokes, and cardiovascular death. Any conclusions from this trial were compromised by the small difference in achieved blood pressures between groups.

In the 1,501 patients with diabetes, the incidence of the primary end point was 50% lower with a goal of 80 mm Hg or less than with a goal of 90 mm Hg or less.

The UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)42,43

Patients: 1,148 hypertensive patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Either “tight control” (aiming for < 150/85 mm Hg) or “less tight control” (aiming for < 180/105 mm Hg).

Results. At a median follow-up of 8.4 years, the attained blood pressures were 144/82 vs 154/87 mm Hg. The difference produced significant benefits, including a 24% lower rate of any diabetes-related end point, a 32% lower rate of death due to diabetes, and a nonsignificant 18% lower rate of total mortality—all co-primary end points.

The less-tight-control group had many patients with initial blood pressures below 180/105 mm Hg; hence, over 50% of patients received no antihypertensive therapy at the start of the trial. By the end of the trial 9 years later, 20% had still not been treated. This compares with only 5% of patients in the tight-control group who were not treated with antihypertensives throughout the trial. Therefore, this trial serves as better evidence for treating vs not treating, rather than defining a specific goal.

During a 10-year follow-up, blood pressure differences disappeared within 2 years.43 There was no legacy effect, as the significant differences noted during the trial were no longer present 10 years later.

Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD)44

Patients: 4,733 patients with type 2 diabetes.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Systolic blood pressure lower than either 120 or 140 mm Hg.

Results. At 4.7 years, despite a significant difference in mean systolic blood pressure of 14.2 mm Hg after the first year (119.3 vs 133.5 mm Hg), there was no difference in the primary end point of nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, or cardiovascular death. There were fewer strokes in the lower-pressure group but no difference in myocardial infarctions, which were five times more common than strokes. Serious adverse events attributed to antihypertensive treatment occurred more frequently in the intensive-therapy group (3.3% vs 1.3%, P < .001).

Comment. There were fewer events than expected, possibly limiting the trial’s ability to detect a statistical difference. Compared with both the UKPDS and the diabetic population of HOT, ACCORD is much larger and more internally valid (unlike in UKPDS, nearly all patients in both groups were treated, and compared with HOT there was much greater separation of achieved pressure). It is more recent and better reflects current overall practice. It indicates that when specifically aiming for a target blood pressure, lower is not always better and comes at a price (more severe adverse events).

 

 

Japanese Trial to Assess Optimal Systolic Blood Pressure in Elderly Hypertensive Patients (JATOS)45

Patients: 4,418 patients, age 65 to 85 years, with a pretreatment systolic blood pressure above 160 mm Hg.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Systolic pressure either lower than 140 mm Hg or 140 to 160 mm Hg.

Results. At 2 years, despite a difference of 9.7/3.3 mm Hg, there was no difference in the primary end point (the combined incidence of cerebrovascular disease, cardiac and vascular disease, and renal failure). Fifty-four patients had died in the strict-treatment group and 42 in the mild-treatment group; the difference was not statistically significant.

Three other trials

Three other trials46–48 had surrogate end points, but only one of them reported a composite cardiovascular secondary end point.46 We will not discuss the other two.47,48

Cardio-Sis. In the Studio Italiano Sugli Effetti Cardiovascolari del Controllo della Pressione Arteriosa Sistolica (Cardio-Sis) trial,46 1,111 people without diabetes with systolic pressure higher than 150 mm Hg were randomized to tight control (systolic pressure < 130 mm Hg) vs usual control (systolic pressure < 140 mm Hg) and followed for 2 years with electrocardiography to detect left ventricular hypertrophy.

At a median of 2 years, the systolic blood pressure had declined by an average of 3.8 mm Hg more in the tight-control group than in the usual-control group, and the diastolic pressure by an average of 1.5 mm Hg. There was significantly less left ventricular hypertrophy in the tight-control group. The incidence of the secondary end point of a composite of cardiovascular and renal events was also significantly lower. There was no difference individually in the rates of myocardial infarction, stroke, transient ischemic attack, admission for congestive heart failure, or death.

DISCUSSION: THE DILEMMA OF TREATING AN INDIVIDUAL PATIENT

These data illustrate the dilemma of treating an individual patient whose blood pressure is not at the currently accepted goal while on multiple antihypertensive medications. According to guidelines, therapy should be intensified in this situation. Observational data show a strong graded relationship between blood pressure and cardiovascular events and death, starting with a blood pressure of 115/75 mm Hg. The observational data relating blood pressure to kidney disease are similar. These data support the guideline recommendations that additional medications should be added to reach the promulgated target. Unfortunately, the targeting trials do not define a target, nor do they support the concept that lower is better.

Possible explanations for the negative results

Why does targeting a lower blood pressure not produce the benefit that the observational data lead us to expect?

One possibility is that blood pressure is merely a marker of cardiovascular risk, not a cause of it. This is unlikely, given the temporal relationship, reproducibility, and biologic plausibility that is supported by a very large body of experimental data. However, blood pressure is only one of multiple factors involved in the pathogenesis of vascular and renal disease, and perhaps better attention to other factors such as lipids and smoking may have made the targeting trials underpowered.

Another possibility is that these trials had such strict inclusion and exclusion criteria that they do not represent the general hypertensive population, reducing their external validity.49 However, the trials generally enrolled populations at higher risk, in which end points were more likely to occur. This would have enhanced the chance to show a positive effect rather than mask it.

It is possible that antihypertensive medications themselves have unwanted side effects that offset their potential benefit. Medication-related side effects could directly contribute to vascular disease despite their beneficial effect of lowering pressure. There could also be reduced tissue perfusion due to lower blood pressure per se in the face of a diseased vasculature, with the lower pressure directly contributing to organ dysfunction.

Finally, these trials measured brachial pressures to monitor blood pressure. Brachial pressure does not always correlate with central aortic pressure, which is probably a better marker of the overall pressure burden.50 It is possible that in these targeting trials, the peripheral blood pressure did not reflect the true central blood pressure and, therefore, significant separation of blood pressures may not have actually occurred.

Targeted vs achieved blood pressures: Analogies with other markers

This contradiction is not an exceptional circumstance in medicine.

For example, in chronic kidney disease, a graded observational relationship exists between decreasing levels of hemoglobin and various adverse outcomes.51–53 However, targeting a more normal level of hemoglobin compared with a lower one has been shown to be detrimental.54–57 This implies either that anemia is merely a marker of higher risk or, more likely, that the actual measures used to raise the hemoglobin to higher levels are the culprit. Notably, although targeting a higher hemoglobin concentration vs a lower one was detrimental, achieving a higher hemoglobin was beneficial within each targeted group.54,58

Another example of harm caused by targeting goals based on observational data is tight glucose control, both acutely in the critically ill59 and chronically in patients with type 2 diabetes.60 In both cases higher mortality rates ensued.

The same concept may apply to lowering blood pressure. While achieving a lower blood pressure may be more beneficial, targeting a specific goal may be harmful. Given that perhaps 20% of those labeled as hypertensive have resistant hypertension,61 millions of patients are susceptible to potential harm from targeting a specific goal based solely on observational data. If lower is always better, the randomized trials outlined above should have had more positive outcomes.

It becomes problematic to assign a specific goal for all patients or even groups of patients. The targeting trials do not provide the answer. Based on the observational data it would be optimal to have a blood pressure less than 120/80 mm Hg. This is an observation, not a recommendation. Patients should be assessed on an individual basis, taking into consideration their starting blood pressure, age, medication burden (antihypertensive and otherwise), comorbidities, and ability to comply with a regimen. Given the available data, it is hard to be more specific. In the future it may be possible to identify specific blood pressure targets based on the patient’s genetic makeup, but today that is not possible. Even patients with lower initial blood pressure may benefit from therapy,62,63 and some experts have advocated blood-pressure-lowering in all, irrespective of the baseline value.14

 

 

Avoid misclassification

The first step in treating hypertension should be to avoid misclassification. Make sure the clinic blood pressure is measured correctly, using an appropriately sized cuff, positioning the patient properly, and following all the other recommendations.64

However, the clinic blood pressure may not reflect true blood pressure load in up to one-third of all patients.65 We recommend 24-hour ambulatory blood pressure monitoring66 or home self-measurement, or both,67 to better assess true blood pressure burden in several circumstances, including in patients with resistant hypertension (any patient who has not achieved acceptable clinic blood pressure on three or more antihypertensive medications including a diuretic or who requires four or more medications for adequate control), suspicion of white-coat hypertension (or effect), and any patient who has achieved acceptable clinic blood pressure but either has symptoms of hypotension or progressive end-organ damage.

Currently, we base therapy on out-of-office blood pressure (self-measured or by ambulatory monitoring) whenever there is a discrepancy with clinic blood pressure.

Whether therapy should be altered by other less traditional measures of blood pressure such as assessment of central aortic pressure by radial applanation tonometry,68,69 or 24-hour ambulatory monitoring to assess nighttime blood pressures (specifically, “dipping”),70 morning surge,71 or blood pressure variability72,73 remains unclear and in need of randomized controlled trials.

In any patient requiring blood-pressure-lowering, we recommend lifestyle modifications.1,2 These include exercise, weight loss, salt and alcohol restriction, evaluation for sleep apnea, and avoidance of medications known to elevate blood pressure such as nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and sympathomimetic decongestants.

Much needs to be learned

For the individual patient with unacceptably high blood pressure who is already taking multiple antihypertensive medications of different classes, it is unclear what to do. This type of patient with resistant hypertension would be an excellent candidate for a future targeting trial. Other cardiovascular risk factors should be appropriately addressed, including obesity, lipids, smoking, and poor glycemic control.74 Each patient should be individually assessed with consideration of both global cardiovascular risk and quality-of-life issues.

Much still needs to be learned about the treatment of hypertension. The facts demonstrate that blood pressure is a strong modifiable risk factor of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality. Lowering it clearly produces benefits. It is unclear what treatment goals should be promulgated by official guidelines for large groups of patients. The resistant case remains a therapeutic dilemma with the potential for harm from overly aggressive treatment. The truly optimal level for an individual patient remains difficult to define. We anxiously await results of ongoing and future targeting trials.

CASE REVISITED

Regarding the initial case vignette, the patient is clearly not at her recommended goal blood pressure, especially given her high-risk status (diabetes mellitus and chronic kidney disease). Observational data support intensification of therapy, whereas targeting trials are essentially negative and indicate the potential for harm with overly aggressive treatment. Thus, we remain uncertain about what is correct or incorrect in terms of a targeted blood pressure, especially when applied to the individual patient.

Our approach would be to emphasize lifestyle modifications, to ensure accurate determination of her true blood pressure load (self-measurement at home or ambulatory blood pressure monitoring), to consider secondary causes of hypertension, and to educate the patient about the benefits and consequences of intensifying therapy with the aim of involving her in the decision.

References
  1. Chobanian AV, Bakris GL, Black HR, et al; National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure; National High Blood Pressure Education Program Coordinating Committee. The Seventh Report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure: the JNC 7 report. JAMA 2003; 289:25602572.
  2. Mancia G, Laurent S, Agabiti-Rosei E, et al; European Society of Hypertension. Reappraisal of European guidelines on hypertension management: a European Society of Hypertension Task Force document. J Hypertens 2009; 27:21212158.
  3. MacMahon S, Peto R, Cutler J, et al. Blood pressure, stroke, and coronary heart disease. Part 1, prolonged differences in blood pressure: prospective observational studies corrected for the regression dilution bias. Lancet 1990; 335:765774.
  4. Lewington S, Clarke R, Qizilbash N, Peto R, Collins R; Prospective Studies Collaboration. Age-specific relevance of usual blood pressure to vascular mortality: a meta-analysis of individual data for one million adults in 61 prospective studies. Lancet 2002; 360:19031913.
  5. Lawes CM, Rodgers A, Bennett DA, et al; Asia Pacific Cohort Studies Collaboration. Blood pressure and cardiovascular disease in the Asia Pacific region. J Hypertens 2003; 21:707716.
  6. Staessen JA, Gasowski J, Wang JG, et al. Risks of untreated and treated isolated systolic hypertension in the elderly: meta-analysis of outcome trials. Lancet 2000; 355:865872.
  7. Messerli FH, Mancia G, Conti CR, et al. Dogma disputed: can aggressively lowering blood pressure in hypertensive patients with coronary artery disease be dangerous? Ann Intern Med 2006; 144:884893.
  8. Klag MJ, Whelton PK, Randall BL, et al. Blood pressure and end-stage renal disease in men. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:1318.
  9. Tozawa M, Iseki K, Iseki C, Kinjo K, Ikemiya Y, Takishita S. Blood pressure predicts risk of developing end-stage renal disease in men and women. Hypertension 2003; 41:13411345.
  10. Jafar TH, Stark PC, Schmid CH, et al; AIPRD Study Group. Progression of chronic kidney disease: the role of blood pressure control, proteinuria, and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition: a patient-level meta-analysis. Ann Intern Med 2003; 139:244252.
  11. Peterson JC, Adler S, Burkart JM, et al. Blood pressure control, proteinuria, and the progression of renal disease. The Modification of Diet in Renal Disease Study. Ann Intern Med 1995; 123:754762.
  12. Pohl MA, Blumenthal S, Cordonnier DJ, et al. Independent and additive impact of blood pressure control and angiotensin II receptor blockade on renal outcomes in the irbesartan diabetic nephropathy trial: clinical implications and limitations. J Am Soc Nephrol 2005; 16:30273037.
  13. Psaty BM, Smith NL, Siscovick DS, et al. Health outcomes associated with antihypertensive therapies used as first-line agents. A systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 1997; 277:739745.
  14. Law MR, Morris JK, Wald NJ. Use of blood pressure lowering drugs in the prevention of cardiovascular disease: meta-analysis of 147 randomised trials in the context of expectations from prospective epidemiological studies. BMJ 2009; 338:b1665.
  15. Turnbull F; Blood Pressure Lowering Treatment Trialists’ Collaboration. Effects of different blood-pressure-lowering regimens on major cardiovascular events: results of prospectively-designed overviews of randomised trials. Lancet 2003; 362:15271535.
  16. Blood Pressure Lowering Treatment Trialists’ Collaboration; Turnbull F, Neal B, Ninomiya T, et al. Effects of different regimens to lower blood pressure on major cardiovascular events in older and younger adults: meta-analysis of randomised trials. BMJ 2008; 336:11211123.
  17. Staessen JA, Wang JG, Thijs L. Cardiovascular prevention and blood pressure reduction: a quantitative overview updated until 1 March 2003. J Hypertens 2003; 21:10551076.
  18. Psaty BM, Lumley T, Furberg CD, et al. Health outcomes associated with various antihypertensive therapies used as first-line agents: a network meta-analysis. JAMA 2003; 289:25342544.
  19. Hunt SA, Abraham WT, Chin MH, et al. ACC/AHA 2005 guideline update for the diagnosis and management of chronic heart failure in the adult: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines (Writing Committee to Update the 2001 Guidelines for the Evaluation and Management of Heart Failure): developed in collaboration with the American College of Chest Physicians and the International Society for Heart and Lung Transplantation: endorsed by the Heart Rhythm Society.—Summary Article. Circulation 2005; 112:e154e235.
  20. Brenner BM, Cooper ME, de Zeeuw D, et al; RENAAL Study Investigators. Effects of losartan on renal and cardiovascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes and nephropathy. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:861869.
  21. Lewis EJ, Hunsicker LG, Clarke WR, et al; Collaborative Study Group. Renoprotective effect of the angiotensin-receptor antagonist irbesartan in patients with nephropathy due to type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:851860.
  22. Jadad AR, Moore RA, Carroll D, et al. Assessing the quality of reports of randomized clinical trials: is blinding necessary? Control Clin Trials 1996; 17:112.
  23. Wright JT, Bakris G, Greene T, et al; African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension Study Group. Effect of blood pressure lowering and antihypertensive drug class on progression of hypertensive kidney disease: results from the AASK trial. JAMA 2002; 288:24212431.
  24. Freedman BI, Hicks PJ, Bostrom MA, et al. Polymorphisms in the non-muscle myosin heavy chain 9 gene (MYH9) are strongly associated with end-stage renal disease historically attributed to hypertension in African Americans. Kidney Int 2009; 75:736745.
  25. Kopp JB, Smith MW, Nelson GW, et al. MYH9 is a major-effect risk gene for focal segmental glomerulosclerosis. Nat Genet 2008; 40:11751184.
  26. Freedman BI, Kopp JB, Langefeld CD, et al. The apolipoprotein L1 (APOL1) gene and nondiabetic nephropathy in African Americans. J Am Soc Nephrol 2010; 21:14221426.
  27. Rostand SG, Brown G, Kirk KA, Rutsky EA, Dustan HP. Renal insufficiency in treated essential hypertension. N Engl J Med 1989; 320:684688.
  28. Walker WG, Neaton JD, Cutler JA, Neuwirth R, Cohen JD. Renal function change in hypertensive members of the Multiple Risk Factor Intervention Trial. Racial and treatment effects. The MRFIT Research Group. JAMA 1992; 268:30853091.
  29. Pogue V, Rahman M, Lipkowitz M, et al; African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension Collaborative Research Group. Disparate estimates of hypertension control from ambulatory and clinic blood pressure measurements in hypertensive kidney disease. Hypertension 2009; 53:2027.
  30. Norris K, Bourgoigne J, Gassman J, et al; AASK Study Group. Cardiovascular outcomes in the African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension (AASK) Trial. Am J Kidney Dis 2006; 48:739751.
  31. Toto RD, Mitchell HC, Smith RD, Lee HC, McIntire D, Pettinger WA. “Strict” blood pressure control and progression of renal disease in hypertensive nephrosclerosis. Kidney Int 1995; 48:851859.
  32. Lewis JB, Berl T, Bain RP, Rohde RD, Lewis EJ. Effect of intensive blood pressure control on the course of type 1 diabetic nephropathy. Collaborative Study Group. Am J Kidney Dis 1999; 34:809817.
  33. Schrier RW, Estacio RO, Esler A, Mehler P. Effects of aggressive blood pressure control in normotensive type 2 diabetic patients on albuminuria, retinopathy and strokes. Kidney Int 2002; 61:10861097.
  34. Estacio RO, Jeffers BW, Gifford N, Schrier RW. Effect of blood pressure control on diabetic microvascular complications in patients with hypertension and type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2000; 23( suppl 2):B54B64.
  35. Estacio RO, Coll JR, Tran ZV, Schrier RW. Effect of intensive blood pressure control with valsartan on urinary albumin excretion in normotensive patients with type 2 diabetes. Am J Hypertens 2006; 19:12411248.
  36. Schrier R, McFann K, Johnson A, et al. Cardiac and renal effects of standard versus rigorous blood pressure control in autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease: results of a seven-year prospective randomized study. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:17331739.
  37. Klahr S, Levey AS, Beck GJ, et al. The effects of dietary protein restriction and blood-pressure control on the progression of chronic renal disease. Modification of Diet in Renal Disease Study Group. N Engl J Med 1994; 330:877884.
  38. Sarnak MJ, Greene T, Wang X, et al. The effect of a lower target blood pressure on the progression of kidney disease: long-term follow-up of the modification of diet in renal disease study. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142:342351.
  39. Ruggenenti P, Perna A, Loriga G, et al; REIN-2 Study Group. Blood-pressure control for renoprotection in patients with non-diabetic chronic renal disease (REIN-2): multicentre, randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2005; 365:939946.
  40. Appel LJ, Wright JT, Greene T, et al; AASK Collaborative Research Group. Intensive blood-pressure control in hypertensive chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:918929.
  41. Hansson L, Zanchetti A, Carruthers SG, et al. Effects of intensive blood-pressure lowering and low-dose aspirin in patients with hypertension: principal results of the Hypertension Optimal Treatment (HOT) randomised trial. HOT Study Group. Lancet 1998; 351:17551762.
  42. Tight blood pressure control and risk of macrovascular and microvascular complications in type 2 diabetes: UKPDS 38. UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. BMJ 1998; 317:703713.
  43. Holman RR, Paul SK, Bethel MA, Matthews DR, Neil HA. 10-year follow-up of intensive glucose control in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:15771589.
  44. ACCORD Study Group, Cushman WC, Evans GW, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive blood-pressure control in type 2 diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 2010; 362:15751585.
  45. JATOS Study Group. Principal results of the Japanese trial to assess optimal systolic blood pressure in elderly hypertensive patients (JATOS). Hypertens Res 2008; 31:21152127.
  46. Verdecchia P, Staessen JA, Angeli F, et al; Cardio-Sis investigators. Usual versus tight control of systolic blood pressure in non-diabetic patients with hypertension (Cardio-Sis): an open-label randomised trial. Lancet 2009; 374:525533.
  47. Solomon SD, Verma A, Desai A, et al; Exforge Intensive Control of Hypertension to Evaluate Efficacy in Diastolic Dysfunction Investigators. Effect of intensive versus standard blood pressure lowering on diastolic function in patients with uncontrolled hypertension and diastolic dysfunction. Hypertension 2010; 55:241248.
  48. Ichihara A, Hayashi M, Koura Y, Tada Y, Hirota N, Saruta T. Long-term effects of intensive blood-pressure lowering on arterial wall stiffness in hypertensive patients. Am J Hypertens 2003; 16:959965.
  49. Rothwell PM. External validity of randomised controlled trials: “to whom do the results of this trial apply?” Lancet 2005; 365:8293.
  50. Townsend RR, Roman MJ, Najjar SS, Cockcroft JR, Feig PU, Stockbridge NL. Central blood pressure measurements-an opportunity for efficacy and safety in drug development? J Am Soc Hypertens 2010; 4:211214.
  51. Xia H, Ebben J, Ma JZ, Collins AJ. Hematocrit levels and hospitalization risks in hemodialysis patients. J Am Soc Nephrol 1999; 10:13091316.
  52. Ma JZ, Ebben J, Xia H, Collins AJ. Hematocrit level and associated mortality in hemodialysis patients. J Am Soc Nephrol 1999; 10:610619.
  53. Ofsthun N, Labrecque J, Lacson E, Keen M, Lazarus JM. The effects of higher hemoglobin levels on mortality and hospitalization in hemodialysis patients. Kidney Int 2003; 63:19081914.
  54. Besarab A, Bolton WK, Browne JK, et al. The effects of normal as compared with low hematocrit values in patients with cardiac disease who are receiving hemodialysis and epoetin. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:584590.
  55. Drüeke TB, Locatelli F, Clyne N, et al; CREATE Investigators. Normalization of hemoglobin level in patients with chronic kidney disease and anemia. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:20712084.
  56. Singh AK, Szczech L, Tang KL, et al; CHOIR Investigators. Correction of anemia with epoetin alfa in chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:20852098.
  57. Pfeffer MA, Burdmann EA, Chen CY, et al; TREAT Investigators. A trial of darbepoetin alfa in type 2 diabetes and chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:20192032.
  58. Szczech LA, Barnhart HX, Inrig JK, et al. Secondary analysis of the CHOIR trial epoetin-alpha dose and achieved hemoglobin outcomes. Kidney Int 2008; 74:791798.
  59. Finfer S, Chittock DR, Su SY, et al; NICE-SUGAR Study Investigators Intensive versus conventional glucose control in critically ill patients. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:12831297.
  60. Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes Study Group; Gerstein HC, Miller ME, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:25452559.
  61. Calhoun DA, Jones D, Textor S, et al. Resistant hypertension: diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment. A scientific statement from the American Heart Association Professional Education Committee of the Council for High Blood Pressure Research. Hypertension 2008; 51:14031419.
  62. Nissen SE, Tuzcu EM, Libby P, et al; CAMELOT Investigators. Effect of antihypertensive agents on cardiovascular events in patients with coronary disease and normal blood pressure: the CAMELOT study, a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2004; 292:22172225.
  63. Patel A; ADVANCE Collaborative Group; MacMahon S, Chalmers J, Neal B. Effects of a fixed combination of perindopril and indapamide on macrovascular and microvascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus (the ADVANCE trial): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2007; 370:829840.
  64. Pickering TG, Hall JE, Appel LJ, et al. Recommendations for blood pressure measurement in humans and experimental animals: part 1: blood pressure measurement in humans: a statement for professionals from the Subcommittee of Professional and Public Education of the American Heart Association Council on High Blood Pressure Research. Circulation 2005; 111:697716.
  65. Fagard RH, Cornelissen VA. Incidence of cardiovascular events in white-coat, masked and sustained hypertension versus true normotension: a meta-analysis. J Hypertens 2007; 25:21932198.
  66. Pickering TG, White WB, Giles TD, et al. When and how to use self (home) and ambulatory blood pressure monitoring. J Am Soc Hypertens 2010; 4:5661.
  67. Hänninen MR, Niiranen TJ, Puukka PJ, Jula AM. Comparison of home and ambulatory blood pressure measurement in the diagnosis of masked hypertension. J Hypertens 2010; 28:709714.
  68. Roman MJ, Devereux RB, Kizer JR, et al. Central pressure more strongly relates to vascular disease and outcome than does brachial pressure: the Strong Heart Study. Hypertension 2007; 50:197203.
  69. Williams B, Lacy PS, Thom SM, et al; CAFE Investigators; Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial Investigators; CAFE Steering Committee and Writing Committee. Differential impact of blood pressure-lowering drugs on central aortic pressure and clinical outcomes: principal results of the Conduit Artery Function Evaluation (CAFE) study. Circulation 2006; 113:12131225.
  70. Ben-Dov IZ, Kark JD, Ben-Ishay D, Mekler J, Ben-Arie L, Bursztyn M. Predictors of all-cause mortality in clinical ambulatory monitoring: unique aspects of blood pressure during sleep. Hypertension 2007; 49:12351241.
  71. Li Y, Thijs L, Hansen TW, et al; International Database on Ambulatory Blood Pressure Monitoring in Relation to Cardiovascular Outcomes Investigators. Prognostic value of the morning blood pressure surge in 5645 subjects from 8 populations. Hypertension 2010; 55:10401048.
  72. Rothwell PM. Limitations of the usual blood-pressure hypothesis and importance of variability, instability, and episodic hypertension. Lancet 2010; 375:938948.
  73. Hansen TW, Thijs L, Li Y, et al; International Database on Ambulatory Blood Pressure in Relation to Cardiovascular Outcomes Investigators. Prognostic value of reading-to-reading blood pressure variability over 24 hours in 8938 subjects from 11 populations. Hypertension 2010; 55:10491057.
  74. Jackson R, Lawes CM, Bennett DA, Milne RJ, Rodgers A. Treatment with drugs to lower blood pressure and blood cholesterol based on an individual’s absolute cardiovascular risk. Lancet 2005; 365:434441.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Edward J. Filippone, MD, FACP
Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, Department of Medicine, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA

Andrew Foy, MD
Resident in Internal Medicine, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA

Eric Newman, DO
Instructor of Medicine, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA

Address: Edward J. Filippone, MD, FACP, Thomas Jefferson University, 2228 South Broad Street, Philadelphia, PA 19145; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
123-133
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Edward J. Filippone, MD, FACP
Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, Department of Medicine, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA

Andrew Foy, MD
Resident in Internal Medicine, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA

Eric Newman, DO
Instructor of Medicine, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA

Address: Edward J. Filippone, MD, FACP, Thomas Jefferson University, 2228 South Broad Street, Philadelphia, PA 19145; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Edward J. Filippone, MD, FACP
Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, Department of Medicine, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA

Andrew Foy, MD
Resident in Internal Medicine, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA

Eric Newman, DO
Instructor of Medicine, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA

Address: Edward J. Filippone, MD, FACP, Thomas Jefferson University, 2228 South Broad Street, Philadelphia, PA 19145; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 50-year-old African American woman with type 2 diabetes mellitus, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, and chronic kidney disease presents for a follow-up visit. The patient had been treated with hydrochlorothiazide 25 mg/day and enalapril (Vasotec) 20 mg twice daily until 6 weeks ago. At that time her blood pressure was 160/85 mm Hg, and amlodipine (Norvasc) 10 mg/day was added to her regimen. Her other medications include glipizide (Glucotrol), metformin (Glucophage), lovastatin (Mevacor), fish oils, aspirin, calcium, and vitamin D. Her current blood pressure is 145/80 mm Hg; her serum creatinine level is 1.5 mg/dL, and her urine albumin-to-creatinine ratio is 180 mg/g.

In hypertensive patients who have diabetes or chronic kidney disease, guidelines1 call for intensification of antihypertensive therapy to reach a goal blood pressure of less than 130/80 mm Hg. What data exist to support these guidelines? And what should the clinician do?

IS MORE-INTENSE THERAPY IN THE PATIENT’S BEST INTEREST?

Often, clinicians are faced with hypertensive patients whose blood pressure, despite treatment, is higher than the accepted goal. Often, these patients are elderly and are already taking multiple medications that are costly and have significant potential adverse effects. The dilemma is whether to try to reach a target blood pressure listed in a guideline (by increasing the dosage of the current drugs or by adding a drug of a different class) or to “do no harm,” accept the patient’s blood pressure, and keep the regimen the same.1,2

The current goal blood pressure is less than 140/90 mm Hg for all but the very elderly, with more intense control recommended for patients at high risk, ie, those with diabetes mellitus, chronic kidney disease, or atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease.1

While it appears to be in the patient’s best interests to follow such guidelines, review of available data indicates that this it not necessarily so, and may even be harmful.

OBSERVATIONAL DATA AND EARLY RANDOMIZED TRIALS

Many observational studies have found that the higher one’s blood pressure, the greater one’s risk of cardiovascular events and death. Indeed, meta-analyses of these trials, which involved more than 1.5 million people, demonstrate a strong, positive, log-linear relationship between blood pressure and the incidence of cardiovascular disease and death.3–5

Further, there is no evidence of a threshold pressure below which the risk is not lower (ie, a “J-point”), starting with 115/75 mm Hg. A J-point may exist for diastolic blood pressure in elderly patients with isolated systolic hypertension6 and in patients with coronary artery disease.7 Otherwise, the observation is clear: the lower the blood pressure the better. For every 20 mm Hg lower systolic blood pressure or 10 mm Hg lower diastolic blood pressure, the risk of a cardiovascular event is about 50% less.4,5

Observational analyses also show a strong, graded relationship between blood pressure and future end-stage renal disease.8,9 Post hoc analyses indicate that chronic kidney disease progresses more slowly with lower achieved blood pressures, especially in those with higher degrees of proteinuria.10–12

However, observational data do not prove cause and effect, nor do they guarantee similar results with treatment. This requires randomized controlled trials.

RANDOMIZED TRIALS OF HYPERTENSION TREATMENT

Initial trials were aimed at determining whether hypertension should even be treated. A 1997 meta-analysis of 18 such trials comparing either low-dose diuretic therapy, high-dose diuretic therapy, or beta-blocker therapy with placebo involved 48,000 patients who were followed for an average of 5 years.13 The rates of stroke and congestive heart failure were consistently reduced, although only low-dose diuretic therapy reduced the risk of coronary heart disease and death from any cause.

More recent trials enrolled people not considered hypertensive who were randomized to receive either active drugs or placebo, or no treatment. Other trials attempted to assess non-pressure-related effects of specific agents, using other antihypertensive agents in the control group. Still other randomized controlled trials compared one agent or agents with other agents while attempting to attain equivalent blood pressure between groups. Frequently, however, there was some blood pressure difference.

Meta-analyses of most of these trials conclude that the major benefit of antihypertensive therapy—reducing rates of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality—comes from a lower attained blood pressure, irrespective of which agent is used.14–18 Exceptions exist, however. For example, specific drug classes are indicated after myocardial infarction, and in congestive heart failure and proteinuric chronic kidney disease.10,19–21

16 TRIALS OF DIFFERENT BLOOD PRESSURE TARGETS

The overriding theme of these observational data is that a lower blood pressure, whether attained naturally or with treatment, is better than a higher one from both the cardiovascular and the renal perspective.

What remains unclear is what blood pressure should be aimed for in a particular patient or group of patients. Is it a specific pressure (eg, 140/90 mm Hg), or does the change from baseline count more? Should other factors such as age or comorbidity alter this number?

Several randomized controlled trials have addressed these questions by targeting different levels of blood pressure. We are aware of at least 16 such trials in adults, including 13 with renal or cardiovascular primary end points and three with surrogate primary end points.

An unavoidable design flaw of all of these trials is their unblinded nature. Consequently, nearly all of them carry a Jadad score (a measure of quality, based on randomization and blinding)22 of 3 on a scale of 5.

 

 

NINE TRIALS WITH RENAL PRIMARY END POINTS

Nine of these trials had renal primary end points (Table 1).23–40

African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension (AASK)23

Patients: 1,094 African Americans with presumed hypertensive renal disease and a measured glomerular filtration rate between 20 and 65 mL/min/1.73 m2.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Mean arterial pressure 92 mm Hg or less vs 102 to 107 mm Hg.

Results. At 4 years, the two groups had average blood pressures of 128/78 and 141/85 mm Hg, respectively. The groups did not differ in the rates of the primary end points—ie, the rate of change in the measured glomerular filtration rate over time or the composite of a 50% reduction in glomerular filtration rate, the onset of end-stage renal disease, or death.

Comments. Several issues have been raised about the internal validity of this trial.

So-called hypertensive kidney disease in African Americans (as opposed to European Americans) may be a genetic disorder related to polymorphisms of one or more genes on chromosome 22q. Initial data implicated the MYH9 gene, which encodes non-muscle myosin heavy chain II.24,25 More recent data implicate the nearby APOL1 gene encoding apolipoprotein L126 as more relevant. These polymorphisms have a much greater prevalence in African Americans and appear responsible for the higher risk of idiopathic focal segmental glomerulosclerosis and HIV-associated nephropathy in this population.24–26 Therefore, in African Americans, hypertension may in fact be the result of the kidney disease and not its primary cause, which may explain why in this and other African American populations stricter control of blood pressure did not produce a renal benefit.27,28

Also, there is the possibility of misclassification bias. A secondary analysis of data obtained by ambulatory monitoring showed that of the 377 participants whose blood pressure appeared to be under control when measured in the clinic, 70% actually had masked hypertension, ie, uncontrolled hypertension outside the clinic.29 The real difference in blood pressure between groups may well have been different than that determined in the clinic.

In addition, a prespecified secondary analysis showed no difference in the rates of cardiovascular events and death between the groups.30 However, the study was not designed to have the statistical power to detect a difference in cardiovascular events. Moreover fewer cardiovascular events occurred than expected, further reducing the study’s power to detect a difference.

Toto et al31

Toto et al reported similar results in an earlier trial in 87 hypertensive patients (77 randomized), predominantly African American, and similar concerns apply.

Lewis et al32

Patients: 129 patients with type 1 diabetes.

Randomized blood pressure goals. A mean arterial pressure of either no higher than 92 mm Hg or 100 to 107 mm Hg.

Results. At 2 years, despite a difference of 6 mm Hg in mean arterial pressure, the glomerular filtration rate (measured) had declined by the same amount in the two groups. The study was underpowered for this end point. Patients in the group with the lower goal pressure were excreting significantly less protein than those in the other group, but they were received higher doses of an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor—in this case, ramipril (Altace).

The Appropriate Blood Pressure Control in Diabetes (ABCD) trials33–35

Patients: 950 patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus and either normal or high blood pressure.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Either intensive or moderate therapy (see Table 1).

Results. At 5 years, creatinine clearance (estimated) had declined by the same amount in the two groups. However, fewer of the hypertensive patients had died in the intensive-therapy group.34 Similarly, normotensive patients had less progression of albuminuria if treated intensively.33

In the ABCD Part 2 with Valsartan (ABCD-2V) trial in normotensive patients,35 therapy with valsartan (Diovan) did not affect creatinine clearance but did reduce albuminuria. However, 75% of the patients in the moderate-treatment group were untreated.

Schrier et al36

Patients. 75 hypertensive patients with autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease and left ventricular hypertrophy.

Randomized blood pressure targets. Less than 120/80 mm Hg vs 135/85 to 140/90 mm Hg.

Results. After 7 years, despite a difference in average mean arterial pressure of 11 mm Hg between the groups (90 vs 101 mm Hg), there was no difference in the rate of decline of creatinine clearance. The left ventricular mass index decreased by 21% in the lower-target group and by 35% in the higher-target group (P < .01).

Modification of Diet in Renal Disease (MDRD) trial37,38

Patients: 840 patients whose measured glomerular filtration rate was between 13 and 55 mL/min/1.73 m2.

Randomized blood pressure targets. A target mean arterial pressure of less than 92 mm Hg vs less than 107 mm Hg.11,37

Results. After 2.2 years, the mean difference in mean arterial pressure was 4.7 mm Hg. There was, however, no difference in the rate of decline in the glomerular filtration rate.

In a 6-year follow-up, significantly fewer patients in the lower-blood-pressure group reached the end point of end-stage renal disease or the combined end point of end-stage renal disease or death.38 The rate of death, however, was nearly twice as high in the lower-blood-pressure group (10% vs 6%). The blood pressure and treatment during follow-up were not reported.

Comments. Internal validity is an issue, since the blood pressure and therapy during follow-up were unknown, and more patients received ACE inhibitors in the lower-blood-pressure group during the trial. Further, the higher death rate in the lower-blood-pressure group is worrisome.

 

 

The Ramipril Efficacy in Nephropathy (REIN)-2 trial39

Patients: 338 nondiabetic patients who had proteinuria and reduced creatinine clearance.

Treatment and blood pressure goals. All were treated with ramipril and randomized to intensive (< 130/80 mm Hg) vs standard control (diastolic blood pressure < 90 mm Hg) with therapy based on felodipine (Plendil).

Results. The study was terminated early because of futility. Despite a mean difference of 4.1 mm Hg systolic and 2.8 mm Hg diastolic, the groups did not differ in the rate of progression to end-stage renal disease (23% with intensive therapy vs 20% with standard therapy) or in the rate of decline of the measured glomerular filtration rate (0.22 vs 0.24 mL/min/1.73 m2/month).

Comment. The internal validity of this study can be questioned because of the low separation of achieved blood pressure and because of its early termination.

No benefit from a lower blood pressure goal in preserving kidney function

To summarize, these trials all showed no significant benefit from either targeting or achieving lower blood pressure in terms of slowing the decline of kidney function. Overall, they do not define a target and offer little support that a lower goal blood pressure is indicated with respect to the rate of loss of glomerular filtration rate in chronic kidney disease.

However, post hoc analysis of the MDRD trial indicates a statistical interaction between targeted blood pressure and degree of baseline proteinuria. At higher levels of proteinuria (≥ 1 g/day), the group with the lower blood pressure target had better outcomes.

In addition, long-term follow-up (mean of 12.2 years) of the AASK trial, including a 7-year cohort phase with nearly similar blood pressures in both groups, also indicated an interaction with targeted blood pressure and baseline proteinuria.40 Although the overall analysis was negative, there was a significant reduction in the primary end point in the group originally assigned the low target when analysis was restricted to those in the highest tertile of proteinuria. These and other data10 suggest that patients with chronic kidney disease and proteinuria may represent a distinct subset of chronic kidney disease patients who benefit from more intensive blood-pressure-lowering. However, patients in the REIN-2 trial34 and the macroalbuminuric patients in the ABCD hypertensive trial35 did not benefit from a lower targeted blood pressure despite significant proteinuria.

FOUR TRIALS WITH CARDIOVASCULAR END POINTS

Four trials have been conducted that had enough power to detect differences in the rates of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality between groups randomized to a lower vs higher blood pressure goal (Table 2).41–45

The Hypertension Optimal Treatment (HOT) trial41

Patients: 18,790 patients with diastolic blood pressure between 100 and 115 mm Hg.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Diastolic pressure of equal to or less than 80, 85, or 90 mm Hg.

Results. At an average of 3.8 years, the average blood pressures in the three groups were approximately 140/81, 141/83, and 144/85 mm Hg, respectively. There was no difference between the groups in the rate of the composite primary end point of all myocardial infarctions, all strokes, and cardiovascular death. Any conclusions from this trial were compromised by the small difference in achieved blood pressures between groups.

In the 1,501 patients with diabetes, the incidence of the primary end point was 50% lower with a goal of 80 mm Hg or less than with a goal of 90 mm Hg or less.

The UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)42,43

Patients: 1,148 hypertensive patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Either “tight control” (aiming for < 150/85 mm Hg) or “less tight control” (aiming for < 180/105 mm Hg).

Results. At a median follow-up of 8.4 years, the attained blood pressures were 144/82 vs 154/87 mm Hg. The difference produced significant benefits, including a 24% lower rate of any diabetes-related end point, a 32% lower rate of death due to diabetes, and a nonsignificant 18% lower rate of total mortality—all co-primary end points.

The less-tight-control group had many patients with initial blood pressures below 180/105 mm Hg; hence, over 50% of patients received no antihypertensive therapy at the start of the trial. By the end of the trial 9 years later, 20% had still not been treated. This compares with only 5% of patients in the tight-control group who were not treated with antihypertensives throughout the trial. Therefore, this trial serves as better evidence for treating vs not treating, rather than defining a specific goal.

During a 10-year follow-up, blood pressure differences disappeared within 2 years.43 There was no legacy effect, as the significant differences noted during the trial were no longer present 10 years later.

Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD)44

Patients: 4,733 patients with type 2 diabetes.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Systolic blood pressure lower than either 120 or 140 mm Hg.

Results. At 4.7 years, despite a significant difference in mean systolic blood pressure of 14.2 mm Hg after the first year (119.3 vs 133.5 mm Hg), there was no difference in the primary end point of nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, or cardiovascular death. There were fewer strokes in the lower-pressure group but no difference in myocardial infarctions, which were five times more common than strokes. Serious adverse events attributed to antihypertensive treatment occurred more frequently in the intensive-therapy group (3.3% vs 1.3%, P < .001).

Comment. There were fewer events than expected, possibly limiting the trial’s ability to detect a statistical difference. Compared with both the UKPDS and the diabetic population of HOT, ACCORD is much larger and more internally valid (unlike in UKPDS, nearly all patients in both groups were treated, and compared with HOT there was much greater separation of achieved pressure). It is more recent and better reflects current overall practice. It indicates that when specifically aiming for a target blood pressure, lower is not always better and comes at a price (more severe adverse events).

 

 

Japanese Trial to Assess Optimal Systolic Blood Pressure in Elderly Hypertensive Patients (JATOS)45

Patients: 4,418 patients, age 65 to 85 years, with a pretreatment systolic blood pressure above 160 mm Hg.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Systolic pressure either lower than 140 mm Hg or 140 to 160 mm Hg.

Results. At 2 years, despite a difference of 9.7/3.3 mm Hg, there was no difference in the primary end point (the combined incidence of cerebrovascular disease, cardiac and vascular disease, and renal failure). Fifty-four patients had died in the strict-treatment group and 42 in the mild-treatment group; the difference was not statistically significant.

Three other trials

Three other trials46–48 had surrogate end points, but only one of them reported a composite cardiovascular secondary end point.46 We will not discuss the other two.47,48

Cardio-Sis. In the Studio Italiano Sugli Effetti Cardiovascolari del Controllo della Pressione Arteriosa Sistolica (Cardio-Sis) trial,46 1,111 people without diabetes with systolic pressure higher than 150 mm Hg were randomized to tight control (systolic pressure < 130 mm Hg) vs usual control (systolic pressure < 140 mm Hg) and followed for 2 years with electrocardiography to detect left ventricular hypertrophy.

At a median of 2 years, the systolic blood pressure had declined by an average of 3.8 mm Hg more in the tight-control group than in the usual-control group, and the diastolic pressure by an average of 1.5 mm Hg. There was significantly less left ventricular hypertrophy in the tight-control group. The incidence of the secondary end point of a composite of cardiovascular and renal events was also significantly lower. There was no difference individually in the rates of myocardial infarction, stroke, transient ischemic attack, admission for congestive heart failure, or death.

DISCUSSION: THE DILEMMA OF TREATING AN INDIVIDUAL PATIENT

These data illustrate the dilemma of treating an individual patient whose blood pressure is not at the currently accepted goal while on multiple antihypertensive medications. According to guidelines, therapy should be intensified in this situation. Observational data show a strong graded relationship between blood pressure and cardiovascular events and death, starting with a blood pressure of 115/75 mm Hg. The observational data relating blood pressure to kidney disease are similar. These data support the guideline recommendations that additional medications should be added to reach the promulgated target. Unfortunately, the targeting trials do not define a target, nor do they support the concept that lower is better.

Possible explanations for the negative results

Why does targeting a lower blood pressure not produce the benefit that the observational data lead us to expect?

One possibility is that blood pressure is merely a marker of cardiovascular risk, not a cause of it. This is unlikely, given the temporal relationship, reproducibility, and biologic plausibility that is supported by a very large body of experimental data. However, blood pressure is only one of multiple factors involved in the pathogenesis of vascular and renal disease, and perhaps better attention to other factors such as lipids and smoking may have made the targeting trials underpowered.

Another possibility is that these trials had such strict inclusion and exclusion criteria that they do not represent the general hypertensive population, reducing their external validity.49 However, the trials generally enrolled populations at higher risk, in which end points were more likely to occur. This would have enhanced the chance to show a positive effect rather than mask it.

It is possible that antihypertensive medications themselves have unwanted side effects that offset their potential benefit. Medication-related side effects could directly contribute to vascular disease despite their beneficial effect of lowering pressure. There could also be reduced tissue perfusion due to lower blood pressure per se in the face of a diseased vasculature, with the lower pressure directly contributing to organ dysfunction.

Finally, these trials measured brachial pressures to monitor blood pressure. Brachial pressure does not always correlate with central aortic pressure, which is probably a better marker of the overall pressure burden.50 It is possible that in these targeting trials, the peripheral blood pressure did not reflect the true central blood pressure and, therefore, significant separation of blood pressures may not have actually occurred.

Targeted vs achieved blood pressures: Analogies with other markers

This contradiction is not an exceptional circumstance in medicine.

For example, in chronic kidney disease, a graded observational relationship exists between decreasing levels of hemoglobin and various adverse outcomes.51–53 However, targeting a more normal level of hemoglobin compared with a lower one has been shown to be detrimental.54–57 This implies either that anemia is merely a marker of higher risk or, more likely, that the actual measures used to raise the hemoglobin to higher levels are the culprit. Notably, although targeting a higher hemoglobin concentration vs a lower one was detrimental, achieving a higher hemoglobin was beneficial within each targeted group.54,58

Another example of harm caused by targeting goals based on observational data is tight glucose control, both acutely in the critically ill59 and chronically in patients with type 2 diabetes.60 In both cases higher mortality rates ensued.

The same concept may apply to lowering blood pressure. While achieving a lower blood pressure may be more beneficial, targeting a specific goal may be harmful. Given that perhaps 20% of those labeled as hypertensive have resistant hypertension,61 millions of patients are susceptible to potential harm from targeting a specific goal based solely on observational data. If lower is always better, the randomized trials outlined above should have had more positive outcomes.

It becomes problematic to assign a specific goal for all patients or even groups of patients. The targeting trials do not provide the answer. Based on the observational data it would be optimal to have a blood pressure less than 120/80 mm Hg. This is an observation, not a recommendation. Patients should be assessed on an individual basis, taking into consideration their starting blood pressure, age, medication burden (antihypertensive and otherwise), comorbidities, and ability to comply with a regimen. Given the available data, it is hard to be more specific. In the future it may be possible to identify specific blood pressure targets based on the patient’s genetic makeup, but today that is not possible. Even patients with lower initial blood pressure may benefit from therapy,62,63 and some experts have advocated blood-pressure-lowering in all, irrespective of the baseline value.14

 

 

Avoid misclassification

The first step in treating hypertension should be to avoid misclassification. Make sure the clinic blood pressure is measured correctly, using an appropriately sized cuff, positioning the patient properly, and following all the other recommendations.64

However, the clinic blood pressure may not reflect true blood pressure load in up to one-third of all patients.65 We recommend 24-hour ambulatory blood pressure monitoring66 or home self-measurement, or both,67 to better assess true blood pressure burden in several circumstances, including in patients with resistant hypertension (any patient who has not achieved acceptable clinic blood pressure on three or more antihypertensive medications including a diuretic or who requires four or more medications for adequate control), suspicion of white-coat hypertension (or effect), and any patient who has achieved acceptable clinic blood pressure but either has symptoms of hypotension or progressive end-organ damage.

Currently, we base therapy on out-of-office blood pressure (self-measured or by ambulatory monitoring) whenever there is a discrepancy with clinic blood pressure.

Whether therapy should be altered by other less traditional measures of blood pressure such as assessment of central aortic pressure by radial applanation tonometry,68,69 or 24-hour ambulatory monitoring to assess nighttime blood pressures (specifically, “dipping”),70 morning surge,71 or blood pressure variability72,73 remains unclear and in need of randomized controlled trials.

In any patient requiring blood-pressure-lowering, we recommend lifestyle modifications.1,2 These include exercise, weight loss, salt and alcohol restriction, evaluation for sleep apnea, and avoidance of medications known to elevate blood pressure such as nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and sympathomimetic decongestants.

Much needs to be learned

For the individual patient with unacceptably high blood pressure who is already taking multiple antihypertensive medications of different classes, it is unclear what to do. This type of patient with resistant hypertension would be an excellent candidate for a future targeting trial. Other cardiovascular risk factors should be appropriately addressed, including obesity, lipids, smoking, and poor glycemic control.74 Each patient should be individually assessed with consideration of both global cardiovascular risk and quality-of-life issues.

Much still needs to be learned about the treatment of hypertension. The facts demonstrate that blood pressure is a strong modifiable risk factor of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality. Lowering it clearly produces benefits. It is unclear what treatment goals should be promulgated by official guidelines for large groups of patients. The resistant case remains a therapeutic dilemma with the potential for harm from overly aggressive treatment. The truly optimal level for an individual patient remains difficult to define. We anxiously await results of ongoing and future targeting trials.

CASE REVISITED

Regarding the initial case vignette, the patient is clearly not at her recommended goal blood pressure, especially given her high-risk status (diabetes mellitus and chronic kidney disease). Observational data support intensification of therapy, whereas targeting trials are essentially negative and indicate the potential for harm with overly aggressive treatment. Thus, we remain uncertain about what is correct or incorrect in terms of a targeted blood pressure, especially when applied to the individual patient.

Our approach would be to emphasize lifestyle modifications, to ensure accurate determination of her true blood pressure load (self-measurement at home or ambulatory blood pressure monitoring), to consider secondary causes of hypertension, and to educate the patient about the benefits and consequences of intensifying therapy with the aim of involving her in the decision.

A 50-year-old African American woman with type 2 diabetes mellitus, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, and chronic kidney disease presents for a follow-up visit. The patient had been treated with hydrochlorothiazide 25 mg/day and enalapril (Vasotec) 20 mg twice daily until 6 weeks ago. At that time her blood pressure was 160/85 mm Hg, and amlodipine (Norvasc) 10 mg/day was added to her regimen. Her other medications include glipizide (Glucotrol), metformin (Glucophage), lovastatin (Mevacor), fish oils, aspirin, calcium, and vitamin D. Her current blood pressure is 145/80 mm Hg; her serum creatinine level is 1.5 mg/dL, and her urine albumin-to-creatinine ratio is 180 mg/g.

In hypertensive patients who have diabetes or chronic kidney disease, guidelines1 call for intensification of antihypertensive therapy to reach a goal blood pressure of less than 130/80 mm Hg. What data exist to support these guidelines? And what should the clinician do?

IS MORE-INTENSE THERAPY IN THE PATIENT’S BEST INTEREST?

Often, clinicians are faced with hypertensive patients whose blood pressure, despite treatment, is higher than the accepted goal. Often, these patients are elderly and are already taking multiple medications that are costly and have significant potential adverse effects. The dilemma is whether to try to reach a target blood pressure listed in a guideline (by increasing the dosage of the current drugs or by adding a drug of a different class) or to “do no harm,” accept the patient’s blood pressure, and keep the regimen the same.1,2

The current goal blood pressure is less than 140/90 mm Hg for all but the very elderly, with more intense control recommended for patients at high risk, ie, those with diabetes mellitus, chronic kidney disease, or atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease.1

While it appears to be in the patient’s best interests to follow such guidelines, review of available data indicates that this it not necessarily so, and may even be harmful.

OBSERVATIONAL DATA AND EARLY RANDOMIZED TRIALS

Many observational studies have found that the higher one’s blood pressure, the greater one’s risk of cardiovascular events and death. Indeed, meta-analyses of these trials, which involved more than 1.5 million people, demonstrate a strong, positive, log-linear relationship between blood pressure and the incidence of cardiovascular disease and death.3–5

Further, there is no evidence of a threshold pressure below which the risk is not lower (ie, a “J-point”), starting with 115/75 mm Hg. A J-point may exist for diastolic blood pressure in elderly patients with isolated systolic hypertension6 and in patients with coronary artery disease.7 Otherwise, the observation is clear: the lower the blood pressure the better. For every 20 mm Hg lower systolic blood pressure or 10 mm Hg lower diastolic blood pressure, the risk of a cardiovascular event is about 50% less.4,5

Observational analyses also show a strong, graded relationship between blood pressure and future end-stage renal disease.8,9 Post hoc analyses indicate that chronic kidney disease progresses more slowly with lower achieved blood pressures, especially in those with higher degrees of proteinuria.10–12

However, observational data do not prove cause and effect, nor do they guarantee similar results with treatment. This requires randomized controlled trials.

RANDOMIZED TRIALS OF HYPERTENSION TREATMENT

Initial trials were aimed at determining whether hypertension should even be treated. A 1997 meta-analysis of 18 such trials comparing either low-dose diuretic therapy, high-dose diuretic therapy, or beta-blocker therapy with placebo involved 48,000 patients who were followed for an average of 5 years.13 The rates of stroke and congestive heart failure were consistently reduced, although only low-dose diuretic therapy reduced the risk of coronary heart disease and death from any cause.

More recent trials enrolled people not considered hypertensive who were randomized to receive either active drugs or placebo, or no treatment. Other trials attempted to assess non-pressure-related effects of specific agents, using other antihypertensive agents in the control group. Still other randomized controlled trials compared one agent or agents with other agents while attempting to attain equivalent blood pressure between groups. Frequently, however, there was some blood pressure difference.

Meta-analyses of most of these trials conclude that the major benefit of antihypertensive therapy—reducing rates of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality—comes from a lower attained blood pressure, irrespective of which agent is used.14–18 Exceptions exist, however. For example, specific drug classes are indicated after myocardial infarction, and in congestive heart failure and proteinuric chronic kidney disease.10,19–21

16 TRIALS OF DIFFERENT BLOOD PRESSURE TARGETS

The overriding theme of these observational data is that a lower blood pressure, whether attained naturally or with treatment, is better than a higher one from both the cardiovascular and the renal perspective.

What remains unclear is what blood pressure should be aimed for in a particular patient or group of patients. Is it a specific pressure (eg, 140/90 mm Hg), or does the change from baseline count more? Should other factors such as age or comorbidity alter this number?

Several randomized controlled trials have addressed these questions by targeting different levels of blood pressure. We are aware of at least 16 such trials in adults, including 13 with renal or cardiovascular primary end points and three with surrogate primary end points.

An unavoidable design flaw of all of these trials is their unblinded nature. Consequently, nearly all of them carry a Jadad score (a measure of quality, based on randomization and blinding)22 of 3 on a scale of 5.

 

 

NINE TRIALS WITH RENAL PRIMARY END POINTS

Nine of these trials had renal primary end points (Table 1).23–40

African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension (AASK)23

Patients: 1,094 African Americans with presumed hypertensive renal disease and a measured glomerular filtration rate between 20 and 65 mL/min/1.73 m2.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Mean arterial pressure 92 mm Hg or less vs 102 to 107 mm Hg.

Results. At 4 years, the two groups had average blood pressures of 128/78 and 141/85 mm Hg, respectively. The groups did not differ in the rates of the primary end points—ie, the rate of change in the measured glomerular filtration rate over time or the composite of a 50% reduction in glomerular filtration rate, the onset of end-stage renal disease, or death.

Comments. Several issues have been raised about the internal validity of this trial.

So-called hypertensive kidney disease in African Americans (as opposed to European Americans) may be a genetic disorder related to polymorphisms of one or more genes on chromosome 22q. Initial data implicated the MYH9 gene, which encodes non-muscle myosin heavy chain II.24,25 More recent data implicate the nearby APOL1 gene encoding apolipoprotein L126 as more relevant. These polymorphisms have a much greater prevalence in African Americans and appear responsible for the higher risk of idiopathic focal segmental glomerulosclerosis and HIV-associated nephropathy in this population.24–26 Therefore, in African Americans, hypertension may in fact be the result of the kidney disease and not its primary cause, which may explain why in this and other African American populations stricter control of blood pressure did not produce a renal benefit.27,28

Also, there is the possibility of misclassification bias. A secondary analysis of data obtained by ambulatory monitoring showed that of the 377 participants whose blood pressure appeared to be under control when measured in the clinic, 70% actually had masked hypertension, ie, uncontrolled hypertension outside the clinic.29 The real difference in blood pressure between groups may well have been different than that determined in the clinic.

In addition, a prespecified secondary analysis showed no difference in the rates of cardiovascular events and death between the groups.30 However, the study was not designed to have the statistical power to detect a difference in cardiovascular events. Moreover fewer cardiovascular events occurred than expected, further reducing the study’s power to detect a difference.

Toto et al31

Toto et al reported similar results in an earlier trial in 87 hypertensive patients (77 randomized), predominantly African American, and similar concerns apply.

Lewis et al32

Patients: 129 patients with type 1 diabetes.

Randomized blood pressure goals. A mean arterial pressure of either no higher than 92 mm Hg or 100 to 107 mm Hg.

Results. At 2 years, despite a difference of 6 mm Hg in mean arterial pressure, the glomerular filtration rate (measured) had declined by the same amount in the two groups. The study was underpowered for this end point. Patients in the group with the lower goal pressure were excreting significantly less protein than those in the other group, but they were received higher doses of an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor—in this case, ramipril (Altace).

The Appropriate Blood Pressure Control in Diabetes (ABCD) trials33–35

Patients: 950 patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus and either normal or high blood pressure.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Either intensive or moderate therapy (see Table 1).

Results. At 5 years, creatinine clearance (estimated) had declined by the same amount in the two groups. However, fewer of the hypertensive patients had died in the intensive-therapy group.34 Similarly, normotensive patients had less progression of albuminuria if treated intensively.33

In the ABCD Part 2 with Valsartan (ABCD-2V) trial in normotensive patients,35 therapy with valsartan (Diovan) did not affect creatinine clearance but did reduce albuminuria. However, 75% of the patients in the moderate-treatment group were untreated.

Schrier et al36

Patients. 75 hypertensive patients with autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease and left ventricular hypertrophy.

Randomized blood pressure targets. Less than 120/80 mm Hg vs 135/85 to 140/90 mm Hg.

Results. After 7 years, despite a difference in average mean arterial pressure of 11 mm Hg between the groups (90 vs 101 mm Hg), there was no difference in the rate of decline of creatinine clearance. The left ventricular mass index decreased by 21% in the lower-target group and by 35% in the higher-target group (P < .01).

Modification of Diet in Renal Disease (MDRD) trial37,38

Patients: 840 patients whose measured glomerular filtration rate was between 13 and 55 mL/min/1.73 m2.

Randomized blood pressure targets. A target mean arterial pressure of less than 92 mm Hg vs less than 107 mm Hg.11,37

Results. After 2.2 years, the mean difference in mean arterial pressure was 4.7 mm Hg. There was, however, no difference in the rate of decline in the glomerular filtration rate.

In a 6-year follow-up, significantly fewer patients in the lower-blood-pressure group reached the end point of end-stage renal disease or the combined end point of end-stage renal disease or death.38 The rate of death, however, was nearly twice as high in the lower-blood-pressure group (10% vs 6%). The blood pressure and treatment during follow-up were not reported.

Comments. Internal validity is an issue, since the blood pressure and therapy during follow-up were unknown, and more patients received ACE inhibitors in the lower-blood-pressure group during the trial. Further, the higher death rate in the lower-blood-pressure group is worrisome.

 

 

The Ramipril Efficacy in Nephropathy (REIN)-2 trial39

Patients: 338 nondiabetic patients who had proteinuria and reduced creatinine clearance.

Treatment and blood pressure goals. All were treated with ramipril and randomized to intensive (< 130/80 mm Hg) vs standard control (diastolic blood pressure < 90 mm Hg) with therapy based on felodipine (Plendil).

Results. The study was terminated early because of futility. Despite a mean difference of 4.1 mm Hg systolic and 2.8 mm Hg diastolic, the groups did not differ in the rate of progression to end-stage renal disease (23% with intensive therapy vs 20% with standard therapy) or in the rate of decline of the measured glomerular filtration rate (0.22 vs 0.24 mL/min/1.73 m2/month).

Comment. The internal validity of this study can be questioned because of the low separation of achieved blood pressure and because of its early termination.

No benefit from a lower blood pressure goal in preserving kidney function

To summarize, these trials all showed no significant benefit from either targeting or achieving lower blood pressure in terms of slowing the decline of kidney function. Overall, they do not define a target and offer little support that a lower goal blood pressure is indicated with respect to the rate of loss of glomerular filtration rate in chronic kidney disease.

However, post hoc analysis of the MDRD trial indicates a statistical interaction between targeted blood pressure and degree of baseline proteinuria. At higher levels of proteinuria (≥ 1 g/day), the group with the lower blood pressure target had better outcomes.

In addition, long-term follow-up (mean of 12.2 years) of the AASK trial, including a 7-year cohort phase with nearly similar blood pressures in both groups, also indicated an interaction with targeted blood pressure and baseline proteinuria.40 Although the overall analysis was negative, there was a significant reduction in the primary end point in the group originally assigned the low target when analysis was restricted to those in the highest tertile of proteinuria. These and other data10 suggest that patients with chronic kidney disease and proteinuria may represent a distinct subset of chronic kidney disease patients who benefit from more intensive blood-pressure-lowering. However, patients in the REIN-2 trial34 and the macroalbuminuric patients in the ABCD hypertensive trial35 did not benefit from a lower targeted blood pressure despite significant proteinuria.

FOUR TRIALS WITH CARDIOVASCULAR END POINTS

Four trials have been conducted that had enough power to detect differences in the rates of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality between groups randomized to a lower vs higher blood pressure goal (Table 2).41–45

The Hypertension Optimal Treatment (HOT) trial41

Patients: 18,790 patients with diastolic blood pressure between 100 and 115 mm Hg.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Diastolic pressure of equal to or less than 80, 85, or 90 mm Hg.

Results. At an average of 3.8 years, the average blood pressures in the three groups were approximately 140/81, 141/83, and 144/85 mm Hg, respectively. There was no difference between the groups in the rate of the composite primary end point of all myocardial infarctions, all strokes, and cardiovascular death. Any conclusions from this trial were compromised by the small difference in achieved blood pressures between groups.

In the 1,501 patients with diabetes, the incidence of the primary end point was 50% lower with a goal of 80 mm Hg or less than with a goal of 90 mm Hg or less.

The UK Prospective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)42,43

Patients: 1,148 hypertensive patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Either “tight control” (aiming for < 150/85 mm Hg) or “less tight control” (aiming for < 180/105 mm Hg).

Results. At a median follow-up of 8.4 years, the attained blood pressures were 144/82 vs 154/87 mm Hg. The difference produced significant benefits, including a 24% lower rate of any diabetes-related end point, a 32% lower rate of death due to diabetes, and a nonsignificant 18% lower rate of total mortality—all co-primary end points.

The less-tight-control group had many patients with initial blood pressures below 180/105 mm Hg; hence, over 50% of patients received no antihypertensive therapy at the start of the trial. By the end of the trial 9 years later, 20% had still not been treated. This compares with only 5% of patients in the tight-control group who were not treated with antihypertensives throughout the trial. Therefore, this trial serves as better evidence for treating vs not treating, rather than defining a specific goal.

During a 10-year follow-up, blood pressure differences disappeared within 2 years.43 There was no legacy effect, as the significant differences noted during the trial were no longer present 10 years later.

Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes (ACCORD)44

Patients: 4,733 patients with type 2 diabetes.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Systolic blood pressure lower than either 120 or 140 mm Hg.

Results. At 4.7 years, despite a significant difference in mean systolic blood pressure of 14.2 mm Hg after the first year (119.3 vs 133.5 mm Hg), there was no difference in the primary end point of nonfatal myocardial infarction, nonfatal stroke, or cardiovascular death. There were fewer strokes in the lower-pressure group but no difference in myocardial infarctions, which were five times more common than strokes. Serious adverse events attributed to antihypertensive treatment occurred more frequently in the intensive-therapy group (3.3% vs 1.3%, P < .001).

Comment. There were fewer events than expected, possibly limiting the trial’s ability to detect a statistical difference. Compared with both the UKPDS and the diabetic population of HOT, ACCORD is much larger and more internally valid (unlike in UKPDS, nearly all patients in both groups were treated, and compared with HOT there was much greater separation of achieved pressure). It is more recent and better reflects current overall practice. It indicates that when specifically aiming for a target blood pressure, lower is not always better and comes at a price (more severe adverse events).

 

 

Japanese Trial to Assess Optimal Systolic Blood Pressure in Elderly Hypertensive Patients (JATOS)45

Patients: 4,418 patients, age 65 to 85 years, with a pretreatment systolic blood pressure above 160 mm Hg.

Randomized blood pressure goals. Systolic pressure either lower than 140 mm Hg or 140 to 160 mm Hg.

Results. At 2 years, despite a difference of 9.7/3.3 mm Hg, there was no difference in the primary end point (the combined incidence of cerebrovascular disease, cardiac and vascular disease, and renal failure). Fifty-four patients had died in the strict-treatment group and 42 in the mild-treatment group; the difference was not statistically significant.

Three other trials

Three other trials46–48 had surrogate end points, but only one of them reported a composite cardiovascular secondary end point.46 We will not discuss the other two.47,48

Cardio-Sis. In the Studio Italiano Sugli Effetti Cardiovascolari del Controllo della Pressione Arteriosa Sistolica (Cardio-Sis) trial,46 1,111 people without diabetes with systolic pressure higher than 150 mm Hg were randomized to tight control (systolic pressure < 130 mm Hg) vs usual control (systolic pressure < 140 mm Hg) and followed for 2 years with electrocardiography to detect left ventricular hypertrophy.

At a median of 2 years, the systolic blood pressure had declined by an average of 3.8 mm Hg more in the tight-control group than in the usual-control group, and the diastolic pressure by an average of 1.5 mm Hg. There was significantly less left ventricular hypertrophy in the tight-control group. The incidence of the secondary end point of a composite of cardiovascular and renal events was also significantly lower. There was no difference individually in the rates of myocardial infarction, stroke, transient ischemic attack, admission for congestive heart failure, or death.

DISCUSSION: THE DILEMMA OF TREATING AN INDIVIDUAL PATIENT

These data illustrate the dilemma of treating an individual patient whose blood pressure is not at the currently accepted goal while on multiple antihypertensive medications. According to guidelines, therapy should be intensified in this situation. Observational data show a strong graded relationship between blood pressure and cardiovascular events and death, starting with a blood pressure of 115/75 mm Hg. The observational data relating blood pressure to kidney disease are similar. These data support the guideline recommendations that additional medications should be added to reach the promulgated target. Unfortunately, the targeting trials do not define a target, nor do they support the concept that lower is better.

Possible explanations for the negative results

Why does targeting a lower blood pressure not produce the benefit that the observational data lead us to expect?

One possibility is that blood pressure is merely a marker of cardiovascular risk, not a cause of it. This is unlikely, given the temporal relationship, reproducibility, and biologic plausibility that is supported by a very large body of experimental data. However, blood pressure is only one of multiple factors involved in the pathogenesis of vascular and renal disease, and perhaps better attention to other factors such as lipids and smoking may have made the targeting trials underpowered.

Another possibility is that these trials had such strict inclusion and exclusion criteria that they do not represent the general hypertensive population, reducing their external validity.49 However, the trials generally enrolled populations at higher risk, in which end points were more likely to occur. This would have enhanced the chance to show a positive effect rather than mask it.

It is possible that antihypertensive medications themselves have unwanted side effects that offset their potential benefit. Medication-related side effects could directly contribute to vascular disease despite their beneficial effect of lowering pressure. There could also be reduced tissue perfusion due to lower blood pressure per se in the face of a diseased vasculature, with the lower pressure directly contributing to organ dysfunction.

Finally, these trials measured brachial pressures to monitor blood pressure. Brachial pressure does not always correlate with central aortic pressure, which is probably a better marker of the overall pressure burden.50 It is possible that in these targeting trials, the peripheral blood pressure did not reflect the true central blood pressure and, therefore, significant separation of blood pressures may not have actually occurred.

Targeted vs achieved blood pressures: Analogies with other markers

This contradiction is not an exceptional circumstance in medicine.

For example, in chronic kidney disease, a graded observational relationship exists between decreasing levels of hemoglobin and various adverse outcomes.51–53 However, targeting a more normal level of hemoglobin compared with a lower one has been shown to be detrimental.54–57 This implies either that anemia is merely a marker of higher risk or, more likely, that the actual measures used to raise the hemoglobin to higher levels are the culprit. Notably, although targeting a higher hemoglobin concentration vs a lower one was detrimental, achieving a higher hemoglobin was beneficial within each targeted group.54,58

Another example of harm caused by targeting goals based on observational data is tight glucose control, both acutely in the critically ill59 and chronically in patients with type 2 diabetes.60 In both cases higher mortality rates ensued.

The same concept may apply to lowering blood pressure. While achieving a lower blood pressure may be more beneficial, targeting a specific goal may be harmful. Given that perhaps 20% of those labeled as hypertensive have resistant hypertension,61 millions of patients are susceptible to potential harm from targeting a specific goal based solely on observational data. If lower is always better, the randomized trials outlined above should have had more positive outcomes.

It becomes problematic to assign a specific goal for all patients or even groups of patients. The targeting trials do not provide the answer. Based on the observational data it would be optimal to have a blood pressure less than 120/80 mm Hg. This is an observation, not a recommendation. Patients should be assessed on an individual basis, taking into consideration their starting blood pressure, age, medication burden (antihypertensive and otherwise), comorbidities, and ability to comply with a regimen. Given the available data, it is hard to be more specific. In the future it may be possible to identify specific blood pressure targets based on the patient’s genetic makeup, but today that is not possible. Even patients with lower initial blood pressure may benefit from therapy,62,63 and some experts have advocated blood-pressure-lowering in all, irrespective of the baseline value.14

 

 

Avoid misclassification

The first step in treating hypertension should be to avoid misclassification. Make sure the clinic blood pressure is measured correctly, using an appropriately sized cuff, positioning the patient properly, and following all the other recommendations.64

However, the clinic blood pressure may not reflect true blood pressure load in up to one-third of all patients.65 We recommend 24-hour ambulatory blood pressure monitoring66 or home self-measurement, or both,67 to better assess true blood pressure burden in several circumstances, including in patients with resistant hypertension (any patient who has not achieved acceptable clinic blood pressure on three or more antihypertensive medications including a diuretic or who requires four or more medications for adequate control), suspicion of white-coat hypertension (or effect), and any patient who has achieved acceptable clinic blood pressure but either has symptoms of hypotension or progressive end-organ damage.

Currently, we base therapy on out-of-office blood pressure (self-measured or by ambulatory monitoring) whenever there is a discrepancy with clinic blood pressure.

Whether therapy should be altered by other less traditional measures of blood pressure such as assessment of central aortic pressure by radial applanation tonometry,68,69 or 24-hour ambulatory monitoring to assess nighttime blood pressures (specifically, “dipping”),70 morning surge,71 or blood pressure variability72,73 remains unclear and in need of randomized controlled trials.

In any patient requiring blood-pressure-lowering, we recommend lifestyle modifications.1,2 These include exercise, weight loss, salt and alcohol restriction, evaluation for sleep apnea, and avoidance of medications known to elevate blood pressure such as nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and sympathomimetic decongestants.

Much needs to be learned

For the individual patient with unacceptably high blood pressure who is already taking multiple antihypertensive medications of different classes, it is unclear what to do. This type of patient with resistant hypertension would be an excellent candidate for a future targeting trial. Other cardiovascular risk factors should be appropriately addressed, including obesity, lipids, smoking, and poor glycemic control.74 Each patient should be individually assessed with consideration of both global cardiovascular risk and quality-of-life issues.

Much still needs to be learned about the treatment of hypertension. The facts demonstrate that blood pressure is a strong modifiable risk factor of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality. Lowering it clearly produces benefits. It is unclear what treatment goals should be promulgated by official guidelines for large groups of patients. The resistant case remains a therapeutic dilemma with the potential for harm from overly aggressive treatment. The truly optimal level for an individual patient remains difficult to define. We anxiously await results of ongoing and future targeting trials.

CASE REVISITED

Regarding the initial case vignette, the patient is clearly not at her recommended goal blood pressure, especially given her high-risk status (diabetes mellitus and chronic kidney disease). Observational data support intensification of therapy, whereas targeting trials are essentially negative and indicate the potential for harm with overly aggressive treatment. Thus, we remain uncertain about what is correct or incorrect in terms of a targeted blood pressure, especially when applied to the individual patient.

Our approach would be to emphasize lifestyle modifications, to ensure accurate determination of her true blood pressure load (self-measurement at home or ambulatory blood pressure monitoring), to consider secondary causes of hypertension, and to educate the patient about the benefits and consequences of intensifying therapy with the aim of involving her in the decision.

References
  1. Chobanian AV, Bakris GL, Black HR, et al; National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure; National High Blood Pressure Education Program Coordinating Committee. The Seventh Report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure: the JNC 7 report. JAMA 2003; 289:25602572.
  2. Mancia G, Laurent S, Agabiti-Rosei E, et al; European Society of Hypertension. Reappraisal of European guidelines on hypertension management: a European Society of Hypertension Task Force document. J Hypertens 2009; 27:21212158.
  3. MacMahon S, Peto R, Cutler J, et al. Blood pressure, stroke, and coronary heart disease. Part 1, prolonged differences in blood pressure: prospective observational studies corrected for the regression dilution bias. Lancet 1990; 335:765774.
  4. Lewington S, Clarke R, Qizilbash N, Peto R, Collins R; Prospective Studies Collaboration. Age-specific relevance of usual blood pressure to vascular mortality: a meta-analysis of individual data for one million adults in 61 prospective studies. Lancet 2002; 360:19031913.
  5. Lawes CM, Rodgers A, Bennett DA, et al; Asia Pacific Cohort Studies Collaboration. Blood pressure and cardiovascular disease in the Asia Pacific region. J Hypertens 2003; 21:707716.
  6. Staessen JA, Gasowski J, Wang JG, et al. Risks of untreated and treated isolated systolic hypertension in the elderly: meta-analysis of outcome trials. Lancet 2000; 355:865872.
  7. Messerli FH, Mancia G, Conti CR, et al. Dogma disputed: can aggressively lowering blood pressure in hypertensive patients with coronary artery disease be dangerous? Ann Intern Med 2006; 144:884893.
  8. Klag MJ, Whelton PK, Randall BL, et al. Blood pressure and end-stage renal disease in men. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:1318.
  9. Tozawa M, Iseki K, Iseki C, Kinjo K, Ikemiya Y, Takishita S. Blood pressure predicts risk of developing end-stage renal disease in men and women. Hypertension 2003; 41:13411345.
  10. Jafar TH, Stark PC, Schmid CH, et al; AIPRD Study Group. Progression of chronic kidney disease: the role of blood pressure control, proteinuria, and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition: a patient-level meta-analysis. Ann Intern Med 2003; 139:244252.
  11. Peterson JC, Adler S, Burkart JM, et al. Blood pressure control, proteinuria, and the progression of renal disease. The Modification of Diet in Renal Disease Study. Ann Intern Med 1995; 123:754762.
  12. Pohl MA, Blumenthal S, Cordonnier DJ, et al. Independent and additive impact of blood pressure control and angiotensin II receptor blockade on renal outcomes in the irbesartan diabetic nephropathy trial: clinical implications and limitations. J Am Soc Nephrol 2005; 16:30273037.
  13. Psaty BM, Smith NL, Siscovick DS, et al. Health outcomes associated with antihypertensive therapies used as first-line agents. A systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 1997; 277:739745.
  14. Law MR, Morris JK, Wald NJ. Use of blood pressure lowering drugs in the prevention of cardiovascular disease: meta-analysis of 147 randomised trials in the context of expectations from prospective epidemiological studies. BMJ 2009; 338:b1665.
  15. Turnbull F; Blood Pressure Lowering Treatment Trialists’ Collaboration. Effects of different blood-pressure-lowering regimens on major cardiovascular events: results of prospectively-designed overviews of randomised trials. Lancet 2003; 362:15271535.
  16. Blood Pressure Lowering Treatment Trialists’ Collaboration; Turnbull F, Neal B, Ninomiya T, et al. Effects of different regimens to lower blood pressure on major cardiovascular events in older and younger adults: meta-analysis of randomised trials. BMJ 2008; 336:11211123.
  17. Staessen JA, Wang JG, Thijs L. Cardiovascular prevention and blood pressure reduction: a quantitative overview updated until 1 March 2003. J Hypertens 2003; 21:10551076.
  18. Psaty BM, Lumley T, Furberg CD, et al. Health outcomes associated with various antihypertensive therapies used as first-line agents: a network meta-analysis. JAMA 2003; 289:25342544.
  19. Hunt SA, Abraham WT, Chin MH, et al. ACC/AHA 2005 guideline update for the diagnosis and management of chronic heart failure in the adult: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines (Writing Committee to Update the 2001 Guidelines for the Evaluation and Management of Heart Failure): developed in collaboration with the American College of Chest Physicians and the International Society for Heart and Lung Transplantation: endorsed by the Heart Rhythm Society.—Summary Article. Circulation 2005; 112:e154e235.
  20. Brenner BM, Cooper ME, de Zeeuw D, et al; RENAAL Study Investigators. Effects of losartan on renal and cardiovascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes and nephropathy. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:861869.
  21. Lewis EJ, Hunsicker LG, Clarke WR, et al; Collaborative Study Group. Renoprotective effect of the angiotensin-receptor antagonist irbesartan in patients with nephropathy due to type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:851860.
  22. Jadad AR, Moore RA, Carroll D, et al. Assessing the quality of reports of randomized clinical trials: is blinding necessary? Control Clin Trials 1996; 17:112.
  23. Wright JT, Bakris G, Greene T, et al; African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension Study Group. Effect of blood pressure lowering and antihypertensive drug class on progression of hypertensive kidney disease: results from the AASK trial. JAMA 2002; 288:24212431.
  24. Freedman BI, Hicks PJ, Bostrom MA, et al. Polymorphisms in the non-muscle myosin heavy chain 9 gene (MYH9) are strongly associated with end-stage renal disease historically attributed to hypertension in African Americans. Kidney Int 2009; 75:736745.
  25. Kopp JB, Smith MW, Nelson GW, et al. MYH9 is a major-effect risk gene for focal segmental glomerulosclerosis. Nat Genet 2008; 40:11751184.
  26. Freedman BI, Kopp JB, Langefeld CD, et al. The apolipoprotein L1 (APOL1) gene and nondiabetic nephropathy in African Americans. J Am Soc Nephrol 2010; 21:14221426.
  27. Rostand SG, Brown G, Kirk KA, Rutsky EA, Dustan HP. Renal insufficiency in treated essential hypertension. N Engl J Med 1989; 320:684688.
  28. Walker WG, Neaton JD, Cutler JA, Neuwirth R, Cohen JD. Renal function change in hypertensive members of the Multiple Risk Factor Intervention Trial. Racial and treatment effects. The MRFIT Research Group. JAMA 1992; 268:30853091.
  29. Pogue V, Rahman M, Lipkowitz M, et al; African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension Collaborative Research Group. Disparate estimates of hypertension control from ambulatory and clinic blood pressure measurements in hypertensive kidney disease. Hypertension 2009; 53:2027.
  30. Norris K, Bourgoigne J, Gassman J, et al; AASK Study Group. Cardiovascular outcomes in the African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension (AASK) Trial. Am J Kidney Dis 2006; 48:739751.
  31. Toto RD, Mitchell HC, Smith RD, Lee HC, McIntire D, Pettinger WA. “Strict” blood pressure control and progression of renal disease in hypertensive nephrosclerosis. Kidney Int 1995; 48:851859.
  32. Lewis JB, Berl T, Bain RP, Rohde RD, Lewis EJ. Effect of intensive blood pressure control on the course of type 1 diabetic nephropathy. Collaborative Study Group. Am J Kidney Dis 1999; 34:809817.
  33. Schrier RW, Estacio RO, Esler A, Mehler P. Effects of aggressive blood pressure control in normotensive type 2 diabetic patients on albuminuria, retinopathy and strokes. Kidney Int 2002; 61:10861097.
  34. Estacio RO, Jeffers BW, Gifford N, Schrier RW. Effect of blood pressure control on diabetic microvascular complications in patients with hypertension and type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2000; 23( suppl 2):B54B64.
  35. Estacio RO, Coll JR, Tran ZV, Schrier RW. Effect of intensive blood pressure control with valsartan on urinary albumin excretion in normotensive patients with type 2 diabetes. Am J Hypertens 2006; 19:12411248.
  36. Schrier R, McFann K, Johnson A, et al. Cardiac and renal effects of standard versus rigorous blood pressure control in autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease: results of a seven-year prospective randomized study. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:17331739.
  37. Klahr S, Levey AS, Beck GJ, et al. The effects of dietary protein restriction and blood-pressure control on the progression of chronic renal disease. Modification of Diet in Renal Disease Study Group. N Engl J Med 1994; 330:877884.
  38. Sarnak MJ, Greene T, Wang X, et al. The effect of a lower target blood pressure on the progression of kidney disease: long-term follow-up of the modification of diet in renal disease study. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142:342351.
  39. Ruggenenti P, Perna A, Loriga G, et al; REIN-2 Study Group. Blood-pressure control for renoprotection in patients with non-diabetic chronic renal disease (REIN-2): multicentre, randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2005; 365:939946.
  40. Appel LJ, Wright JT, Greene T, et al; AASK Collaborative Research Group. Intensive blood-pressure control in hypertensive chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:918929.
  41. Hansson L, Zanchetti A, Carruthers SG, et al. Effects of intensive blood-pressure lowering and low-dose aspirin in patients with hypertension: principal results of the Hypertension Optimal Treatment (HOT) randomised trial. HOT Study Group. Lancet 1998; 351:17551762.
  42. Tight blood pressure control and risk of macrovascular and microvascular complications in type 2 diabetes: UKPDS 38. UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. BMJ 1998; 317:703713.
  43. Holman RR, Paul SK, Bethel MA, Matthews DR, Neil HA. 10-year follow-up of intensive glucose control in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:15771589.
  44. ACCORD Study Group, Cushman WC, Evans GW, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive blood-pressure control in type 2 diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 2010; 362:15751585.
  45. JATOS Study Group. Principal results of the Japanese trial to assess optimal systolic blood pressure in elderly hypertensive patients (JATOS). Hypertens Res 2008; 31:21152127.
  46. Verdecchia P, Staessen JA, Angeli F, et al; Cardio-Sis investigators. Usual versus tight control of systolic blood pressure in non-diabetic patients with hypertension (Cardio-Sis): an open-label randomised trial. Lancet 2009; 374:525533.
  47. Solomon SD, Verma A, Desai A, et al; Exforge Intensive Control of Hypertension to Evaluate Efficacy in Diastolic Dysfunction Investigators. Effect of intensive versus standard blood pressure lowering on diastolic function in patients with uncontrolled hypertension and diastolic dysfunction. Hypertension 2010; 55:241248.
  48. Ichihara A, Hayashi M, Koura Y, Tada Y, Hirota N, Saruta T. Long-term effects of intensive blood-pressure lowering on arterial wall stiffness in hypertensive patients. Am J Hypertens 2003; 16:959965.
  49. Rothwell PM. External validity of randomised controlled trials: “to whom do the results of this trial apply?” Lancet 2005; 365:8293.
  50. Townsend RR, Roman MJ, Najjar SS, Cockcroft JR, Feig PU, Stockbridge NL. Central blood pressure measurements-an opportunity for efficacy and safety in drug development? J Am Soc Hypertens 2010; 4:211214.
  51. Xia H, Ebben J, Ma JZ, Collins AJ. Hematocrit levels and hospitalization risks in hemodialysis patients. J Am Soc Nephrol 1999; 10:13091316.
  52. Ma JZ, Ebben J, Xia H, Collins AJ. Hematocrit level and associated mortality in hemodialysis patients. J Am Soc Nephrol 1999; 10:610619.
  53. Ofsthun N, Labrecque J, Lacson E, Keen M, Lazarus JM. The effects of higher hemoglobin levels on mortality and hospitalization in hemodialysis patients. Kidney Int 2003; 63:19081914.
  54. Besarab A, Bolton WK, Browne JK, et al. The effects of normal as compared with low hematocrit values in patients with cardiac disease who are receiving hemodialysis and epoetin. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:584590.
  55. Drüeke TB, Locatelli F, Clyne N, et al; CREATE Investigators. Normalization of hemoglobin level in patients with chronic kidney disease and anemia. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:20712084.
  56. Singh AK, Szczech L, Tang KL, et al; CHOIR Investigators. Correction of anemia with epoetin alfa in chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:20852098.
  57. Pfeffer MA, Burdmann EA, Chen CY, et al; TREAT Investigators. A trial of darbepoetin alfa in type 2 diabetes and chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:20192032.
  58. Szczech LA, Barnhart HX, Inrig JK, et al. Secondary analysis of the CHOIR trial epoetin-alpha dose and achieved hemoglobin outcomes. Kidney Int 2008; 74:791798.
  59. Finfer S, Chittock DR, Su SY, et al; NICE-SUGAR Study Investigators Intensive versus conventional glucose control in critically ill patients. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:12831297.
  60. Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes Study Group; Gerstein HC, Miller ME, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:25452559.
  61. Calhoun DA, Jones D, Textor S, et al. Resistant hypertension: diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment. A scientific statement from the American Heart Association Professional Education Committee of the Council for High Blood Pressure Research. Hypertension 2008; 51:14031419.
  62. Nissen SE, Tuzcu EM, Libby P, et al; CAMELOT Investigators. Effect of antihypertensive agents on cardiovascular events in patients with coronary disease and normal blood pressure: the CAMELOT study, a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2004; 292:22172225.
  63. Patel A; ADVANCE Collaborative Group; MacMahon S, Chalmers J, Neal B. Effects of a fixed combination of perindopril and indapamide on macrovascular and microvascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus (the ADVANCE trial): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2007; 370:829840.
  64. Pickering TG, Hall JE, Appel LJ, et al. Recommendations for blood pressure measurement in humans and experimental animals: part 1: blood pressure measurement in humans: a statement for professionals from the Subcommittee of Professional and Public Education of the American Heart Association Council on High Blood Pressure Research. Circulation 2005; 111:697716.
  65. Fagard RH, Cornelissen VA. Incidence of cardiovascular events in white-coat, masked and sustained hypertension versus true normotension: a meta-analysis. J Hypertens 2007; 25:21932198.
  66. Pickering TG, White WB, Giles TD, et al. When and how to use self (home) and ambulatory blood pressure monitoring. J Am Soc Hypertens 2010; 4:5661.
  67. Hänninen MR, Niiranen TJ, Puukka PJ, Jula AM. Comparison of home and ambulatory blood pressure measurement in the diagnosis of masked hypertension. J Hypertens 2010; 28:709714.
  68. Roman MJ, Devereux RB, Kizer JR, et al. Central pressure more strongly relates to vascular disease and outcome than does brachial pressure: the Strong Heart Study. Hypertension 2007; 50:197203.
  69. Williams B, Lacy PS, Thom SM, et al; CAFE Investigators; Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial Investigators; CAFE Steering Committee and Writing Committee. Differential impact of blood pressure-lowering drugs on central aortic pressure and clinical outcomes: principal results of the Conduit Artery Function Evaluation (CAFE) study. Circulation 2006; 113:12131225.
  70. Ben-Dov IZ, Kark JD, Ben-Ishay D, Mekler J, Ben-Arie L, Bursztyn M. Predictors of all-cause mortality in clinical ambulatory monitoring: unique aspects of blood pressure during sleep. Hypertension 2007; 49:12351241.
  71. Li Y, Thijs L, Hansen TW, et al; International Database on Ambulatory Blood Pressure Monitoring in Relation to Cardiovascular Outcomes Investigators. Prognostic value of the morning blood pressure surge in 5645 subjects from 8 populations. Hypertension 2010; 55:10401048.
  72. Rothwell PM. Limitations of the usual blood-pressure hypothesis and importance of variability, instability, and episodic hypertension. Lancet 2010; 375:938948.
  73. Hansen TW, Thijs L, Li Y, et al; International Database on Ambulatory Blood Pressure in Relation to Cardiovascular Outcomes Investigators. Prognostic value of reading-to-reading blood pressure variability over 24 hours in 8938 subjects from 11 populations. Hypertension 2010; 55:10491057.
  74. Jackson R, Lawes CM, Bennett DA, Milne RJ, Rodgers A. Treatment with drugs to lower blood pressure and blood cholesterol based on an individual’s absolute cardiovascular risk. Lancet 2005; 365:434441.
References
  1. Chobanian AV, Bakris GL, Black HR, et al; National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure; National High Blood Pressure Education Program Coordinating Committee. The Seventh Report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure: the JNC 7 report. JAMA 2003; 289:25602572.
  2. Mancia G, Laurent S, Agabiti-Rosei E, et al; European Society of Hypertension. Reappraisal of European guidelines on hypertension management: a European Society of Hypertension Task Force document. J Hypertens 2009; 27:21212158.
  3. MacMahon S, Peto R, Cutler J, et al. Blood pressure, stroke, and coronary heart disease. Part 1, prolonged differences in blood pressure: prospective observational studies corrected for the regression dilution bias. Lancet 1990; 335:765774.
  4. Lewington S, Clarke R, Qizilbash N, Peto R, Collins R; Prospective Studies Collaboration. Age-specific relevance of usual blood pressure to vascular mortality: a meta-analysis of individual data for one million adults in 61 prospective studies. Lancet 2002; 360:19031913.
  5. Lawes CM, Rodgers A, Bennett DA, et al; Asia Pacific Cohort Studies Collaboration. Blood pressure and cardiovascular disease in the Asia Pacific region. J Hypertens 2003; 21:707716.
  6. Staessen JA, Gasowski J, Wang JG, et al. Risks of untreated and treated isolated systolic hypertension in the elderly: meta-analysis of outcome trials. Lancet 2000; 355:865872.
  7. Messerli FH, Mancia G, Conti CR, et al. Dogma disputed: can aggressively lowering blood pressure in hypertensive patients with coronary artery disease be dangerous? Ann Intern Med 2006; 144:884893.
  8. Klag MJ, Whelton PK, Randall BL, et al. Blood pressure and end-stage renal disease in men. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:1318.
  9. Tozawa M, Iseki K, Iseki C, Kinjo K, Ikemiya Y, Takishita S. Blood pressure predicts risk of developing end-stage renal disease in men and women. Hypertension 2003; 41:13411345.
  10. Jafar TH, Stark PC, Schmid CH, et al; AIPRD Study Group. Progression of chronic kidney disease: the role of blood pressure control, proteinuria, and angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition: a patient-level meta-analysis. Ann Intern Med 2003; 139:244252.
  11. Peterson JC, Adler S, Burkart JM, et al. Blood pressure control, proteinuria, and the progression of renal disease. The Modification of Diet in Renal Disease Study. Ann Intern Med 1995; 123:754762.
  12. Pohl MA, Blumenthal S, Cordonnier DJ, et al. Independent and additive impact of blood pressure control and angiotensin II receptor blockade on renal outcomes in the irbesartan diabetic nephropathy trial: clinical implications and limitations. J Am Soc Nephrol 2005; 16:30273037.
  13. Psaty BM, Smith NL, Siscovick DS, et al. Health outcomes associated with antihypertensive therapies used as first-line agents. A systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 1997; 277:739745.
  14. Law MR, Morris JK, Wald NJ. Use of blood pressure lowering drugs in the prevention of cardiovascular disease: meta-analysis of 147 randomised trials in the context of expectations from prospective epidemiological studies. BMJ 2009; 338:b1665.
  15. Turnbull F; Blood Pressure Lowering Treatment Trialists’ Collaboration. Effects of different blood-pressure-lowering regimens on major cardiovascular events: results of prospectively-designed overviews of randomised trials. Lancet 2003; 362:15271535.
  16. Blood Pressure Lowering Treatment Trialists’ Collaboration; Turnbull F, Neal B, Ninomiya T, et al. Effects of different regimens to lower blood pressure on major cardiovascular events in older and younger adults: meta-analysis of randomised trials. BMJ 2008; 336:11211123.
  17. Staessen JA, Wang JG, Thijs L. Cardiovascular prevention and blood pressure reduction: a quantitative overview updated until 1 March 2003. J Hypertens 2003; 21:10551076.
  18. Psaty BM, Lumley T, Furberg CD, et al. Health outcomes associated with various antihypertensive therapies used as first-line agents: a network meta-analysis. JAMA 2003; 289:25342544.
  19. Hunt SA, Abraham WT, Chin MH, et al. ACC/AHA 2005 guideline update for the diagnosis and management of chronic heart failure in the adult: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines (Writing Committee to Update the 2001 Guidelines for the Evaluation and Management of Heart Failure): developed in collaboration with the American College of Chest Physicians and the International Society for Heart and Lung Transplantation: endorsed by the Heart Rhythm Society.—Summary Article. Circulation 2005; 112:e154e235.
  20. Brenner BM, Cooper ME, de Zeeuw D, et al; RENAAL Study Investigators. Effects of losartan on renal and cardiovascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes and nephropathy. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:861869.
  21. Lewis EJ, Hunsicker LG, Clarke WR, et al; Collaborative Study Group. Renoprotective effect of the angiotensin-receptor antagonist irbesartan in patients with nephropathy due to type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2001; 345:851860.
  22. Jadad AR, Moore RA, Carroll D, et al. Assessing the quality of reports of randomized clinical trials: is blinding necessary? Control Clin Trials 1996; 17:112.
  23. Wright JT, Bakris G, Greene T, et al; African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension Study Group. Effect of blood pressure lowering and antihypertensive drug class on progression of hypertensive kidney disease: results from the AASK trial. JAMA 2002; 288:24212431.
  24. Freedman BI, Hicks PJ, Bostrom MA, et al. Polymorphisms in the non-muscle myosin heavy chain 9 gene (MYH9) are strongly associated with end-stage renal disease historically attributed to hypertension in African Americans. Kidney Int 2009; 75:736745.
  25. Kopp JB, Smith MW, Nelson GW, et al. MYH9 is a major-effect risk gene for focal segmental glomerulosclerosis. Nat Genet 2008; 40:11751184.
  26. Freedman BI, Kopp JB, Langefeld CD, et al. The apolipoprotein L1 (APOL1) gene and nondiabetic nephropathy in African Americans. J Am Soc Nephrol 2010; 21:14221426.
  27. Rostand SG, Brown G, Kirk KA, Rutsky EA, Dustan HP. Renal insufficiency in treated essential hypertension. N Engl J Med 1989; 320:684688.
  28. Walker WG, Neaton JD, Cutler JA, Neuwirth R, Cohen JD. Renal function change in hypertensive members of the Multiple Risk Factor Intervention Trial. Racial and treatment effects. The MRFIT Research Group. JAMA 1992; 268:30853091.
  29. Pogue V, Rahman M, Lipkowitz M, et al; African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension Collaborative Research Group. Disparate estimates of hypertension control from ambulatory and clinic blood pressure measurements in hypertensive kidney disease. Hypertension 2009; 53:2027.
  30. Norris K, Bourgoigne J, Gassman J, et al; AASK Study Group. Cardiovascular outcomes in the African American Study of Kidney Disease and Hypertension (AASK) Trial. Am J Kidney Dis 2006; 48:739751.
  31. Toto RD, Mitchell HC, Smith RD, Lee HC, McIntire D, Pettinger WA. “Strict” blood pressure control and progression of renal disease in hypertensive nephrosclerosis. Kidney Int 1995; 48:851859.
  32. Lewis JB, Berl T, Bain RP, Rohde RD, Lewis EJ. Effect of intensive blood pressure control on the course of type 1 diabetic nephropathy. Collaborative Study Group. Am J Kidney Dis 1999; 34:809817.
  33. Schrier RW, Estacio RO, Esler A, Mehler P. Effects of aggressive blood pressure control in normotensive type 2 diabetic patients on albuminuria, retinopathy and strokes. Kidney Int 2002; 61:10861097.
  34. Estacio RO, Jeffers BW, Gifford N, Schrier RW. Effect of blood pressure control on diabetic microvascular complications in patients with hypertension and type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2000; 23( suppl 2):B54B64.
  35. Estacio RO, Coll JR, Tran ZV, Schrier RW. Effect of intensive blood pressure control with valsartan on urinary albumin excretion in normotensive patients with type 2 diabetes. Am J Hypertens 2006; 19:12411248.
  36. Schrier R, McFann K, Johnson A, et al. Cardiac and renal effects of standard versus rigorous blood pressure control in autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease: results of a seven-year prospective randomized study. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:17331739.
  37. Klahr S, Levey AS, Beck GJ, et al. The effects of dietary protein restriction and blood-pressure control on the progression of chronic renal disease. Modification of Diet in Renal Disease Study Group. N Engl J Med 1994; 330:877884.
  38. Sarnak MJ, Greene T, Wang X, et al. The effect of a lower target blood pressure on the progression of kidney disease: long-term follow-up of the modification of diet in renal disease study. Ann Intern Med 2005; 142:342351.
  39. Ruggenenti P, Perna A, Loriga G, et al; REIN-2 Study Group. Blood-pressure control for renoprotection in patients with non-diabetic chronic renal disease (REIN-2): multicentre, randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2005; 365:939946.
  40. Appel LJ, Wright JT, Greene T, et al; AASK Collaborative Research Group. Intensive blood-pressure control in hypertensive chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2010; 363:918929.
  41. Hansson L, Zanchetti A, Carruthers SG, et al. Effects of intensive blood-pressure lowering and low-dose aspirin in patients with hypertension: principal results of the Hypertension Optimal Treatment (HOT) randomised trial. HOT Study Group. Lancet 1998; 351:17551762.
  42. Tight blood pressure control and risk of macrovascular and microvascular complications in type 2 diabetes: UKPDS 38. UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group. BMJ 1998; 317:703713.
  43. Holman RR, Paul SK, Bethel MA, Matthews DR, Neil HA. 10-year follow-up of intensive glucose control in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 359:15771589.
  44. ACCORD Study Group, Cushman WC, Evans GW, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive blood-pressure control in type 2 diabetes mellitus. N Engl J Med 2010; 362:15751585.
  45. JATOS Study Group. Principal results of the Japanese trial to assess optimal systolic blood pressure in elderly hypertensive patients (JATOS). Hypertens Res 2008; 31:21152127.
  46. Verdecchia P, Staessen JA, Angeli F, et al; Cardio-Sis investigators. Usual versus tight control of systolic blood pressure in non-diabetic patients with hypertension (Cardio-Sis): an open-label randomised trial. Lancet 2009; 374:525533.
  47. Solomon SD, Verma A, Desai A, et al; Exforge Intensive Control of Hypertension to Evaluate Efficacy in Diastolic Dysfunction Investigators. Effect of intensive versus standard blood pressure lowering on diastolic function in patients with uncontrolled hypertension and diastolic dysfunction. Hypertension 2010; 55:241248.
  48. Ichihara A, Hayashi M, Koura Y, Tada Y, Hirota N, Saruta T. Long-term effects of intensive blood-pressure lowering on arterial wall stiffness in hypertensive patients. Am J Hypertens 2003; 16:959965.
  49. Rothwell PM. External validity of randomised controlled trials: “to whom do the results of this trial apply?” Lancet 2005; 365:8293.
  50. Townsend RR, Roman MJ, Najjar SS, Cockcroft JR, Feig PU, Stockbridge NL. Central blood pressure measurements-an opportunity for efficacy and safety in drug development? J Am Soc Hypertens 2010; 4:211214.
  51. Xia H, Ebben J, Ma JZ, Collins AJ. Hematocrit levels and hospitalization risks in hemodialysis patients. J Am Soc Nephrol 1999; 10:13091316.
  52. Ma JZ, Ebben J, Xia H, Collins AJ. Hematocrit level and associated mortality in hemodialysis patients. J Am Soc Nephrol 1999; 10:610619.
  53. Ofsthun N, Labrecque J, Lacson E, Keen M, Lazarus JM. The effects of higher hemoglobin levels on mortality and hospitalization in hemodialysis patients. Kidney Int 2003; 63:19081914.
  54. Besarab A, Bolton WK, Browne JK, et al. The effects of normal as compared with low hematocrit values in patients with cardiac disease who are receiving hemodialysis and epoetin. N Engl J Med 1998; 339:584590.
  55. Drüeke TB, Locatelli F, Clyne N, et al; CREATE Investigators. Normalization of hemoglobin level in patients with chronic kidney disease and anemia. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:20712084.
  56. Singh AK, Szczech L, Tang KL, et al; CHOIR Investigators. Correction of anemia with epoetin alfa in chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:20852098.
  57. Pfeffer MA, Burdmann EA, Chen CY, et al; TREAT Investigators. A trial of darbepoetin alfa in type 2 diabetes and chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2009; 361:20192032.
  58. Szczech LA, Barnhart HX, Inrig JK, et al. Secondary analysis of the CHOIR trial epoetin-alpha dose and achieved hemoglobin outcomes. Kidney Int 2008; 74:791798.
  59. Finfer S, Chittock DR, Su SY, et al; NICE-SUGAR Study Investigators Intensive versus conventional glucose control in critically ill patients. N Engl J Med 2009; 360:12831297.
  60. Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in Diabetes Study Group; Gerstein HC, Miller ME, Byington RP, et al. Effects of intensive glucose lowering in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008; 358:25452559.
  61. Calhoun DA, Jones D, Textor S, et al. Resistant hypertension: diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment. A scientific statement from the American Heart Association Professional Education Committee of the Council for High Blood Pressure Research. Hypertension 2008; 51:14031419.
  62. Nissen SE, Tuzcu EM, Libby P, et al; CAMELOT Investigators. Effect of antihypertensive agents on cardiovascular events in patients with coronary disease and normal blood pressure: the CAMELOT study, a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2004; 292:22172225.
  63. Patel A; ADVANCE Collaborative Group; MacMahon S, Chalmers J, Neal B. Effects of a fixed combination of perindopril and indapamide on macrovascular and microvascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus (the ADVANCE trial): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2007; 370:829840.
  64. Pickering TG, Hall JE, Appel LJ, et al. Recommendations for blood pressure measurement in humans and experimental animals: part 1: blood pressure measurement in humans: a statement for professionals from the Subcommittee of Professional and Public Education of the American Heart Association Council on High Blood Pressure Research. Circulation 2005; 111:697716.
  65. Fagard RH, Cornelissen VA. Incidence of cardiovascular events in white-coat, masked and sustained hypertension versus true normotension: a meta-analysis. J Hypertens 2007; 25:21932198.
  66. Pickering TG, White WB, Giles TD, et al. When and how to use self (home) and ambulatory blood pressure monitoring. J Am Soc Hypertens 2010; 4:5661.
  67. Hänninen MR, Niiranen TJ, Puukka PJ, Jula AM. Comparison of home and ambulatory blood pressure measurement in the diagnosis of masked hypertension. J Hypertens 2010; 28:709714.
  68. Roman MJ, Devereux RB, Kizer JR, et al. Central pressure more strongly relates to vascular disease and outcome than does brachial pressure: the Strong Heart Study. Hypertension 2007; 50:197203.
  69. Williams B, Lacy PS, Thom SM, et al; CAFE Investigators; Anglo-Scandinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial Investigators; CAFE Steering Committee and Writing Committee. Differential impact of blood pressure-lowering drugs on central aortic pressure and clinical outcomes: principal results of the Conduit Artery Function Evaluation (CAFE) study. Circulation 2006; 113:12131225.
  70. Ben-Dov IZ, Kark JD, Ben-Ishay D, Mekler J, Ben-Arie L, Bursztyn M. Predictors of all-cause mortality in clinical ambulatory monitoring: unique aspects of blood pressure during sleep. Hypertension 2007; 49:12351241.
  71. Li Y, Thijs L, Hansen TW, et al; International Database on Ambulatory Blood Pressure Monitoring in Relation to Cardiovascular Outcomes Investigators. Prognostic value of the morning blood pressure surge in 5645 subjects from 8 populations. Hypertension 2010; 55:10401048.
  72. Rothwell PM. Limitations of the usual blood-pressure hypothesis and importance of variability, instability, and episodic hypertension. Lancet 2010; 375:938948.
  73. Hansen TW, Thijs L, Li Y, et al; International Database on Ambulatory Blood Pressure in Relation to Cardiovascular Outcomes Investigators. Prognostic value of reading-to-reading blood pressure variability over 24 hours in 8938 subjects from 11 populations. Hypertension 2010; 55:10491057.
  74. Jackson R, Lawes CM, Bennett DA, Milne RJ, Rodgers A. Treatment with drugs to lower blood pressure and blood cholesterol based on an individual’s absolute cardiovascular risk. Lancet 2005; 365:434441.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Page Number
123-133
Page Number
123-133
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Goal-directed antihypertensive therapy: Lower may not always be better
Display Headline
Goal-directed antihypertensive therapy: Lower may not always be better
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Observational data indicate that lower blood pressure is better than higher, and many trials have confirmed that treatment of hypertension is beneficial. Guidelines have set specific goals based on the observational data.
  • Surprisingly, randomized controlled trials have not shown a lower target to offer significant clinical benefit, and suggest the potential for harm with overly aggressive therapy.
  • The optimal blood pressure on treatment for an individual patient remains unclear.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Seek and treat: HIV update 2011

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 10/19/2017 - 10:09
Display Headline
Seek and treat: HIV update 2011

With early treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, we can now expect patients to live a much longer life and, in some situations, have a near-normal lifespan.1 Unfortunately, in screening for HIV infection, the United States lags behind many regions of the world, and infection is often not diagnosed until patients present with advanced disease, ie, the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). In this country there is a critical need to make HIV screening a routine part of medical care in all health settings in order to give patients their best chance for a healthy life, to prevent mother-to-child transmission, and to reduce the spread of HIV in the community.

HIV infection meets the criteria that justify routine screening, as laid out by the World Health Organization2:

  • It is a serious health disorder that can be detected before symptoms develop
  • Treatment is more beneficial if begun before symptoms develop
  • Reliable, inexpensive, and acceptable screening tests exist
  • The costs of screening are reasonable in relation to the anticipated benefits.

This article will review the epidemiology of the HIV epidemic, present the benefits of early treatment, and make the case for widely expanding screening for HIV infection in the US health care system.

HIV INFECTION CONTINUES TO BE A LARGE BURDEN

In 2008, an estimated 33.4 million people worldwide were HIV-positive. The vast majority of infected people—more than 22 million—live in sub-Saharan Africa.3

The United States has approximately 1.2 million cases.4 Although this is a small proportion of cases worldwide, it still represents a significant health care burden. In this country, the number of AIDS cases peaked in 1993, and the rate of deaths from AIDS began to decrease over the ensuing years as adequate therapy for HIV was developed. Standard therapy then and now consists of at least three drugs from two different classes.

Unfortunately, we have made little progress on the incidence of this disease. The estimated number of new HIV infections in the United States in 2008 was 56,000 and had remained about the same over the previous 15 years.5,6 Because of improved rates of survival, the prevalence has risen steadily since the mid-1990s to the current estimate of 1.2 million persons living with HIV/AIDS in the US.

About 25% of people infected with HIV are unaware of it. This group accounts for more than half of all new infections annually, which highlights the importance of enhanced screening. Once people know they are infected, they tend to change their behavior and are less likely to spread the disease.7

HIV disproportionately affects minority populations and gay men

Cases of HIV infection are reported among all age groups, although most patients tend to have been infected as young adults. Currently, the largest age group living with HIV is middle-aged. As this cohort grows older, an increasing burden of comorbidities due to aging can be expected. In 5 years, about half of the people with HIV in this country are expected to be 50 years of age or older. Although survival rates have steadily increased due to better treatment, survival tends to be shorter for older people newly diagnosed with HIV.

Worldwide, about an equal number of men and women are infected with HIV, but in the United States infected men outnumber women. In this country, about half the cases of HIV transmission among adults are by male-to-male sexual contact, about 30% are by high-risk heterosexual contact (ie, with a partner known to be HIV-infected or at high risk for being infected), and about 10% are by injection drug use.

In the United States, AIDS is predominantly and disproportionately a disease of minorities and those who live in poverty. African Americans account for the largest number of cases, followed by whites and then by Hispanics. Combined, African Americans and Hispanics account for two-thirds to three-fourths of all new cases, although they make up less than one-fourth of the US population. The incidence rate is nearly 137 per 100,000 for African Americans, 56 per 100,000 for Hispanics, and 19 per 100,000 for whites. The incidence is highest in New York and in the southeast, the geographic areas where the greatest number of minorities and people living in poverty reside. These groups also often lack access to health care.

HIV TREATMENT IS MORE EFFECTIVE IF STARTED EARLY

Treatment guidelines from the US Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) have changed over the years. When effective medications were first introduced in the 1990s, the trend was to treat everyone as soon as they were diagnosed. As the burden of therapy began to unfold (side effects, cost, adherence, and drug resistance), the consensus was to wait until the CD4 T-cell count dropped to a lower level. As the medications have improved and have become better tolerated, the pendulum has swung back to treating earlier in the course of the disease. Currently, the DHHS recommends that therapy be started at CD4 counts of 350 cells/mL or lower (level of evidence: A1).8 It also recommends therapy for CD4 counts between 350 and 500 cells/mL, but the level of evidence is lower.8

The CD4 T cell is the prime target of the HIV virus and also an important marker of the health of the immune system. The lower the CD4 count at the start of therapy, the more challenging it is to normalize.9 If HIV infection is diagnosed early and therapy is started early, the likelihood is higher of normalizing the CD4 count and preserving immune function.

Progress is being made toward diagnosing HIV earlier. The CD4 count at presentation is increasing, but patients in the United States still present for care later than in other countries. In 1997, the median CD4 count at presentation was 234 cells/mL; in 2007, it was 327 (normal is about 550–1,000). Although this is a significant improvement, more than 50% of patients still have fewer than 350 cells/mL at presentation, which is the current threshold for beginning therapy, according to the most recent guidelines.10

Before triple therapy was available, almost all HIV-infected patients died of AIDS-related diseases. Now, about half of treated HIV-infected patients in Europe and North America die of other causes.11 However, many diseases not previously attributed to AIDS are now also known to be exacerbated by HIV infection.

 

 

Cancer risk increases with lower CD4 counts

The cumulative incidence of AIDS-defining cancers (Kaposi sarcoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, cervical carcinoma) has decreased steadily from 8.7% in the 1980s to 6.4% during the years 1990 to 1995, and to 2.1% between 1996 and 2006. This is attributable to improved immune function as a result of treatment success with antiviral therapy.12

But the incidence of non-AIDS-defining cancers (Hodgkin disease, anal cancer, oral and respiratory cancers) has increased.11 As therapy has regenerated the immune system, patients are surviving longer and are developing the more common cancers but with higher rates than in the general population.

Higher cancer risk is attributed to reduced immune surveillance. Many of these cancers are associated with viruses, such as human papillomavirus (anal and oral or pharyngeal cancers) and Epstein-Barr virus (Hodgkin disease), which can usually be controlled by a fully functioning immune system. The lower the CD4 count, the higher the risk of cancer, which highlights the need to diagnose HIV and start treatment early.13

Cardiovascular disease increases with lower CD4 counts

Associations have recently been identified between coronary disease and HIV as well as with HIV medications. Protease inhibitors tend to raise the levels of triglycerides, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, and total cholesterol and increase the risk of heart attack.14

Regardless of therapy, HIV appears to be an independent risk factor for coronary disease. Arterial stiffness, as measured by carotid femoral pulse-wave velocity, was found to be increased among a sample of 80 HIV-infected men. This was associated with the usual risk factors of increasing age, blood pressure, and diabetes, as well as with lower nadir CD4 count.15

Fractures and neurocognitive disorders increase with HIV

Osteoporotic fractures are also more common in patients with HIV than in the general population. Risk factors include the traditional risks of older age, hepatitis C infection, diabetes, and substance abuse, but also nadir CD4 count less than 200.16

The risk of neurocognitive disorders is also associated with lower nadir CD4 counts. The lower the CD4 count, the higher the risk of developing neurocognitive deficits.17 The potential benefits of earlier diagnosis and treatment are obvious based upon the multiple recent findings outlined above.

CLINICAL PRESENTATION OF PRIMARY HIV INFECTION

During primary HIV infection, when patients are first infected, 50% to 90% are symptomatic. Symptoms usually appear in the first 6 weeks. The viral load tends to be highest at this time. Higher viral loads appear directly correlated with the degree of infectivity, highlighting the urgency of finding and treating new infections promptly to help avoid transmission to others.18

The clinical picture during primary infection is similar to that of acute mononucleosis. Signs and symptoms include fever, fatigue, rash, headache, lymphadenopathy, sore throat, and muscle aches. Although this presentation is common to many viral infections, questioning the patient about high-risk behavior (unprotected sex, multiple partners, intravenous drug use) will lead the astute physician to the correct testing and diagnosis.

Other early manifestations include mucocutaneous signs, such as seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, folliculitis, and thrush. Laboratory test results demonstrating leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, elevated total protein levels, proteinuria, and transaminitis are also suggestive of HIV infection.

THE CASE FOR INCREASED TESTING AND TREATMENT

The estimated prevalence of HIV in the United States is approximately 0.3%. However, its prevalence in Washington, DC, is 3%, which rivals rates in some areas of the developing world. From 2004 to 2008, health officials made a concerted effort in Washington, DC, to screen more people, particularly those at high risk. The number of publicly funded HIV tests performed increased by a factor of 3.7, and the number of newly reported cases increased by 17%. There was also a significant increase in the median CD4 count at the time of HIV diagnosis and a significant delay in time to progression to AIDS after HIV diagnosis.19

A study in British Columbia expanded access to highly active antiretroviral therapy during 2004 through 2009. High-risk individuals were targeted for increased screening. All those diagnosed with HIV were provided free medication. This resulted in a 50% reduction in new diagnoses of HIV infection throughout the community, especially among injectable drug users, a usually marginalized population. The proportion of patients with HIV-1 RNA levels above 1,500 copies/mL fell from about 50% to about 20%, indicating that the viral load—a measure of infectivity throughout the community—was reduced. Interestingly, this trend occurred during a time of increased rates of gonorrhea, syphilis, and other sexually transmitted diseases known to be associated with enhanced HIV transmission.20

In Africa, antiretroviral therapy was offered to discordant couples (one partner was infected with HIV and the other was not). Among those who chose therapy, the rate of HIV transmission was 92% lower than in those not receiving antiretroviral drugs,21 once again demonstrating that control of HIV by treatment can lead to decreased transmission.

US HIV testing is inadequate

The current state of HIV testing in the United States needs to be improved. Testing is not performed routinely, leading to delayed diagnosis when patients present with symptomatic, advanced disease. Patients who are tested late (within 12 months before being diagnosed with AIDS) tend to be younger and less educated and are more likely to be heterosexual and either African American or Hispanic than patients who are tested earlier.22 When retrospectively evaluated, these patients often have been in the health care system but not tested. Routine universal screening and targeted testing could lead to a much earlier diagnosis and potential better long-term outcomes.

A 1996 survey of 95 academic emergency departments found that for patients with suspected sexually transmitted infections, 93% of physicians said they screen for gonorrhea, 88% for Chlamydia infection, 58% for syphilis, but only 3% for HIV.23 Sexually transmitted infections and HIV are often transmitted together.

A similar 2002 survey of 154 emergency department providers who saw an average of 13 patients with sexually transmitted infections per week found that only 10% always recommend HIV testing to these patients. Reasons given for not testing were concern about follow-up (51%), not having a “certified” counselor (45%), HIV testing being too time-consuming (19%), and HIV testing being unavailable (27%).24

Although most HIV tests are given by private doctors and health maintenance organizations, the likelihood of finding patients with HIV is greatest in hospitals, emergency departments, outpatient clinics, and public community clinics.

The Advancing HIV Prevention initiative of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has four priorities:

  • To make voluntary HIV testing a routine part of medical care
  • To implement new models for diagnosing HIV infection outside medical settings
  • To prevent HIV infection by working with patients with HIV and their partners
  • To further decrease the rate of perinatal HIV transmission.

 

 

Rapid tests for HIV are available

There is a public health need to have rapid HIV testing available in all health care settings. With standard HIV tests, which can take 48 to 72 hours to run, about one-third of patients do not return for results. Subsequently locating them can be a huge challenge and is sometimes impossible. The ability to have rapid test results can improve this situation. It is especially important in prenatal care settings, where the mother can be immediately treated to reduce the risk of transmission to the child. Rapid testing increases the feasibility of testing in multiple venues, particularly acute-care settings with almost immediate results and linkage to care.

Several rapid tests are available and can be performed on whole blood, serum, plasma, and oral fluid. The tests provide reliable results in minutes, with 99% sensitivity and specificity. Positive results must be confirmed by subsequent two-stage laboratory testing, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, and Western blot. Patients who have negative or have indeterminate results on Western blot testing should be tested again after 4 weeks.

The cost-effectiveness of routine screening for HIV, even in populations with a low prevalence, is similar to that of commonly accepted interventions.25 In populations with a 1% prevalence of HIV, the cost is $15,078 per quality-adjusted life-year.26 Even if the prevalence is less than 0.05%, the cost is less than $50,000 per quality-adjusted life-year, which is normally the cutoff for acceptability for screening tests.25,26

‘OPT-OUT’ TESTING

In the past, patients were asked if they would like to have HIV testing (“opt-in” testing). It is now recommended that physicians request testing to be performed (“opt-out” testing). This still allows the patient to decline but also conveys a “matter of fact” nonjudgmental message, indicative of a routine procedure no different than other screening tests. When testing was done on an opt-in basis, only 35% of pregnant women agreed to be tested. Some women felt that accepting an HIV test indicated that they engage in high-risk behavior. When testing was instead offered as routine but with an opportunity to decline, 88% accepted testing, and they were significantly less anxious about testing.27

CDC RECOMMENDATIONS

The CDC now recommends that routine, voluntary HIV screening be done for all persons ages 13 to 64 in health care settings, regardless of risk.28 Screening should be repeated at least annually in persons with known risk. Screening should be done on an opt-out basis, with the opportunity to ask questions and the option to decline. Consent for HIV testing should be included with general consent for care. A separate signed informed consent is not recommended, and verbal consent can merely be documented in the medical record. Prevention counseling in conjunction with HIV screening in health care settings is not required.

Testing should be done in all health care settings, including primary care settings, inpatient services, emergency departments, urgent care clinics, and sexually transmitted disease clinics. Test results should be communicated in the same manner as other diagnostic and screening care. Clinical HIV care should be available onsite or reliable referral to qualified providers should be established.

For pregnant women, the CDC recommends universal opt-out HIV screening, with HIV testing as part of the routine panel of prenatal screening tests. The consent for prenatal care includes HIV testing, with notification and the option to decline. Women should be tested again in the third trimester if they are known to be at risk for HIV, and in areas and health care facilities in which the prevalence of HIV is high.

In women whose HIV status is undocumented in labor and delivery, opt-out rapid testing should be performed, and antiretroviral prophylaxis should be given on the basis of the rapid test result. Rapid testing of the newborn is recommended if the mother’s status is unknown at delivery, and antiretroviral prophylaxis should be started within 12 hours of birth on the basis of the rapid test result.

Widespread routine screening and earlier treatment could significantly reduce the incidence and improve the outcomes of HIV in this country. Health care providers are encouraged to adopt these practices.

References
  1. Van Sighem A, Gras L, Reiss P, Brinkman K, de Wolf F, and ATHENA Natl Observational Cohort Study. Life expectancy of recently diagnosed asymptomatic HIV-infected patients approaches that of uninfected individuals. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 526.
  2. World Health Organization. Principles and Practice of Screening for Disease. WHO Public Health Paper, 1968.
  3. Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS) and World Health Organization (WHO). Global Facts & Figures 09. http://data.unaids.org/pub/FactSheet/2009/20091124_FS_global_en.pdf. Accessed 1/4/2011.
  4. World Health Organization. Epidemiological Fact Sheet on HIV and AIDS. Core data on epidemiology and response. United States of America. 2008 Update. http://apps.who.int/globalatlas/predefinedReports/EFS2008/full/EFS2008_US.pdf. Accessed 1/4/2011.
  5. US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. HIV Surveillance Report, 2008; vol. 20. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/topics/surveillance/resources/reports/. Published June 2010. Accessed 8/7/2010.
  6. Hall HI, Song R, Rhodes P, et al; HIV Incidence Surveillance Group. Estimation of HIV incidence in the United States. JAMA 2008; 300:520529.
  7. Marks G, Crepaz N, Janssen RS. Estimated sexual transmission of HIV from persons aware and unaware that they are infected with the virus in the USA. AIDS 2006; 20:14471450.
  8. DHHS Panel on Antiretroviral Guidelines for Adults and Adolescents. Guidelines for the use of antiretroviral agents in HIV-1-infected adults and adolescents. Department of Health and Human Services. December 1, 2009;1161. http://www.aidsinfo.nih.gov/ContentFiles/AdultsandAdolescentGL.pdf. Accessed 1/4/2011.
  9. Palella F, Armon C, Buchacz , et al; the HOPS Investigators. CD4 at HAART initiation predicts long term CD4 responses and mortality from AIDS and non-AIDS causes in the HIV Outpatient Study (HOPS). Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 983.
  10. Althoff K, Gange S, Klein M, et al; the North American-AIDS Cohort Collaboration on Res and Design. Late presentation for HIV care in the United States and Canada. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 982.
  11. Antiretroviral Therapy Cohort Collaboration. Causes of death in HIV-1-infected patients treated with antiretroviral therapy, 1996–2006: collaborative analysis of 13 HIV cohort studies. Clin Infect Dis 2010; 50:13871396.
  12. Simard E, Pfeiffer R, Engels E. Cancer incidence and cancer-attributable mortality among persons with AIDS in the United States. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 27.
  13. Silverberg M, Xu L, Chao C, et al. Immunodeficiency, HIV RNA levels, and risk of non-AIDS-defining cancers. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 28.
  14. DAD Study Group, Friis-Møller N, Reiss P, et al. Class of antiretroviral drugs and the risk of myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:17231735.
  15. Ho J, Deeks S, Hecht F, et al. Earlier initiation of antiretroviral therapy in HIV-infected individuals is associated with reduced arterial stiffness. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 707.
  16. Dao C, Young B, Buchacz K, Baker R, Brooks J, and the HIV Outpatient Study Investigators. Higher and increasing rates of fracture among HIV-infected persons in the HIV Outpatient Study (HOPS) compared to the general US population 1994 to 2008. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 128.
  17. Ellis R, Heaton R, Letendre S, et al; the CHARTER Group. Higher CD4 nadir is associated with reduced rates of HIV-associated neurocognitive disorders in the CHARTER study: potential implications for early treatment initiation. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 429.
  18. Schacker T, Collier AC, Hughes J, Shea T, Corey L. Clinical and epidemiologic features of primary HIV infection. Ann Intern Med 1996; 125:257264.
  19. Castel A, Samala R, Griffin A, et al. Monitoring the impact of expanded HIV testing in the District of Columbia using population-based HIV/AIDS surveillance data. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 34.
  20. Montaner J, Wood E, Kerr T, et al. Association of expanded HAART coverage with a decrease in new HIV diagnoses, particularly mong injection drug users in British Columbia, Canada. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 88LB.
  21. Donnell D, Kiarie J, Thomas K, et al. ART and risk of heterosexual HIV-1 transmissin in HIV-1 serodiscordant African couples: a multinational prospective study. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 136.
  22. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Late versus early testing of HIV—16 sites, United States, 2000–2003. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2003; Jun 27; 52( 25):581586.
  23. Wilson SR, Mitchell C, Bradbury DR, Chavez J. Testing for HIV: current practies in the academic ED. Am J Emerg Med 1999; 17:346356.
  24. Fincher-Mergi M, Cartone KJ, Mischler J, Pasieka P, Lerner EB, Billittier AJ. Assessment of emergency department heatlh care professionals’ behaviors regaridng HIV testing and referral for patients with STDs. AIDS Patient Care STDs 2002; 16:549553.
  25. Paltiel AD, Weinstein MC, Kimmel AD, et al. Expanded screening for HIV in the United States—an analysis of cost-effectiveness. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:586595.
  26. Sanders GD, Gayoumi AM, Sundaram V, et al. Cost-effectiveness of screening for HIV in the era of highly active antiretroviral therapy. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:570585.
  27. Simpson WM, Johnstone FD, Goldberg DJ, Gormley SM, Hart GJ. Antenatal HIV testing: assessment of a routine voluntary approach. BMJ 1999; 318:16601661.
  28. Branson BM, Handsfield HH, Lampe MA, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Revised recommendations for HIV testing of adults, adolescents, and pregnant women in health-care settings. MMWR Recomm Rep 2006; 55(RR-14):117.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Alan Taege, MD
Director, HIV Unit, Department of Infectious Diseases, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Alan Taege, MD, Department of Infectious Diseases, G21, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
95-100
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Alan Taege, MD
Director, HIV Unit, Department of Infectious Diseases, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Alan Taege, MD, Department of Infectious Diseases, G21, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Author and Disclosure Information

Alan Taege, MD
Director, HIV Unit, Department of Infectious Diseases, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Alan Taege, MD, Department of Infectious Diseases, G21, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at Cleveland Clinic. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Article PDF
Article PDF

With early treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, we can now expect patients to live a much longer life and, in some situations, have a near-normal lifespan.1 Unfortunately, in screening for HIV infection, the United States lags behind many regions of the world, and infection is often not diagnosed until patients present with advanced disease, ie, the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). In this country there is a critical need to make HIV screening a routine part of medical care in all health settings in order to give patients their best chance for a healthy life, to prevent mother-to-child transmission, and to reduce the spread of HIV in the community.

HIV infection meets the criteria that justify routine screening, as laid out by the World Health Organization2:

  • It is a serious health disorder that can be detected before symptoms develop
  • Treatment is more beneficial if begun before symptoms develop
  • Reliable, inexpensive, and acceptable screening tests exist
  • The costs of screening are reasonable in relation to the anticipated benefits.

This article will review the epidemiology of the HIV epidemic, present the benefits of early treatment, and make the case for widely expanding screening for HIV infection in the US health care system.

HIV INFECTION CONTINUES TO BE A LARGE BURDEN

In 2008, an estimated 33.4 million people worldwide were HIV-positive. The vast majority of infected people—more than 22 million—live in sub-Saharan Africa.3

The United States has approximately 1.2 million cases.4 Although this is a small proportion of cases worldwide, it still represents a significant health care burden. In this country, the number of AIDS cases peaked in 1993, and the rate of deaths from AIDS began to decrease over the ensuing years as adequate therapy for HIV was developed. Standard therapy then and now consists of at least three drugs from two different classes.

Unfortunately, we have made little progress on the incidence of this disease. The estimated number of new HIV infections in the United States in 2008 was 56,000 and had remained about the same over the previous 15 years.5,6 Because of improved rates of survival, the prevalence has risen steadily since the mid-1990s to the current estimate of 1.2 million persons living with HIV/AIDS in the US.

About 25% of people infected with HIV are unaware of it. This group accounts for more than half of all new infections annually, which highlights the importance of enhanced screening. Once people know they are infected, they tend to change their behavior and are less likely to spread the disease.7

HIV disproportionately affects minority populations and gay men

Cases of HIV infection are reported among all age groups, although most patients tend to have been infected as young adults. Currently, the largest age group living with HIV is middle-aged. As this cohort grows older, an increasing burden of comorbidities due to aging can be expected. In 5 years, about half of the people with HIV in this country are expected to be 50 years of age or older. Although survival rates have steadily increased due to better treatment, survival tends to be shorter for older people newly diagnosed with HIV.

Worldwide, about an equal number of men and women are infected with HIV, but in the United States infected men outnumber women. In this country, about half the cases of HIV transmission among adults are by male-to-male sexual contact, about 30% are by high-risk heterosexual contact (ie, with a partner known to be HIV-infected or at high risk for being infected), and about 10% are by injection drug use.

In the United States, AIDS is predominantly and disproportionately a disease of minorities and those who live in poverty. African Americans account for the largest number of cases, followed by whites and then by Hispanics. Combined, African Americans and Hispanics account for two-thirds to three-fourths of all new cases, although they make up less than one-fourth of the US population. The incidence rate is nearly 137 per 100,000 for African Americans, 56 per 100,000 for Hispanics, and 19 per 100,000 for whites. The incidence is highest in New York and in the southeast, the geographic areas where the greatest number of minorities and people living in poverty reside. These groups also often lack access to health care.

HIV TREATMENT IS MORE EFFECTIVE IF STARTED EARLY

Treatment guidelines from the US Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) have changed over the years. When effective medications were first introduced in the 1990s, the trend was to treat everyone as soon as they were diagnosed. As the burden of therapy began to unfold (side effects, cost, adherence, and drug resistance), the consensus was to wait until the CD4 T-cell count dropped to a lower level. As the medications have improved and have become better tolerated, the pendulum has swung back to treating earlier in the course of the disease. Currently, the DHHS recommends that therapy be started at CD4 counts of 350 cells/mL or lower (level of evidence: A1).8 It also recommends therapy for CD4 counts between 350 and 500 cells/mL, but the level of evidence is lower.8

The CD4 T cell is the prime target of the HIV virus and also an important marker of the health of the immune system. The lower the CD4 count at the start of therapy, the more challenging it is to normalize.9 If HIV infection is diagnosed early and therapy is started early, the likelihood is higher of normalizing the CD4 count and preserving immune function.

Progress is being made toward diagnosing HIV earlier. The CD4 count at presentation is increasing, but patients in the United States still present for care later than in other countries. In 1997, the median CD4 count at presentation was 234 cells/mL; in 2007, it was 327 (normal is about 550–1,000). Although this is a significant improvement, more than 50% of patients still have fewer than 350 cells/mL at presentation, which is the current threshold for beginning therapy, according to the most recent guidelines.10

Before triple therapy was available, almost all HIV-infected patients died of AIDS-related diseases. Now, about half of treated HIV-infected patients in Europe and North America die of other causes.11 However, many diseases not previously attributed to AIDS are now also known to be exacerbated by HIV infection.

 

 

Cancer risk increases with lower CD4 counts

The cumulative incidence of AIDS-defining cancers (Kaposi sarcoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, cervical carcinoma) has decreased steadily from 8.7% in the 1980s to 6.4% during the years 1990 to 1995, and to 2.1% between 1996 and 2006. This is attributable to improved immune function as a result of treatment success with antiviral therapy.12

But the incidence of non-AIDS-defining cancers (Hodgkin disease, anal cancer, oral and respiratory cancers) has increased.11 As therapy has regenerated the immune system, patients are surviving longer and are developing the more common cancers but with higher rates than in the general population.

Higher cancer risk is attributed to reduced immune surveillance. Many of these cancers are associated with viruses, such as human papillomavirus (anal and oral or pharyngeal cancers) and Epstein-Barr virus (Hodgkin disease), which can usually be controlled by a fully functioning immune system. The lower the CD4 count, the higher the risk of cancer, which highlights the need to diagnose HIV and start treatment early.13

Cardiovascular disease increases with lower CD4 counts

Associations have recently been identified between coronary disease and HIV as well as with HIV medications. Protease inhibitors tend to raise the levels of triglycerides, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, and total cholesterol and increase the risk of heart attack.14

Regardless of therapy, HIV appears to be an independent risk factor for coronary disease. Arterial stiffness, as measured by carotid femoral pulse-wave velocity, was found to be increased among a sample of 80 HIV-infected men. This was associated with the usual risk factors of increasing age, blood pressure, and diabetes, as well as with lower nadir CD4 count.15

Fractures and neurocognitive disorders increase with HIV

Osteoporotic fractures are also more common in patients with HIV than in the general population. Risk factors include the traditional risks of older age, hepatitis C infection, diabetes, and substance abuse, but also nadir CD4 count less than 200.16

The risk of neurocognitive disorders is also associated with lower nadir CD4 counts. The lower the CD4 count, the higher the risk of developing neurocognitive deficits.17 The potential benefits of earlier diagnosis and treatment are obvious based upon the multiple recent findings outlined above.

CLINICAL PRESENTATION OF PRIMARY HIV INFECTION

During primary HIV infection, when patients are first infected, 50% to 90% are symptomatic. Symptoms usually appear in the first 6 weeks. The viral load tends to be highest at this time. Higher viral loads appear directly correlated with the degree of infectivity, highlighting the urgency of finding and treating new infections promptly to help avoid transmission to others.18

The clinical picture during primary infection is similar to that of acute mononucleosis. Signs and symptoms include fever, fatigue, rash, headache, lymphadenopathy, sore throat, and muscle aches. Although this presentation is common to many viral infections, questioning the patient about high-risk behavior (unprotected sex, multiple partners, intravenous drug use) will lead the astute physician to the correct testing and diagnosis.

Other early manifestations include mucocutaneous signs, such as seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, folliculitis, and thrush. Laboratory test results demonstrating leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, elevated total protein levels, proteinuria, and transaminitis are also suggestive of HIV infection.

THE CASE FOR INCREASED TESTING AND TREATMENT

The estimated prevalence of HIV in the United States is approximately 0.3%. However, its prevalence in Washington, DC, is 3%, which rivals rates in some areas of the developing world. From 2004 to 2008, health officials made a concerted effort in Washington, DC, to screen more people, particularly those at high risk. The number of publicly funded HIV tests performed increased by a factor of 3.7, and the number of newly reported cases increased by 17%. There was also a significant increase in the median CD4 count at the time of HIV diagnosis and a significant delay in time to progression to AIDS after HIV diagnosis.19

A study in British Columbia expanded access to highly active antiretroviral therapy during 2004 through 2009. High-risk individuals were targeted for increased screening. All those diagnosed with HIV were provided free medication. This resulted in a 50% reduction in new diagnoses of HIV infection throughout the community, especially among injectable drug users, a usually marginalized population. The proportion of patients with HIV-1 RNA levels above 1,500 copies/mL fell from about 50% to about 20%, indicating that the viral load—a measure of infectivity throughout the community—was reduced. Interestingly, this trend occurred during a time of increased rates of gonorrhea, syphilis, and other sexually transmitted diseases known to be associated with enhanced HIV transmission.20

In Africa, antiretroviral therapy was offered to discordant couples (one partner was infected with HIV and the other was not). Among those who chose therapy, the rate of HIV transmission was 92% lower than in those not receiving antiretroviral drugs,21 once again demonstrating that control of HIV by treatment can lead to decreased transmission.

US HIV testing is inadequate

The current state of HIV testing in the United States needs to be improved. Testing is not performed routinely, leading to delayed diagnosis when patients present with symptomatic, advanced disease. Patients who are tested late (within 12 months before being diagnosed with AIDS) tend to be younger and less educated and are more likely to be heterosexual and either African American or Hispanic than patients who are tested earlier.22 When retrospectively evaluated, these patients often have been in the health care system but not tested. Routine universal screening and targeted testing could lead to a much earlier diagnosis and potential better long-term outcomes.

A 1996 survey of 95 academic emergency departments found that for patients with suspected sexually transmitted infections, 93% of physicians said they screen for gonorrhea, 88% for Chlamydia infection, 58% for syphilis, but only 3% for HIV.23 Sexually transmitted infections and HIV are often transmitted together.

A similar 2002 survey of 154 emergency department providers who saw an average of 13 patients with sexually transmitted infections per week found that only 10% always recommend HIV testing to these patients. Reasons given for not testing were concern about follow-up (51%), not having a “certified” counselor (45%), HIV testing being too time-consuming (19%), and HIV testing being unavailable (27%).24

Although most HIV tests are given by private doctors and health maintenance organizations, the likelihood of finding patients with HIV is greatest in hospitals, emergency departments, outpatient clinics, and public community clinics.

The Advancing HIV Prevention initiative of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has four priorities:

  • To make voluntary HIV testing a routine part of medical care
  • To implement new models for diagnosing HIV infection outside medical settings
  • To prevent HIV infection by working with patients with HIV and their partners
  • To further decrease the rate of perinatal HIV transmission.

 

 

Rapid tests for HIV are available

There is a public health need to have rapid HIV testing available in all health care settings. With standard HIV tests, which can take 48 to 72 hours to run, about one-third of patients do not return for results. Subsequently locating them can be a huge challenge and is sometimes impossible. The ability to have rapid test results can improve this situation. It is especially important in prenatal care settings, where the mother can be immediately treated to reduce the risk of transmission to the child. Rapid testing increases the feasibility of testing in multiple venues, particularly acute-care settings with almost immediate results and linkage to care.

Several rapid tests are available and can be performed on whole blood, serum, plasma, and oral fluid. The tests provide reliable results in minutes, with 99% sensitivity and specificity. Positive results must be confirmed by subsequent two-stage laboratory testing, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, and Western blot. Patients who have negative or have indeterminate results on Western blot testing should be tested again after 4 weeks.

The cost-effectiveness of routine screening for HIV, even in populations with a low prevalence, is similar to that of commonly accepted interventions.25 In populations with a 1% prevalence of HIV, the cost is $15,078 per quality-adjusted life-year.26 Even if the prevalence is less than 0.05%, the cost is less than $50,000 per quality-adjusted life-year, which is normally the cutoff for acceptability for screening tests.25,26

‘OPT-OUT’ TESTING

In the past, patients were asked if they would like to have HIV testing (“opt-in” testing). It is now recommended that physicians request testing to be performed (“opt-out” testing). This still allows the patient to decline but also conveys a “matter of fact” nonjudgmental message, indicative of a routine procedure no different than other screening tests. When testing was done on an opt-in basis, only 35% of pregnant women agreed to be tested. Some women felt that accepting an HIV test indicated that they engage in high-risk behavior. When testing was instead offered as routine but with an opportunity to decline, 88% accepted testing, and they were significantly less anxious about testing.27

CDC RECOMMENDATIONS

The CDC now recommends that routine, voluntary HIV screening be done for all persons ages 13 to 64 in health care settings, regardless of risk.28 Screening should be repeated at least annually in persons with known risk. Screening should be done on an opt-out basis, with the opportunity to ask questions and the option to decline. Consent for HIV testing should be included with general consent for care. A separate signed informed consent is not recommended, and verbal consent can merely be documented in the medical record. Prevention counseling in conjunction with HIV screening in health care settings is not required.

Testing should be done in all health care settings, including primary care settings, inpatient services, emergency departments, urgent care clinics, and sexually transmitted disease clinics. Test results should be communicated in the same manner as other diagnostic and screening care. Clinical HIV care should be available onsite or reliable referral to qualified providers should be established.

For pregnant women, the CDC recommends universal opt-out HIV screening, with HIV testing as part of the routine panel of prenatal screening tests. The consent for prenatal care includes HIV testing, with notification and the option to decline. Women should be tested again in the third trimester if they are known to be at risk for HIV, and in areas and health care facilities in which the prevalence of HIV is high.

In women whose HIV status is undocumented in labor and delivery, opt-out rapid testing should be performed, and antiretroviral prophylaxis should be given on the basis of the rapid test result. Rapid testing of the newborn is recommended if the mother’s status is unknown at delivery, and antiretroviral prophylaxis should be started within 12 hours of birth on the basis of the rapid test result.

Widespread routine screening and earlier treatment could significantly reduce the incidence and improve the outcomes of HIV in this country. Health care providers are encouraged to adopt these practices.

With early treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, we can now expect patients to live a much longer life and, in some situations, have a near-normal lifespan.1 Unfortunately, in screening for HIV infection, the United States lags behind many regions of the world, and infection is often not diagnosed until patients present with advanced disease, ie, the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). In this country there is a critical need to make HIV screening a routine part of medical care in all health settings in order to give patients their best chance for a healthy life, to prevent mother-to-child transmission, and to reduce the spread of HIV in the community.

HIV infection meets the criteria that justify routine screening, as laid out by the World Health Organization2:

  • It is a serious health disorder that can be detected before symptoms develop
  • Treatment is more beneficial if begun before symptoms develop
  • Reliable, inexpensive, and acceptable screening tests exist
  • The costs of screening are reasonable in relation to the anticipated benefits.

This article will review the epidemiology of the HIV epidemic, present the benefits of early treatment, and make the case for widely expanding screening for HIV infection in the US health care system.

HIV INFECTION CONTINUES TO BE A LARGE BURDEN

In 2008, an estimated 33.4 million people worldwide were HIV-positive. The vast majority of infected people—more than 22 million—live in sub-Saharan Africa.3

The United States has approximately 1.2 million cases.4 Although this is a small proportion of cases worldwide, it still represents a significant health care burden. In this country, the number of AIDS cases peaked in 1993, and the rate of deaths from AIDS began to decrease over the ensuing years as adequate therapy for HIV was developed. Standard therapy then and now consists of at least three drugs from two different classes.

Unfortunately, we have made little progress on the incidence of this disease. The estimated number of new HIV infections in the United States in 2008 was 56,000 and had remained about the same over the previous 15 years.5,6 Because of improved rates of survival, the prevalence has risen steadily since the mid-1990s to the current estimate of 1.2 million persons living with HIV/AIDS in the US.

About 25% of people infected with HIV are unaware of it. This group accounts for more than half of all new infections annually, which highlights the importance of enhanced screening. Once people know they are infected, they tend to change their behavior and are less likely to spread the disease.7

HIV disproportionately affects minority populations and gay men

Cases of HIV infection are reported among all age groups, although most patients tend to have been infected as young adults. Currently, the largest age group living with HIV is middle-aged. As this cohort grows older, an increasing burden of comorbidities due to aging can be expected. In 5 years, about half of the people with HIV in this country are expected to be 50 years of age or older. Although survival rates have steadily increased due to better treatment, survival tends to be shorter for older people newly diagnosed with HIV.

Worldwide, about an equal number of men and women are infected with HIV, but in the United States infected men outnumber women. In this country, about half the cases of HIV transmission among adults are by male-to-male sexual contact, about 30% are by high-risk heterosexual contact (ie, with a partner known to be HIV-infected or at high risk for being infected), and about 10% are by injection drug use.

In the United States, AIDS is predominantly and disproportionately a disease of minorities and those who live in poverty. African Americans account for the largest number of cases, followed by whites and then by Hispanics. Combined, African Americans and Hispanics account for two-thirds to three-fourths of all new cases, although they make up less than one-fourth of the US population. The incidence rate is nearly 137 per 100,000 for African Americans, 56 per 100,000 for Hispanics, and 19 per 100,000 for whites. The incidence is highest in New York and in the southeast, the geographic areas where the greatest number of minorities and people living in poverty reside. These groups also often lack access to health care.

HIV TREATMENT IS MORE EFFECTIVE IF STARTED EARLY

Treatment guidelines from the US Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) have changed over the years. When effective medications were first introduced in the 1990s, the trend was to treat everyone as soon as they were diagnosed. As the burden of therapy began to unfold (side effects, cost, adherence, and drug resistance), the consensus was to wait until the CD4 T-cell count dropped to a lower level. As the medications have improved and have become better tolerated, the pendulum has swung back to treating earlier in the course of the disease. Currently, the DHHS recommends that therapy be started at CD4 counts of 350 cells/mL or lower (level of evidence: A1).8 It also recommends therapy for CD4 counts between 350 and 500 cells/mL, but the level of evidence is lower.8

The CD4 T cell is the prime target of the HIV virus and also an important marker of the health of the immune system. The lower the CD4 count at the start of therapy, the more challenging it is to normalize.9 If HIV infection is diagnosed early and therapy is started early, the likelihood is higher of normalizing the CD4 count and preserving immune function.

Progress is being made toward diagnosing HIV earlier. The CD4 count at presentation is increasing, but patients in the United States still present for care later than in other countries. In 1997, the median CD4 count at presentation was 234 cells/mL; in 2007, it was 327 (normal is about 550–1,000). Although this is a significant improvement, more than 50% of patients still have fewer than 350 cells/mL at presentation, which is the current threshold for beginning therapy, according to the most recent guidelines.10

Before triple therapy was available, almost all HIV-infected patients died of AIDS-related diseases. Now, about half of treated HIV-infected patients in Europe and North America die of other causes.11 However, many diseases not previously attributed to AIDS are now also known to be exacerbated by HIV infection.

 

 

Cancer risk increases with lower CD4 counts

The cumulative incidence of AIDS-defining cancers (Kaposi sarcoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, cervical carcinoma) has decreased steadily from 8.7% in the 1980s to 6.4% during the years 1990 to 1995, and to 2.1% between 1996 and 2006. This is attributable to improved immune function as a result of treatment success with antiviral therapy.12

But the incidence of non-AIDS-defining cancers (Hodgkin disease, anal cancer, oral and respiratory cancers) has increased.11 As therapy has regenerated the immune system, patients are surviving longer and are developing the more common cancers but with higher rates than in the general population.

Higher cancer risk is attributed to reduced immune surveillance. Many of these cancers are associated with viruses, such as human papillomavirus (anal and oral or pharyngeal cancers) and Epstein-Barr virus (Hodgkin disease), which can usually be controlled by a fully functioning immune system. The lower the CD4 count, the higher the risk of cancer, which highlights the need to diagnose HIV and start treatment early.13

Cardiovascular disease increases with lower CD4 counts

Associations have recently been identified between coronary disease and HIV as well as with HIV medications. Protease inhibitors tend to raise the levels of triglycerides, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, and total cholesterol and increase the risk of heart attack.14

Regardless of therapy, HIV appears to be an independent risk factor for coronary disease. Arterial stiffness, as measured by carotid femoral pulse-wave velocity, was found to be increased among a sample of 80 HIV-infected men. This was associated with the usual risk factors of increasing age, blood pressure, and diabetes, as well as with lower nadir CD4 count.15

Fractures and neurocognitive disorders increase with HIV

Osteoporotic fractures are also more common in patients with HIV than in the general population. Risk factors include the traditional risks of older age, hepatitis C infection, diabetes, and substance abuse, but also nadir CD4 count less than 200.16

The risk of neurocognitive disorders is also associated with lower nadir CD4 counts. The lower the CD4 count, the higher the risk of developing neurocognitive deficits.17 The potential benefits of earlier diagnosis and treatment are obvious based upon the multiple recent findings outlined above.

CLINICAL PRESENTATION OF PRIMARY HIV INFECTION

During primary HIV infection, when patients are first infected, 50% to 90% are symptomatic. Symptoms usually appear in the first 6 weeks. The viral load tends to be highest at this time. Higher viral loads appear directly correlated with the degree of infectivity, highlighting the urgency of finding and treating new infections promptly to help avoid transmission to others.18

The clinical picture during primary infection is similar to that of acute mononucleosis. Signs and symptoms include fever, fatigue, rash, headache, lymphadenopathy, sore throat, and muscle aches. Although this presentation is common to many viral infections, questioning the patient about high-risk behavior (unprotected sex, multiple partners, intravenous drug use) will lead the astute physician to the correct testing and diagnosis.

Other early manifestations include mucocutaneous signs, such as seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, folliculitis, and thrush. Laboratory test results demonstrating leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, elevated total protein levels, proteinuria, and transaminitis are also suggestive of HIV infection.

THE CASE FOR INCREASED TESTING AND TREATMENT

The estimated prevalence of HIV in the United States is approximately 0.3%. However, its prevalence in Washington, DC, is 3%, which rivals rates in some areas of the developing world. From 2004 to 2008, health officials made a concerted effort in Washington, DC, to screen more people, particularly those at high risk. The number of publicly funded HIV tests performed increased by a factor of 3.7, and the number of newly reported cases increased by 17%. There was also a significant increase in the median CD4 count at the time of HIV diagnosis and a significant delay in time to progression to AIDS after HIV diagnosis.19

A study in British Columbia expanded access to highly active antiretroviral therapy during 2004 through 2009. High-risk individuals were targeted for increased screening. All those diagnosed with HIV were provided free medication. This resulted in a 50% reduction in new diagnoses of HIV infection throughout the community, especially among injectable drug users, a usually marginalized population. The proportion of patients with HIV-1 RNA levels above 1,500 copies/mL fell from about 50% to about 20%, indicating that the viral load—a measure of infectivity throughout the community—was reduced. Interestingly, this trend occurred during a time of increased rates of gonorrhea, syphilis, and other sexually transmitted diseases known to be associated with enhanced HIV transmission.20

In Africa, antiretroviral therapy was offered to discordant couples (one partner was infected with HIV and the other was not). Among those who chose therapy, the rate of HIV transmission was 92% lower than in those not receiving antiretroviral drugs,21 once again demonstrating that control of HIV by treatment can lead to decreased transmission.

US HIV testing is inadequate

The current state of HIV testing in the United States needs to be improved. Testing is not performed routinely, leading to delayed diagnosis when patients present with symptomatic, advanced disease. Patients who are tested late (within 12 months before being diagnosed with AIDS) tend to be younger and less educated and are more likely to be heterosexual and either African American or Hispanic than patients who are tested earlier.22 When retrospectively evaluated, these patients often have been in the health care system but not tested. Routine universal screening and targeted testing could lead to a much earlier diagnosis and potential better long-term outcomes.

A 1996 survey of 95 academic emergency departments found that for patients with suspected sexually transmitted infections, 93% of physicians said they screen for gonorrhea, 88% for Chlamydia infection, 58% for syphilis, but only 3% for HIV.23 Sexually transmitted infections and HIV are often transmitted together.

A similar 2002 survey of 154 emergency department providers who saw an average of 13 patients with sexually transmitted infections per week found that only 10% always recommend HIV testing to these patients. Reasons given for not testing were concern about follow-up (51%), not having a “certified” counselor (45%), HIV testing being too time-consuming (19%), and HIV testing being unavailable (27%).24

Although most HIV tests are given by private doctors and health maintenance organizations, the likelihood of finding patients with HIV is greatest in hospitals, emergency departments, outpatient clinics, and public community clinics.

The Advancing HIV Prevention initiative of the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has four priorities:

  • To make voluntary HIV testing a routine part of medical care
  • To implement new models for diagnosing HIV infection outside medical settings
  • To prevent HIV infection by working with patients with HIV and their partners
  • To further decrease the rate of perinatal HIV transmission.

 

 

Rapid tests for HIV are available

There is a public health need to have rapid HIV testing available in all health care settings. With standard HIV tests, which can take 48 to 72 hours to run, about one-third of patients do not return for results. Subsequently locating them can be a huge challenge and is sometimes impossible. The ability to have rapid test results can improve this situation. It is especially important in prenatal care settings, where the mother can be immediately treated to reduce the risk of transmission to the child. Rapid testing increases the feasibility of testing in multiple venues, particularly acute-care settings with almost immediate results and linkage to care.

Several rapid tests are available and can be performed on whole blood, serum, plasma, and oral fluid. The tests provide reliable results in minutes, with 99% sensitivity and specificity. Positive results must be confirmed by subsequent two-stage laboratory testing, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, and Western blot. Patients who have negative or have indeterminate results on Western blot testing should be tested again after 4 weeks.

The cost-effectiveness of routine screening for HIV, even in populations with a low prevalence, is similar to that of commonly accepted interventions.25 In populations with a 1% prevalence of HIV, the cost is $15,078 per quality-adjusted life-year.26 Even if the prevalence is less than 0.05%, the cost is less than $50,000 per quality-adjusted life-year, which is normally the cutoff for acceptability for screening tests.25,26

‘OPT-OUT’ TESTING

In the past, patients were asked if they would like to have HIV testing (“opt-in” testing). It is now recommended that physicians request testing to be performed (“opt-out” testing). This still allows the patient to decline but also conveys a “matter of fact” nonjudgmental message, indicative of a routine procedure no different than other screening tests. When testing was done on an opt-in basis, only 35% of pregnant women agreed to be tested. Some women felt that accepting an HIV test indicated that they engage in high-risk behavior. When testing was instead offered as routine but with an opportunity to decline, 88% accepted testing, and they were significantly less anxious about testing.27

CDC RECOMMENDATIONS

The CDC now recommends that routine, voluntary HIV screening be done for all persons ages 13 to 64 in health care settings, regardless of risk.28 Screening should be repeated at least annually in persons with known risk. Screening should be done on an opt-out basis, with the opportunity to ask questions and the option to decline. Consent for HIV testing should be included with general consent for care. A separate signed informed consent is not recommended, and verbal consent can merely be documented in the medical record. Prevention counseling in conjunction with HIV screening in health care settings is not required.

Testing should be done in all health care settings, including primary care settings, inpatient services, emergency departments, urgent care clinics, and sexually transmitted disease clinics. Test results should be communicated in the same manner as other diagnostic and screening care. Clinical HIV care should be available onsite or reliable referral to qualified providers should be established.

For pregnant women, the CDC recommends universal opt-out HIV screening, with HIV testing as part of the routine panel of prenatal screening tests. The consent for prenatal care includes HIV testing, with notification and the option to decline. Women should be tested again in the third trimester if they are known to be at risk for HIV, and in areas and health care facilities in which the prevalence of HIV is high.

In women whose HIV status is undocumented in labor and delivery, opt-out rapid testing should be performed, and antiretroviral prophylaxis should be given on the basis of the rapid test result. Rapid testing of the newborn is recommended if the mother’s status is unknown at delivery, and antiretroviral prophylaxis should be started within 12 hours of birth on the basis of the rapid test result.

Widespread routine screening and earlier treatment could significantly reduce the incidence and improve the outcomes of HIV in this country. Health care providers are encouraged to adopt these practices.

References
  1. Van Sighem A, Gras L, Reiss P, Brinkman K, de Wolf F, and ATHENA Natl Observational Cohort Study. Life expectancy of recently diagnosed asymptomatic HIV-infected patients approaches that of uninfected individuals. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 526.
  2. World Health Organization. Principles and Practice of Screening for Disease. WHO Public Health Paper, 1968.
  3. Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS) and World Health Organization (WHO). Global Facts & Figures 09. http://data.unaids.org/pub/FactSheet/2009/20091124_FS_global_en.pdf. Accessed 1/4/2011.
  4. World Health Organization. Epidemiological Fact Sheet on HIV and AIDS. Core data on epidemiology and response. United States of America. 2008 Update. http://apps.who.int/globalatlas/predefinedReports/EFS2008/full/EFS2008_US.pdf. Accessed 1/4/2011.
  5. US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. HIV Surveillance Report, 2008; vol. 20. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/topics/surveillance/resources/reports/. Published June 2010. Accessed 8/7/2010.
  6. Hall HI, Song R, Rhodes P, et al; HIV Incidence Surveillance Group. Estimation of HIV incidence in the United States. JAMA 2008; 300:520529.
  7. Marks G, Crepaz N, Janssen RS. Estimated sexual transmission of HIV from persons aware and unaware that they are infected with the virus in the USA. AIDS 2006; 20:14471450.
  8. DHHS Panel on Antiretroviral Guidelines for Adults and Adolescents. Guidelines for the use of antiretroviral agents in HIV-1-infected adults and adolescents. Department of Health and Human Services. December 1, 2009;1161. http://www.aidsinfo.nih.gov/ContentFiles/AdultsandAdolescentGL.pdf. Accessed 1/4/2011.
  9. Palella F, Armon C, Buchacz , et al; the HOPS Investigators. CD4 at HAART initiation predicts long term CD4 responses and mortality from AIDS and non-AIDS causes in the HIV Outpatient Study (HOPS). Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 983.
  10. Althoff K, Gange S, Klein M, et al; the North American-AIDS Cohort Collaboration on Res and Design. Late presentation for HIV care in the United States and Canada. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 982.
  11. Antiretroviral Therapy Cohort Collaboration. Causes of death in HIV-1-infected patients treated with antiretroviral therapy, 1996–2006: collaborative analysis of 13 HIV cohort studies. Clin Infect Dis 2010; 50:13871396.
  12. Simard E, Pfeiffer R, Engels E. Cancer incidence and cancer-attributable mortality among persons with AIDS in the United States. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 27.
  13. Silverberg M, Xu L, Chao C, et al. Immunodeficiency, HIV RNA levels, and risk of non-AIDS-defining cancers. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 28.
  14. DAD Study Group, Friis-Møller N, Reiss P, et al. Class of antiretroviral drugs and the risk of myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:17231735.
  15. Ho J, Deeks S, Hecht F, et al. Earlier initiation of antiretroviral therapy in HIV-infected individuals is associated with reduced arterial stiffness. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 707.
  16. Dao C, Young B, Buchacz K, Baker R, Brooks J, and the HIV Outpatient Study Investigators. Higher and increasing rates of fracture among HIV-infected persons in the HIV Outpatient Study (HOPS) compared to the general US population 1994 to 2008. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 128.
  17. Ellis R, Heaton R, Letendre S, et al; the CHARTER Group. Higher CD4 nadir is associated with reduced rates of HIV-associated neurocognitive disorders in the CHARTER study: potential implications for early treatment initiation. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 429.
  18. Schacker T, Collier AC, Hughes J, Shea T, Corey L. Clinical and epidemiologic features of primary HIV infection. Ann Intern Med 1996; 125:257264.
  19. Castel A, Samala R, Griffin A, et al. Monitoring the impact of expanded HIV testing in the District of Columbia using population-based HIV/AIDS surveillance data. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 34.
  20. Montaner J, Wood E, Kerr T, et al. Association of expanded HAART coverage with a decrease in new HIV diagnoses, particularly mong injection drug users in British Columbia, Canada. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 88LB.
  21. Donnell D, Kiarie J, Thomas K, et al. ART and risk of heterosexual HIV-1 transmissin in HIV-1 serodiscordant African couples: a multinational prospective study. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 136.
  22. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Late versus early testing of HIV—16 sites, United States, 2000–2003. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2003; Jun 27; 52( 25):581586.
  23. Wilson SR, Mitchell C, Bradbury DR, Chavez J. Testing for HIV: current practies in the academic ED. Am J Emerg Med 1999; 17:346356.
  24. Fincher-Mergi M, Cartone KJ, Mischler J, Pasieka P, Lerner EB, Billittier AJ. Assessment of emergency department heatlh care professionals’ behaviors regaridng HIV testing and referral for patients with STDs. AIDS Patient Care STDs 2002; 16:549553.
  25. Paltiel AD, Weinstein MC, Kimmel AD, et al. Expanded screening for HIV in the United States—an analysis of cost-effectiveness. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:586595.
  26. Sanders GD, Gayoumi AM, Sundaram V, et al. Cost-effectiveness of screening for HIV in the era of highly active antiretroviral therapy. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:570585.
  27. Simpson WM, Johnstone FD, Goldberg DJ, Gormley SM, Hart GJ. Antenatal HIV testing: assessment of a routine voluntary approach. BMJ 1999; 318:16601661.
  28. Branson BM, Handsfield HH, Lampe MA, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Revised recommendations for HIV testing of adults, adolescents, and pregnant women in health-care settings. MMWR Recomm Rep 2006; 55(RR-14):117.
References
  1. Van Sighem A, Gras L, Reiss P, Brinkman K, de Wolf F, and ATHENA Natl Observational Cohort Study. Life expectancy of recently diagnosed asymptomatic HIV-infected patients approaches that of uninfected individuals. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 526.
  2. World Health Organization. Principles and Practice of Screening for Disease. WHO Public Health Paper, 1968.
  3. Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS) and World Health Organization (WHO). Global Facts & Figures 09. http://data.unaids.org/pub/FactSheet/2009/20091124_FS_global_en.pdf. Accessed 1/4/2011.
  4. World Health Organization. Epidemiological Fact Sheet on HIV and AIDS. Core data on epidemiology and response. United States of America. 2008 Update. http://apps.who.int/globalatlas/predefinedReports/EFS2008/full/EFS2008_US.pdf. Accessed 1/4/2011.
  5. US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. HIV Surveillance Report, 2008; vol. 20. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/topics/surveillance/resources/reports/. Published June 2010. Accessed 8/7/2010.
  6. Hall HI, Song R, Rhodes P, et al; HIV Incidence Surveillance Group. Estimation of HIV incidence in the United States. JAMA 2008; 300:520529.
  7. Marks G, Crepaz N, Janssen RS. Estimated sexual transmission of HIV from persons aware and unaware that they are infected with the virus in the USA. AIDS 2006; 20:14471450.
  8. DHHS Panel on Antiretroviral Guidelines for Adults and Adolescents. Guidelines for the use of antiretroviral agents in HIV-1-infected adults and adolescents. Department of Health and Human Services. December 1, 2009;1161. http://www.aidsinfo.nih.gov/ContentFiles/AdultsandAdolescentGL.pdf. Accessed 1/4/2011.
  9. Palella F, Armon C, Buchacz , et al; the HOPS Investigators. CD4 at HAART initiation predicts long term CD4 responses and mortality from AIDS and non-AIDS causes in the HIV Outpatient Study (HOPS). Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 983.
  10. Althoff K, Gange S, Klein M, et al; the North American-AIDS Cohort Collaboration on Res and Design. Late presentation for HIV care in the United States and Canada. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 982.
  11. Antiretroviral Therapy Cohort Collaboration. Causes of death in HIV-1-infected patients treated with antiretroviral therapy, 1996–2006: collaborative analysis of 13 HIV cohort studies. Clin Infect Dis 2010; 50:13871396.
  12. Simard E, Pfeiffer R, Engels E. Cancer incidence and cancer-attributable mortality among persons with AIDS in the United States. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 27.
  13. Silverberg M, Xu L, Chao C, et al. Immunodeficiency, HIV RNA levels, and risk of non-AIDS-defining cancers. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 28.
  14. DAD Study Group, Friis-Møller N, Reiss P, et al. Class of antiretroviral drugs and the risk of myocardial infarction. N Engl J Med 2007; 356:17231735.
  15. Ho J, Deeks S, Hecht F, et al. Earlier initiation of antiretroviral therapy in HIV-infected individuals is associated with reduced arterial stiffness. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 707.
  16. Dao C, Young B, Buchacz K, Baker R, Brooks J, and the HIV Outpatient Study Investigators. Higher and increasing rates of fracture among HIV-infected persons in the HIV Outpatient Study (HOPS) compared to the general US population 1994 to 2008. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 128.
  17. Ellis R, Heaton R, Letendre S, et al; the CHARTER Group. Higher CD4 nadir is associated with reduced rates of HIV-associated neurocognitive disorders in the CHARTER study: potential implications for early treatment initiation. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 429.
  18. Schacker T, Collier AC, Hughes J, Shea T, Corey L. Clinical and epidemiologic features of primary HIV infection. Ann Intern Med 1996; 125:257264.
  19. Castel A, Samala R, Griffin A, et al. Monitoring the impact of expanded HIV testing in the District of Columbia using population-based HIV/AIDS surveillance data. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 34.
  20. Montaner J, Wood E, Kerr T, et al. Association of expanded HAART coverage with a decrease in new HIV diagnoses, particularly mong injection drug users in British Columbia, Canada. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 88LB.
  21. Donnell D, Kiarie J, Thomas K, et al. ART and risk of heterosexual HIV-1 transmissin in HIV-1 serodiscordant African couples: a multinational prospective study. Presented at the 17th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; San Francisco, CA, February 16–19, 2010. Abstract 136.
  22. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Late versus early testing of HIV—16 sites, United States, 2000–2003. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2003; Jun 27; 52( 25):581586.
  23. Wilson SR, Mitchell C, Bradbury DR, Chavez J. Testing for HIV: current practies in the academic ED. Am J Emerg Med 1999; 17:346356.
  24. Fincher-Mergi M, Cartone KJ, Mischler J, Pasieka P, Lerner EB, Billittier AJ. Assessment of emergency department heatlh care professionals’ behaviors regaridng HIV testing and referral for patients with STDs. AIDS Patient Care STDs 2002; 16:549553.
  25. Paltiel AD, Weinstein MC, Kimmel AD, et al. Expanded screening for HIV in the United States—an analysis of cost-effectiveness. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:586595.
  26. Sanders GD, Gayoumi AM, Sundaram V, et al. Cost-effectiveness of screening for HIV in the era of highly active antiretroviral therapy. N Engl J Med 2005; 352:570585.
  27. Simpson WM, Johnstone FD, Goldberg DJ, Gormley SM, Hart GJ. Antenatal HIV testing: assessment of a routine voluntary approach. BMJ 1999; 318:16601661.
  28. Branson BM, Handsfield HH, Lampe MA, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Revised recommendations for HIV testing of adults, adolescents, and pregnant women in health-care settings. MMWR Recomm Rep 2006; 55(RR-14):117.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 78(2)
Page Number
95-100
Page Number
95-100
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Seek and treat: HIV update 2011
Display Headline
Seek and treat: HIV update 2011
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Recommendations from the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention call for routine HIV screening for all people ages 13 to 64 at least once regardless of their risk profile, and annual testing for people with known risk factors for acquiring HIV.
  • Early treatment of HIV infection may reduce the risk of cancer, cardiovascular disease, neurocognitive disorders, and osteoporotic fractures and improve the rate of survival compared with patients treated late in the course of HIV infection.
  • Finding and treating patients early in the course of infection has the potential to reduce infectivity in the community.
  • Reliable rapid testing is now available to screen for HIV in community settings, emergency departments, and public health clinics, and during labor for those not tested in the prenatal period. It is also useful when follow-up is uncertain.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media